{ "query": "Give me a small summary", "namespace": "9b7a0d3b-f149-4977-879c-cf22ea8d011f", "messages": [ { "role": "assistant", "content": "\n\nGive me a small summary\n\n FOR ADDITIONAL CONTEXT:\n\nKnowledgebase name: MAG SKODA +WB\nKnowledgebase files:\n2024-07-25 Wo\u0308rterbuch_extern-update (1).docx\nAnlage 2 _ Medienversorgung Skoda CZ-DE(1).docx\nAnlage 2 _ Medienversorgung Skoda CZ-DE.docx\n22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11(1).pdf\n22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf\n12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1(1).pdf\n12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1.pdf\nStandardanschreiben(1).pdf\nStandardanschreiben.pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5(1).pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5.pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE(1).pdf\nTZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE.pdf\n240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt(1).pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pdf\nAnfrage Mail.pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_DE(1).pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_DE.pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_CZ(1).pdf\nInterni smernice - komponenty SZ_CZ.pdf\nMGH Anlage 14(1).pdf\nMGH Anlage 14.pdf\nDifferenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE(1).pdf\nDifferenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf\nVW 10130_CS(1).pdf\nVW 10130_EN(1).pdf\nVW 10130_EN.pdf\nVW 10130_CS.pdf\n240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx\n0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf\nVW 10130_DE(1).pdf\n240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx\n0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz(1).pdf\nVW 10130_DE.pdf\nKnowledgebases crawlers:\n" }, { "role": "user", "content": "Hallo" }, { "role": "assistant", "content": "Hallo! Wie kann ich Ihnen heute helfen? Gibt es spezifische Informationen, die Sie ben\u00f6tigen?" }, { "role": "user", "content": "Hallo" }, { "role": "assistant", "content": "Hallo! \ud83d\udc4b \n\nIt seems like you're trying to tell me something important. Could you please tell me more about what you're referring to? I'm ready to listen! \ud83d\ude0a" }, { "role": "user", "content": "Give me a small summary" }, { "role": "assistant", "content": "" } ], "stream": true, "language_level": "", "chat_channel": ":4156:1727425935672", "language": "German", "tone": "neutral", "writing_style": "standard", "model": "gemini-1.5-flash", "knowledgebase": "ki-dev-large", "seed": 1029, "client_id": 1727425935672, "all_context": false, "follow_up_for": null, "knowledgebase_files_count": 35, "override_command": null, "disable_clarity_check": false, "custom_primer": "", "logging": true, "query_route": "" } INITIALIZATION Knowledgebase: ki-dev-large Base Query: Give me a small summary Model: gemini-1.5-flash **Elapsed Time: 0.00 seconds** ROUTING Query type: summary **Elapsed Time: 1.80 seconds** RAG PARAMETERS Max Context To Include: 100 Lowest Score to Consider: 0.1 ================================================== **Elapsed Time: 0.14 seconds** ================================================== VECTOR SEARCH ALGORITHM TO USE Use MMR search?: True Use Similarity search?: False ================================================== **Elapsed Time: 0.10 seconds** ================================================== VECTOR SEARCH DONE ================================================== **Elapsed Time: 6.14 seconds** ================================================== PRIMER Primer: You are Simon, a highly intelligent personal assistant in a system called KIOS. You are a chatbot that can read knowledgebases through the "CONTEXT" that is included in the user's chat message. Your role is to act as an expert at summarization and analysis. In your responses to enterprise users, prioritize clarity, trustworthiness, and appropriate formality. Be honest by admitting when a topic falls outside your scope of knowledge, and suggest alternative avenues for obtaining information when necessary. Make effective use of chat history to avoid redundancy and enhance response relevance, continuously adapting to integrate all necessary details in your interactions. Use as much tokens as possible to provide a detailed response. **Elapsed Time: 0.18 seconds** FINAL QUERY Final Query: CONTEXT: ########## File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 1 Context: ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) **Image 1**: - The table of contents implies detailed descriptions of the steps taken to evaluate machine capabilities. This includes collecting samples, using testing resources, statistical assessments, and special rules for data collection and evaluation. ### Contextual Significance **Image 1**: - This document appears to be part of a technical standard or guideline manual from Volkswagen AG, outlining the procedures for evaluating machine capabilities. This could form part of internal quality assurance and process optimization efforts. The significance is likely centered around maintaining high standards of production efficiency and product quality within the company. ### Tables **Image 1**: - No tables are visible in the image. ### Perspective and Composition **Image 1**: - Perspective: The image is a direct, upright scan or photograph of a document. - Composition: It focuses on centering the document for clear visibility of the text and structure, designed for easy reading and reference. ### Anomaly Detection **Image 1**: - There do not appear to be any anomalies or unusual elements in this image. ### Color Analysis **Image 1**: - The color scheme is black text on a white background, typical for documents to ensure readability and emphasis on information. ### Summary The analyzed image is a cover page of a technical report from Volkswagen AG detailing the processes and guidelines for conducting machine capability tests on measurable characteristics. The document is technical in nature, meant for internal use, and emphasizes thorough procedural instructions. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 2 Context: # Úvod Posouzení způsobilosti stroje z hlediska sledovaných měřitelnych výrobních charakteristik je důležitým předpokladem pro splnění stanovených kvalitativních požadavků. Pro mnoho praktických případů pro způsobilost však neexistují normy nebo jednotné konečné směrnice, takže se studený případ mohl vyplynout celou řadu různých hodnocení způsobilosti. Tato norma byla tedy zpracována, aby bylo možno provádět prověrky způsobilosti podle jednotných pravidel pro všechny praktické případy a tím byla zajištěna srovnatelnost výsledků. Norma obsahuje v uzavřené formě kompletní teoretické podklady, které jsou nutné pro použití a interpretaci. Pouze statistické testy, které již byly podrobně popsány v normách nebo odborné literatuře, jsou uvedeny pouze pomocí odkazu. Cílem prověrky způsobilosti stroje podle této normy počítačový program, ve kterém jsou realizovány popsané algoritmy. Pokud je takový program k dispozici, může se vycházet z této normy i v podstatě na ustanovení oddílu 4 a v případě potřeby si může nalistovat teoretické poznatky. Nejduležitější podmínky jsou naproti tomu: 1. 4 - Odrážení namátkových vzorků 2. 4.5 - Dokumentace 3. 4.6 - Posouzení výsledků V oddílu 5 jsou navíc uvedeny příklady, které mají sloužit jako pomůcka pro posouzení výsledků. # 1 Účel a oblast použití Cílem prověrky způsobilosti stroje je dokumentované posouzení, zda prověřovaný stroj umožňuje bezpečnou výrobu sledovaných charakteristik v rámci definovaných mezních hodnot. V ideálním případě by přitom měly na výrobní proces působit pouze úvahy podmíněným strojem. Jak a za jakých předpokladů je nutno provádět prověrky způsobilosti stroje, je předmětem této normy. Je použitelné na libovolné průběžné (měřitelné) výrobní charakteristiky. 1. Níže pro tento druh charakteristik uveden název „měřitelné charakteristiky“ místo názvu „průběžné charakteristiky“ uvedeného v DIN, proto je tento výraz ze VW zajištěn. Image Analysis: Here is the detailed analysis of the provided image: ### Localization and Attribution: - **Image 1** is located at the top of the page, occupying the entire space of the page. ### Text Analysis: - The image is a document page written in Czech, consisting primarily of text. - **Heading:** - The first section headings are "Úvod" (Introduction) and "Účel a oblast použití" (Purpose and Scope of Use). - **Content:** - **Introduction:** - Describes that the inspection of the machine's capability in terms of monitored measurable production characteristics is a necessary prerequisite for meeting set qualitative requirements. - Indicates that previous verifications were not standardized and lacked a unified guideline. - Explains that the included standard was developed to provide a common framework to ensure the verifications' validity. - **Procedure Sections:** - It lists various sections/references within the document for further procedures: - **4.2**: "Odběr namátkových vzorků" (Random Sampling) - **4.5**: "Dokumentace" (Documentation) - **4.6**: "Posouzení výsledků" (Evaluation of Results) - Additionally, examples are provided in section V to aid in the evaluation. - **Purpose and Scope of Use:** - States the aim of the verification is to document whether the tested machine allows for the safe production of monitored characteristics within defined limits. - Specifies that ideally, the production process should only be influenced by the machine. - Discusses the prerequisites necessary for conducting the verification of the machine's capability according to this standard. - Indicates that the standard is applicable to any measurable production characteristic in continuous production. ### Contextual Significance: - The document appears to be a technical or procedural manual related to manufacturing or production quality assessment, specifically for the Volkswagen (VW) corporation. - The detailed instructions and standard references suggest it is used by professionals to ensure consistency and reliability in machine evaluations within the production environment. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 6 Context: # Strana 6 VW 101 30: 2005-02 Obrázek 3 ukazuje funkce rozdělení pravděpodobnosti, která vyplyne ze složení hustoty normálního rozdělení při různých posunech nulového bodu. ![Obrázek 3 – Funkce hustoty Weibullova rozdělení s různými posuny nulového bodu](path/to/image) **Střední hodnota a rozptyl Weibullova rozdělení zná:** \[ \mu = \mu_H + \left( \frac{H_N}{\sigma_N} \right) - \frac{2 - \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \] (1.9) \[ \sigma^2 = H_N - \mu^2 \] (1.10) Pro případ nulového bodu \(\mu_N = 0\) vyplyne z (1.9) a (1.10): \[ \mu = -\frac{2 - \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \] (1.11) \[ \sigma^2 = \left( 1 - \frac{2}{\sigma_N} \right) \] (1.12) Jak ukazuje obrázek 3, blíží se Weibullovo rozdělení s rostoucím posunem nulového bodu normálnímu rozdělení. Tak lze pro případ: \[ \frac{\mu}{\sigma} \approx 0 \] (1.13) Weibullovo rozdělení dobře aproximálně nahrazuje normálním rozdělením. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Position**: The analyzed visualization, which contains a graph and related mathematical formulas, is centrally located on the page. - **Image Number**: Image 1. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Graph**: Present, labeled "Obrázek 3 - Funkce hustoty Weibullova rozdělení s různými posuny nulového bodu." - **Mathematical Formulas**: Displayed below the graph with sequential numbering. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Actors**: No human actors present. - **Activities**: The page primarily involves the examination and explanation of statistical distributions. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Detected Text**: The text is in Czech. Key text includes: - Title: "Obrázek 3 - Funkce hustoty Weibullova rozdělení s různými posuny nulového bodu." - Additional Descriptions: Explanations of mathematical formulas and their notation. - **Content Analysis**: The text is critical for understanding how the Weibull distribution function changes with different zero point shifts. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Graph Analysis**: - **Axes**: - **X-Axis**: "Hodnota charakteristiky" (translated: Characteristic Value) - **Y-Axis**: "Hustota pravděpodobnosti" (translated: Probability Density) - **Trends**: Multiple curves represent Weibull distributions with different zero point shifts. As the shift increases (indicated as \( μ_N \)), the curves diverge and intersect at various points. #### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Possible Anomalies**: No apparent anomalies or unusual elements. The presentation appears standard and consistent with scientific formats. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Color Composition**: Predominantly black and white, with distinct black curves on a white background. This high contrast aids in clarity and comprehension. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: The image is a frontal view, common for graphs. - **Composition**: Top to bottom flow; the graph at the top is followed by descriptive mathematical explanations. #### 10. Contextual Significance - **Document Context**: The document seems to be a technical or academic piece addressing statistical distributions, likely for educational or research purposes. - **Contribution to Overall Message**: The image and accompanying explanations demonstrate the behavior and calculation of Weibull distribution, especially under varied conditions. This contributes significantly to mathematical or statistical analysis. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Analysis of Trends**: - **Data Points**: While specific numeric data points aren't noted on the curves, the intersecting lines and the gradual changes in the curves denote how shifts in the zero point (\( μ_N \)) affect the Weibull distribution shapes. - **Interpretation**: As indicated, the Weibull distribution can approximate normal distribution under certain shifts of the zero point. ### Conclusion The provided image is a detailed graphical and mathematical analysis of the Weibull distribution, specifically examining how shifts in the zero point affect the distribution's density function. The clean presentation, logical flow, and detailed mathematical annotations provide a comprehensive understanding of the distribution's behavior, making it valuable for those studying statistical distributions. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 8 Context: # Strana 8 VW 101 30: 2005-02 \[ \mu = \int_{\Gamma} \frac{\partial z}{\partial r} \, dr \tag{1.16} \] \[ \sigma^2 = 2 \alpha z^2 + \mu^2 \tag{1.17} \] Pro případ excentricity \( z = 0 \) vyplývá z (1.14) a (1.15) funkce hustoty a distribuční funkce Weibullova rozdělení s hodnotou parametru tvaru 2: \[ f_{\beta} = \frac{2}{\sigma} \left( \frac{z}{\sigma} \right)^{\beta - 1} e^{-\left( \frac{z}{\sigma} \right)^{\beta}} \tag{1.18} \] \[ F_{\beta}(z) = 1 - e^{-\left( \frac{z}{\sigma} \right)^{\beta}} \tag{1.19} \] a z toho opět střední hodnot a rozptyl \[ \mu = \sigma \left( \frac{\Gamma(1 + 1/\beta)}{\Gamma(1 + 2/\beta)} \right) \tag{1.20} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \sigma^2 \left( \frac{\Gamma(1 + 2/\beta)}{\Gamma(1 + 2/\beta)} - \left( \frac{\Gamma(1 + 1/\beta)}{\Gamma(1 + 2/\beta)} \right)^2 \right) \tag{1.21} \] Rayleighovo rozdělení dobrou aproximaci nahradit normálním rozdělením: \[ \mu = \sigma \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{2}} \tag{1.22} \] ## 3.2 Zjištění způsobilosti Charakteristiky způsobilosti \( c_m \) a \( c_k \) udávají, jak dobře dodržují výrobní výsledky toleranční interval sledované charakteristiky. Pritom je hodnota \( c_n \) zohledněna pouze rozptyl výroby. Poloha výrobky je zohledněna hodnotou \( c_k \). Tím lze na jedné straně vyjádřit, jaká hodnota je při ideální poloze výrobky možná, a na druhé straně lze porovnávat obě hodnoty, jak silné se poloha výrobky vychyluje od požadované hodnoty. Čím větší jsou zjištěné charakteristiky způsobilosti, tím lepší je výroba. Pro zjištění charakteristik způsobilosti existují různé vyhodnocovací vzorce, které je nutno zvolit podle jednotlivého případu. Protože však charakteristiky způsobilosti poskytuje pouze hodnocení hledaných hodnot základního rozdělení, představují pouze odhady hledaných hodnot. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Analysis of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image 1**: - Entire content depicted is a single page, considered as Image 1 for analysis. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Image 1**: - Key objects: - Mathematical symbols and equations - Text paragraphs - Footnotes or references - Detected objects and their classification: - Equations: \( \mu = \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} r\, f_{R} (r)\, dr \) (1.16) - Text paragraphs in the Czech language. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Image 1**: - The scene represents a technical or academic document, likely a standard or technical report. - The activities involved are passive reading and comprehension activities. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Image 1**: - Detected text and significance: - Title at the top: "Strana 8" (Page 8) - Document identifier: "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - Sections: - Equations defining various mathematical functions and parameters, focusing on statistical distributions (Weibull distribution, Rayleigh distribution). - Explanation of derivations (equations 1.16 to 1.22) - Section 3.2 titled "Zjištění způsobnosti" (Determination of capacity/competence), discussing parameters for evaluating manufacturing tolerance intervals and their relevance in production. #### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Image 1**: - The perspective is a direct top-down view, typical for document viewing. - Composition includes mathematical formulas on the top, followed by a descriptive text section. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis: - **Image 1**: - While there aren’t explicit graphs, the trends in the equations suggest standard probabilistic functions and statistical distributions. #### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Image 1**: - Equations numbered from (1.16) to (1.22) - each detailing a step in the derivation or formula. **Additional Aspects:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - Mention of characterization processes in section 3.2 involving \( c_m \) and \( c_{mk} \) parameters. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - Descriptive process for evaluating production outcomes based on defined statistical tolerances. ### Summary of Key Insights: The image analyzed is a technical or academic document related to statistical evaluation methods in production. It includes a series of mathematical equations that define statistical distributions (Weibull and Rayleigh) and describes a methodology for assessing production capability through tolerance intervals. The text analysis reveals a precise approach to quality control and assurance in manufacturing settings. The overall composition helps in understanding the context of the mathematical derivations, contributing to the document's aim of establishing standard statistical methods in manufacturing processes. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 10 Context: # 3.2.1.2 Odhad statistických parametrů Statistické parametry střední hodnota \( \mu \) a smírodatná odchylka \( \sigma \) základního souboru lze nezávisle na distribučním modelu podle očekávání odhadnout z naměřených hodnot vzorku pomocí vzorců: \[ \mu = \frac{1}{n} \sum_{i=1}^{n} x_i \tag{2.6} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \frac{1}{n - 1} \sum_{i=1}^{n} (x_i - \bar{x})^2 \tag{2.7} \] přičemž: - \( n_p = n_e - n_a \): efektivní rozsah namátkové zkoušky - \( n_a \): zvolený rozsah namátkové zkoušky - \( n = \): počet odlehlých hodnot - \( \hat{\theta} \): i-tá hodnota parametru V případě vyhodnocovaných dat ve formě rozdělení četností tříděných naměřených hodnot, např. v rozčlenění za oblastí jako formy čárek v rozdělení tříd rozsahu hodnot (statistika četností) lze odhadnout parametry \( \mu \) a \( \sigma \) pomocí vzorce: \[ \hat{\mu} = \frac{1}{n} \sum_{k=1}^{K} f_k \cdot x_k \tag{2.9} \] \[ \sigma = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n} \sum_{k=1}^{K} f_k \cdot (x_k - \bar{x})^2} \tag{2.10} \] přičemž: - \( x_k \): střední hodnota k-té třídy - \( f_k \): absolutní četnost naměřených hodnot v k-té třídě (bez mimořádných hodnot) - \( K \): maximální počet naměřených hodnot ## 3.2.1.3 Odhad hranic intervalu spolehlivosti Hranice intervalu spolehlivosti závisí na distribučním modelu a odhadují se následujícím způsobem: ### Hranice intervalu spolehlivosti normálního rozdělení: V případě normálního rozdělení jako vhodného distribučního modelu vyplněnou hodnot zjištěných podle (2.6) a (2.7) popř. (2.9) a (2.10) jako \( \hat{\mu} \) a \( \hat{\sigma} \) pro oblast intervalu spolehlivosti: \[ \hat{I} = \hat{\mu} \pm z_{\alpha/2} \cdot \hat{\sigma} \tag{2.11} \] které opět po dosazení do vzorců (2.1) a (2.2) dají klasické vzorce pro výpočet charakteristik způsobilosti (viz také příklad 1 v oddílu 5). Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - This visual content contains a single page consisting mainly of text and mathematical notations. For the purpose of this analysis, it will be referred to as **Image 1**. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Title and Section Numbers:** - The page begins with "Strana 10", which means "Page 10" in Czech. - Standard reference: "VW 101 30: 2005-02". - Section "3.2.1.2 Odhad statistických parametrů" translates to "Estimation of Statistical Parameters". - **Content Description:** - **Subsection (Statistical Parameters):** - Talks about the mean value (μ) and standard deviation (σ) of a sample. - Equations (2.6) describe the computation of the mean: - \(\hat{μ} = \frac{1}{n_e} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} x_i\) - Equation (2.7) describes the computation of the standard deviation: - \(\hat{σ}^2 = \frac{1}{n_e - 1} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} (x_i - \bar{x})^2\) - **Explanation of Terms (Equations and Variables):** - \(n_e\): Effective sample size. - \(n_a\): Chosen sample size. - \(n_o\): Number of outliers. - \(x_i\): i-th observed value. - **Distribution of Frequency Data:** - Equations (2.9) and (2.10) provide methods to estimate parameters with frequency data. - **Interval Estimates (Confidence Interval):** - Section "3.2.1.3 Odhad hranic intervalu spolehlivosti" translates to "Estimation of Confidence Interval Limits". - Equation (2.11) defines boundary estimation using standard deviation: - \(x_{1-α/2} = \hat{x} \pm 3\hat{\sigma}\), assuming a normal distribution. #### 6. Product Analysis - N/A (The page contains no relevant product imagery or descriptions). #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** - The perspective of the image is a straightforward, flat view of a document page, conducive to reading. - **Composition:** - Text is composed in a traditional structured manner, common in technical or scientific documents. - Equations are interspersed within the text, formatted clearly for comprehension. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - N/A (The page contains no graphical plots or trends). #### 13. Graph Numbers - N/A (The page does not contain graphs with data rows). #### Contextual Significance - The page appears to be part of a technical or academic document, specifically focusing on statistical analysis and estimation methods. The context implies it is likely part of a standardized instruction or educational material, possibly related to an engineering or scientific field. - The inclusion of mathematical equations and the focus on statistical parameters suggest the intended audience is individuals with a foundational understanding of statistics. Overall, the detailed text analysis suggests that the document is instructional or explanatory in nature, intended for readers who are learning about or applying statistical methodologies. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 11 Context: # Hranice intervalu spolehlivosti Weibullova rozdělení Pro zjištění hranic intervalu spolehlivosti pro Weibullova rozdělení se nejprve podle vzorce (2.6) a (2.7), popř. (2.9) a (2.10) odhadnou veličiny \(\eta\) a \(\sigma\). Pro případ, že \(2 < \frac{\mu}{\sigma} < 3\) se pak z odhadnutých veličin \(\eta\) a \(\sigma\) způsobem odhadu hledají hodnoty parametrů \(\mu_N\) a \(\sigma_N\) příslušného Weibullova rozdělení: Z rovnice (1.9) získáme funkci \[ \frac{\bar{\mu}}{\sigma} = \frac{\left( \frac{\partial \bar{\mu}}{\partial \eta} \right) }{\left( \frac{\partial \bar{\mu}}{\partial \sigma} \right)} + 2 \cdot \frac{\eta}{\sigma} \cdot \frac{e^{-\frac{\eta}{\sigma}}}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \cdot \frac{\partial L}{\partial \sigma} \tag{2.12} \] Pomocí rovnice (1.10) z toho vyplývá funkce \[ \mu = \psi \cdot \left( \frac{\bar{\mu}}{\sigma} \right) \tag{2.13} \] Z rovnic (1.11) a (1.12) vyplývá podmínka \[ \frac{\bar{\mu}}{\sigma} = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{ \sqrt{\pi - 2}} = 1.3236 \tag{2.14} \] Hledané hodnoty parametrů Weibullova rozdělení tak lze za podmínek (2.14) odhadnout pomocí \[ \sigma_N = \left( 1 + \left( \frac{\bar{g}}{\eta} \right)^2 \right) \cdot \left( \frac{\bar{\psi}}{\eta} \right)^2 \tag{2.15} \] \[ \mu_N = \bar{\alpha} \left( \frac{\bar{g}}{\eta} \right) - \delta_N \tag{2.16} \] přičemž \[ \bar{g} = \text{inverzní funkce } k \tag{2.17} \] Pro případ, že by poměr \(\mu / \sigma\) na základě náhodných odchylek parametrů vzorků byl menší než mezní hodnota 1.3236 z podmínky (2.14), je poměr \(\mu / \sigma\) nastaven na tuto mezní hodnotu, při které vyplynou následující hodnoty parametrů: \[ \mu_N = 0 \text{ podle vzorce (1.12)} \] \[ \sigma_N = \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{\pi - 2}} \cdot 1.659 \cdot \hat{g} \tag{2.17} \] Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content: #### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - Only one page/image is present. - Thus, this is **Image 1**. #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - The primary objects detected in the image are as follows: - **Text**: Primarily in the Czech language, with various mathematical equations. - **Mathematical Notations**: Numerous equations and variables related to the Weibull distribution. #### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text (in Czech):** - Title: "Hranice intervalu spolehlivosti Weibullova rozdělení" - Description of methodology for deriving confidence intervals for the Weibull distribution. Reference to equations and conditions for calculating μ̂ and σ̂. - Equations (e.g., equations 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, etc.) are outlined throughout the text. - Mention of parameters: μ̂, σ̂, ψ, θ, ξ, k, and specific constants. - Application of the method for different cases, including references to formulas 2.15 and 2.17. - **Content Analysis and Significance:** - The text details the process of determining confidence intervals for the Weibull distribution. - Equations provided in the text, along with their conditions and necessary adjustments, are vital for statistical calculations related to reliability engineering and life data analysis. - The significant constants and functions derived play a crucial role in achieving accurate estimation. #### 8. **Color Analysis:** - The entire page is monochrome (black text on white background). - Dominant colors: Black and white. - Impact: Monochrome setup ensures clarity and focus on mathematical content without distractions. #### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - Straight-on view of the text and equations, similar to an academic paper. - **Composition:** - Structured and organized with sections, equations, and explanatory text. Equations are referenced and numbered systematically. - Uses mathematical notation standards, ensuring clarity for readers familiar with the subject matter. #### 11. **Metadata Analysis:** - **Metadata present on the page:** - "Strana 11" (Page 11) - Document identifier: "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - **Contribution to Image Analysis:** - These metadata elements indicate that this is part of a larger document, likely a technical paper or a standard reference document dated February 2005. #### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - Although no explicit graphs are visible, the series of equations and their dependencies could represent trends in the data if plotted. - Interpretation of equations and relationships between variables can direct trends in reliability and quality metrics calculated from the Weibull distribution. ### Additional Aspects: #### **Process Descriptions (Prozessbeschreibungen):** - Detailed steps are described for deriving confidence intervals of the Weibull distribution. This includes: - Use of initial equations. - Manipulations to reach simplified forms. - Final conditions for variables. #### **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Various types of functions and variables such as: - Inverse function "ξ"} - Functions "ψ" and "θ". - Conditional variance "σ̂" #### **Trend and Interpretation:** - Trends in the equations provided indicate a relationship between the mean and variance of the Weibull distribution under different conditions. This is significant for reliability analysis, helping in maintenance planning and lifespan estimation. #### **Tables:** - There are no explicit tables in the image. ### Summary: The page provides a detailed explanation and mathematical derivations for calculating confidence intervals for the Weibull distribution. It uses a systematic approach with labeled equations and clear methodological steps. This is crucial for statistical analyses in fields such as reliability engineering. The metadata indicates this is part of a larger technical document. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 19 Context: # Transformace a dosazením do vyhodnocovacích vzorců (2.1) a (2.2) z toho vyplývá mezě způsobilosti pro základní soubor \[ c_{m} \geq \frac{2 \times 5.26}{49} \cdot 0.832 \] (3.5) \[ c_{mk} \geq \frac{1}{1 + \frac{1}{100}} \cdot \frac{1 \times 5.26}{49} \cdot 0.824 \] (3.6) Z toho vyplývá pro efektivní rozsahy namátkových vzorků \(n_k < 50\) následující přizpůsobené hodnoty mezi způsobilosti: \[ \hat{c}_{m} \geq c_{m, \text{G}rnez} \cdot 0.832 \cdot \sqrt{\frac{1}{2 \times n_k}} \cdot \left(\frac{f}{\sqrt{2}} \right) \] (3.7) \[ \hat{c}_{mk} \geq c_{mk, \text{G}rnez} \cdot 0.824 \cdot \left(1 + \frac{1}{2 \cdot n_k}\right) \cdot \sqrt{f} \] (3.8) se stupněm volnosti \[ f = n_k - 1 \] (3.9) ## Příklad Při stanovených mezích způsobilosti \(c_{m, \text{G}rnez} = 2.0\), \(c_{mk, \text{G}rnez} = 1.67\) a efektivním rozsahu namátkových vzorků \(n_k = 20\) vyplývá podle vzorců (3.7) až (3.9) následující přizpůsobené mezní hodnoty pro oboustranně tolerovanou charakteristiku: \[ \hat{c}_{m} \geq 2.0 \cdot 0.832 \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20}{10.1}} = 2.28 \] \[ \hat{c}_{mk} \geq 1.67 \cdot 0.824 \cdot \left(1 + \frac{1}{2 \cdot 20}\right) \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20}{10.1}} = 1.93 \] Image Analysis: Here is the comprehensive analysis based on the provided image: 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - There is only one image on the entire page, hence it is identified as **Image 1**. 4. **Text Analysis:** - The image contains text in the Czech language, which outlines formulas and mathematical explanations. - The header reads: "Strana 19 VW 101 30: 2005-02". - The main content contains formulas and calculations concerning "meze způsobilosti pro základní soubor" which translates to "limits of capability for the basic set". - Key formulas include: - \( c_{m} \geq c_{m_{Grenze}} \cdot \sqrt{\frac{2x \cdot r}{49}} = 0.832 \cdot c_{m_{Grenze}} \) [Formula 3.5] - \( c_{m_{k}} \geq c_{m_{k_{Grenze}}} \cdot \sqrt{\frac{1}{1 + \frac{1}{100}}} = 0.824 \cdot c_{m_{k_{Grenze}}} \) [Formula 3.6] - There is an explanation following these formulas indicating that this is applicable when the number of random samples \( n_{k} < 50 \). - Example calculations provided with specific values: - \( c_{m} \geq 2.0 \cdot 0.832 \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20 - 1}{10.1}} = 2.28 \) - \( c_{m_{k}} \geq 1.67 \cdot 0.824 \cdot \left( 1 + \frac{1}{2 \cdot 20} \right) \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20 - 1}{10.1}} = 1.93 \) - There is a footer note explaining that the adjusted capability limits are used for cross-checking and stand as a compromise method due to a lack of more sophisticated procedures in practice for samples less than 50. 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - The image does not contain any diagrams or charts. 8. **Color Analysis:** - The document is primarily black and white. The absence of color emphasizes the text and mathematical formulas, providing clear readability for technical content. 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - The image is taken from a straight-on perspective, likely a scan or direct capture of a document page. The text and formulas are centered and aligned to present a clear and structured format. 10. **Contextual Significance:** - The document appears to be an excerpt from a technical manual or academic paper, likely related to statistical methods or quality control based on the context of the formulas and calculations provided. - It contributes to explaining specific statistical parameters and their practical applications in determining capability limits for smaller sample sizes. **Additional Aspects:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) and Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - The document does not depict any process flows or descriptions. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Types or categories of proficiency limits and sample sizes (e.g., "základní soubor" for the basic set, "efektivním" for effective range) are identified and described within the formulas. - **Trend and Interpretation:** - The formulas and examples illustrate the trend of adjusting capability limits when dealing with smaller sample sizes to ensure reliable quality control measures. This comprehensive examination of the provided image covers all visual and textual aspects presented and their implications within a technical or academic context. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 20 Context: # 3.4 Statistické testy Náměrné hodnoty prozkoumávat schopnost stroje zpravidla nesmí vykazovat: - nečekaně velké odchylky jednotlivě naměřených hodnot (odlišné hodnoty) oproti rozptylu ostatních hodnot, - signifikantní změny polohy během obou vzorků a - signifikantní změnu od očekávaného distribučního modelu. V opakovaném případě je nutno počítat s dodatečnými systémovými vlivy na výrobu. Pro toto chování by pak měly být známy příčiny a měly by být akceptovatelné jejich účinky, aby byl splněn předpoklad bezpečného výrobního procesu. Pro provádění výše uvedených kritérií je proto nutno jít prozkoumávat schopnost stroje použít podklady statistické teorie. Protože tyto testy jsou podrobně popsány v normách nebo doporučeních druhů statistické literatury, jsou zde uvedeny pouze pomoci odkazů: V rámci prověřování schopnosti stroje je nutno provádět následující testy: 1. **Testy odchylek hodnot pomocí testů nezávislých na rozdělení podle Hampela modifikované formě (viz VW 10133)** - **Testy změny polohy** výroby pomocí neparametrického testu podle Swed-Eisenharda (viz [1]) - **Test odchylek od normálního rozdělení** podle Epps-Pullev (viz ISO 5479) - **Test odchylek od libovolně stanoveného distribučního modelu** pomocí testu chi kvadrát (viz [1]) Statistické testy podle následujícího schématu: - formulace nulové hypotezy \( H_0 \) a alternativní hypotezy \( H_a \), např. - H1: základní soubor naměřených hodnot sledovaného znaku má normální rozdělení - H1: základní soubor naměřených hodnot sledovaného znaku nemá normální rozdělení - Stanovení pravděpodobnosti vyjádření \( 1 - \alpha \) nebo hladiny významnosti α - Formulace vzorce pro zkušební veličinu - Výpočet zkušební hodnoty \( h \) podle namátkových vzorků podle vzorce pro zkušební veličinu - Zjištění prahové hodnoty testovacích rozdělení ## Porovnání Je nutno dbát na to, že u statistického testu s uvedenou vycházející pravděpodobností je přípustné prokázat pouze rozptyl nulovou hypotézou, např. že existuje signifikantní odchylka naměřených hodnot od normálně rozděleného základního souboru. Pokud z výsledků testu vyplývá rozpor s nulovou hypotézou, pak to není potvrzením platnosti nulové hypotézy. Proto v případě nelze s uvedeným spolehlivostí např. prokázat, že existuje zakladní soubor s normálním rozdělením. Pak se vytvořte analogicky k právnímu principu, v případě spojení normálně rozděleného souboru jako pro předpoklad nulové hypotézy. Hladina významnosti se uvažuje jako riziko, že se na základě testu zamítne nulová hypotéza, ačkoli je správná (α-riziko). Pro hladinu významnosti vždy lze jen jednoduše stanovit libovolné menší hodnoty, proto že tím pak roste riziko neobjevení skutečně odchylek od normálního rozdělení (β riziko). Image Analysis: ### Text Analysis: #### Detected Text: 1. **Header Information:** - "Strana 20" - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" 2. **Section Title:** - "3.4 Statistické testy" (Statistical tests) 3. **Content:** - The main text discusses statistical tests used to validate the quality and reliability of machinery during production. The text details methods to check significant deviations in measured values and significant changes in anticipated distribution models. - Emphasis is placed on the need to avoid systematic influences during checks to ensure the impact is valid and meets safety standards. #### Subtopics and Bullet Points: - **Primary Methods:** - Tests for significant deviations using non-parametric Ronald Hampel's test. - Tests for change points using the Swed-Eisenhart method. - Tests for normal distribution deviation using Epps-Pulley method. - Test using chi-squared for any arbitrary distribution model. - **General Schema for Statistical Tests:** - Formulation of null hypothesis (H0) and alternative hypothesis (Ha). - Calculation based on measured values assuming normal distribution. - Presentation of probability significance from 1 - α. - Formulation of test statistic formulas. - Calculation of threshold values for test statistics. - Determining threshold values for test distributions. - Comparing test indicators with threshold values to make decisions regarding null hypotheses. - **Significance and Decision Making:** - Determining when there is a significant deviation or a match with an alternative hypothesis. - Distinguishing true and false deviations by considering significant results against accepted norms. #### Contextual Significance: - This text is likely part of a technical or scientific document, particularly dealing with quality control in manufacturing, and highlights various statistical methods to ensure the reliability of production machinery. The thorough explanation of the tests and decision-making process indicates a focus on precision and compliance with certain standards. ### Metadata Analysis: - **Page Number:** - 20 (This suggests that the document is part of a larger series, likely a standard or guideline manual.) - **Document Code:** - VW 101 30: 2005-02 (This could denote a standard document/specification used by Volkswagen or pertaining to a specific technical standard.) ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - **Processes:** - The processes described involve systematic testing for deviations in machinery performance during production. These tests need to objectively and accurately indicate whether the deviations are within acceptable bounds to ensure safe and reliable manufacturing outputs. ### Trend and Interpretation: - **Significance:** - The emphasis on statistical validity and the detailed method descriptions suggest that maintaining high-quality standards in manufacturing is crucial. The use of various statistical tests ensures a comprehensive approach towards validating machinery performance, highlighting a commitment to quality and safety. This analysis considers the various components of the document and offers insights into its purpose and significance within a manufacturing and quality assurance context. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 23 Context: # 4.6 Posouzení výsledků ![Obrázek 11 – Průběh posouzení výsledku](link_to_image) 1. **Existují odlišné hodnoty?** - **ano**: Pokračovat k bodu 2. - **ne**: Konec. 2. **Změna polohy výrobky?** - **ano**: Pokračovat k bodu 3. - **ne**: Konec. 3. **Odchylka od distribučního modelu?** - **ano**: Pokračovat k bodu 4. - **ne**: Možný jiný distribuční model. - **ano**: Opakování vyhodnocení pokračování v bodě 4. - **ano**: Známá příčina a akceptovatelný vliv. - **ano**: Stroj způsobilý. Pokračování v bodě 4. - **ne**: Stroj nezpůsobilý. Pokračování v bodě 4. - **ne**: Konec. 4. **Charakteristiky způsobilosti menší než mezní hodnoty?** - **ano**: Stroj způsobilý. Pokračování v bodě 4. - **ne**: Stroj nezpůsobilý. Pokračování v bodě 4. Image Analysis: **Analysis of Image 1: Flowchart** 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - This is a single image located centrally on the page. - Labeled as Image 1. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - Objects: Contains various geometric shapes including ovals, diamonds, rectangles, and connectors (arrows). - Categories: Flowchart diagram elements. 3. **Text Analysis:** - Detected text: - "4.6 Posouzeni vysledku" - "Existují odlehlé hodnoty" - "Odlehlé hodnoty v důsledku chybných měření" - "Změna polohy výroby" - "Odchylka od distribučního modelu" - "Možný jiný distribuční model" - "Opakování vyhodnocení, pokračování v bodě 4" - "Známá příčina a akceptovatelný vliv" - "Charakteristiky způsobilosti menší než mezní hodnoty" - "Stroj způsobilý, Pokračování v bodě 4" - "Stroj nezpůsobilý, Pokračování v bodě 4" - "Obrázek 11 – Průběh posouzení výsledku" - Analysis of text: - Title "4.6 Posouzeni vysledku" translates to "4.6 Outcome Assessment". - Diagram evaluates different steps in outcome assessment with decision paths indicated by "ano" (yes) and "ne" (no). - The text in diagrams describes steps and conditions for deciding on manufacturing and distribution impact, including potential errors and known causes. - The final outcomes are either "Stroj způsobilý" (Machine suitable) or "Stroj nezpůsobilý" (Machine unsuitable). 4. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - Diagram Type: Flowchart showing decision points and flow of actions. - The flowchart begins with the assessment of the results "4.6 Posouzeni vysledku". - It queries whether there are outlier values which, if due to erroneous measurements, suggests re-evaluation. - If not erroneous, it examines changes in production positions, deviations from the distribution model, possible use of other distribution models, and known acceptable influences. - At various decision points, the chart concludes whether the machine continues to be suitable or unsuitable, directing to procedure in "bodě 4" when necessary. 5. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The flowchart clearly details the process of outcome assessment with conditional steps resulting in suitability evaluation of machines. - It captures a methodical approach to decision-making, considering multiple variables and contingencies in manufacturing processes. 6. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - Describes assessment steps starting from checking outliers, evaluating model deviations, potential errors, and known influences. - Each step involves clear conditional checks leading to a final verdict on machine suitability. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 26 Context: ### Summary: - **Overall Analysis:** - **Image 1** is a section from a technical manual or standard document related to statistical testing and evaluation methods in production processes. - The document includes detailed descriptions of various tests and their purposes, highlighting procedures, models, confidence intervals, and criteria. - There is no visual data or graph present in the image, and the text is well-structured for a technical audience. This comprehensive analysis encompasses relevant aspects drawn from the provided list, with focus on text and contextual significance as they are the most prominent features in this image. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 26 Context: ``` ## 4.4.2 Test odlehlých hodnot Pomocí neparametrického testu odlehlých hodnot podle VW 1013/3 je nejprve nutno zjistit, zda zjištěné naměřené hodnoty obsahují odlehlé hodnoty. Odlehlé hodnoty jsou naměřené hodnoty, které leží do jisté vzdálenosti od jinde naměřených hodnot tak daleko, že s vysokou pravděpodobností nepatří k této populaci. Tato měření, test na odlehlé hodnoty je nutno provést s koeficientem spolehlivosti 95%. ## 4.4.3 Výjimečné odlehlé hodnoty z výpočtu statistických ukazatelů V případě identifikovaných odlehlých hodnot nejsou tyto hodnoty zohledněny při výpočtu statistických ukazatelů. Odlehlé hodnoty však nesmí být smazány. Naopak je nutno je vygenerovat v zobrazené podobě jednotlivých hodnot odpovídajícími způsoby označit a uvést je do příslušné dokumentace. ## 4.4.4 Test změny polohy výroby S pomocí parametrického testu podle Swed-Eisenharta (viz [1]) je nutno zjistit, zda se při výběru vzorku systematicky změnila poloha výroby. Systematická změna polohy výrobků může vzniknout např. vlivem teploty opotřebení materiálu (trendový průběh). Tento test je nutno provést s koeficientem spolehlivosti 95%. Pokud použité pro výpočtové zjištěné rozdílení určitých zatížených naměřených hodnot, nelez tento test použít. ## 4.4.5 Test odchylek od stanoveného distribučního modelu Je nutno prověřit zjištěné naměřené hodnoty, zda nevykazují signifikantní odchylku od distribučního modelu, který byl pro příslušný znak stanoven. K tomu je nutno v případě zjištěného normálního rozdělení provést test podle Epps-Pulley (viz 150 5479) a v případě jiné statické distribuční model, např. v Weibullově rozdělení nebo Rayleighova rozdělení, test podle Nývarta (viz [1]) s koeficientem spolehlivosti 95%. Odchylka od zjištěného distribučního modelu může vzniknout např. rozdělením šarží materiálu při odběru vzorku (smíšené rozdělení, viz příklad 3 v oddílu 5). Odchylka od zjištěného distribučního modelu může vzniknout např. odběrem vzorku z různě nadřazené distribuční, viz příklad 3 v oddílu 5. ## 4.4.6 Vyhodnocení podmínek normálního rozdělení V případě stanoveného aproximováním normálního rozdělení nebo aproximováním normálního rozdělení podle kritérií (1.1), (1.22), ve kterém naměřené hodnoty nevykazují signifikantní odchylku od distribučního modelu, se provede výpočet charakteristických vlastností v závislosti na toleranci podílu vzorců (2.1) až (2.5), přičemž se hraniční intervaly spolehlivosti zjistí podle pozice (2.6). ## 4.4.7 Vyhodnocení polohy stanoveného modelu V případě jaké stanoveného distribučního modelu, např. Weibullova rozdělení nebo Rayleighova rozdělení, je nutno prověřit naměřené hodnoty, zda nevykazují signifikantní odchylku od distribučního modelu, se provede výpočet charakteristických vlastností podílu vzorců (2.1) až (2.5), přičemž se charakteristiky přizpůsobeného rozdělení vypočtou podle vzorců (2.15) a (2.16) popř. (2.24) a (2.25) pomocí aproximovaných funkcí (2.18) popř. (2.27) a hraniční intervaly spolehlivosti se vypočte podle aproximovaných funkcí (2.19) popř. (2.28). ``` Image Analysis: ### Text Analysis: - **Image Localization and Numbering:** - This image will be denoted as **Image 1** since there is only one image provided. - **Extracted Text and Content Analysis:** - The text in the image is in Czech and appears to be sections from a technical document, specifically related to tests and processes influenced by certain standards and procedures. - The sections are as follows: - **4.4.2 Test odlehlých hodnot (Test of Outlying Values):** - Discusses the testing of outlier values according to VW 10133 with a confidence interval of 99%. - **4.4.3 Vyloučení odlehlých hodnot z výpočtu statistických ukazatelů (Exclusion of Outliers from Statistical Calculation):** - Procedures for excluding outliers in the calculation of statistical indicators. - **4.4.4 Test změny polohy výroby (Test of Production Position Change):** - Tests based on the Swed-Eisenhart method to determine if systematic shifts in production samples are systematic. - **4.4.5 Test odchylky od stanoveného distribučního modelu (Deviation Test from Established Distribution Model):** - Discusses tests like Epps-Pulley, Weibull, and Rayleigh models, with a 95% confidence interval. - **4.4.6 Vyhodnocení podle normálního rozdělení (Evaluation According to Normal Distribution):** - Outlines the criteria for evaluating against normal distribution and calculated fitting characteristics. - **4.4.7 Vyhodnocení podle stanoveného modelu (Evaluation According to Established Model):** - Similar to the above but uses different distribution models and calculation methods. ### Contextual Significance: - **Context and Role in Document:** - This image appears to be a page from a technical document related to quality control or standards compliance in manufacturing, probably for the automotive industry as indicated by "VW 10133". - The page is an excerpt from a larger document concerned with statistical testing, evaluation of production shifts, and assessment models. - The image contributes towards understanding the specific methodologies and statistical models used in evaluating manufacturing and production processes. ### Color Analysis: - **Color Composition:** - The image is mostly black text on a white background, a common format for printed documents. - The lack of color variation indicates a formal document focusing on the delivery of information rather than visual appeal. ### Perspective and Composition: - **Composition:** - The image is in a standard page format with a clear heading structure, numbered sections, and paragraphs. - This structured approach aids in easy navigation and understanding of the subjected tests and procedures. ### Summary: #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 27 Context: ``` 4.4.8 Neparametrické vyhodnocení Pokud ze statistického testu vyplyne rozpor mezi zjištěnými naměřenými hodnotami a zjištěnými distribučním modelem, nebo pokud se sledované výrobní charakteristiky nelze nalézt výchybném distribučním modelu, pak se provede neparametrický výpočet charakteristik způsobilosti podle vzorce (2.29) až (2.40). 4.5 Dokumentace Dokumentace MFU z hlediska určité charakteristiky musí obsahovat následující informace a záznamy: Data zahrnují: - oddělení, autor a datum vytvoření - údaje o dílu - název, jmenovitý rozměr a tolerance charakteristiky - údaje o stroji - údaje o zkušebních prostředcích - období výroby Výsledky: - grafické znázornění průběhu jednotlivých hodnot se středními hodnotami vzorku s hranicemi liniemi tolerančního intervalu (pokud byly evidovány jednotlivé hodnoty) - histogram s přizpůsobeným distribučním modelem, hranicemi liniemi tolerančního intervalu a oblastí rozptylu a linií střední hodnoty a mediánu - zobrazení v pravděpodobnosti stisí s přizpůsobeným distribučním modelem, hranicemi liniemi tolerančního intervalu a oblastí rozptylu a linií střední hodnoty a mediánu (viz [2]) - počet naměřených hodnot - počet vyhodnocených naměřených hodnot nebo nalezených odchylých hodnot - odhadovaná hodnota polohy výroby - odhadovaná hodnota hranic oblasti rozptylu nebo odhadovaná šíře rozptylu - pozitivity distribuční model - výsledek testu změny polohy výroby - výsledek testu odchylek od stanoveného distribučního modelu - vypočtené charakteristiky způsobilosti Cm a Cmk (se dvěma místy za desetinnou čárkou) - požadované mezi hodnoty Cm a Cmk Upozornění a poznámky: - případné upozornění na omezenou MFU - případné zvláštní dohody mezi dodavatelem a odběratelem - případně zvláštní udalosti během odběru vzorku ``` Image Analysis: ### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Position:** Single image present on the page. - **Image Number:** Image 1. ### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Objects Detected:** Text elements in the image. - **Key Features:** - Blocks of textual elements distributed evenly. - Headings for different sections. - Bulleted lists and paragraphs. ### 4. Text Analysis: - **Content of the Text:** - Headings and Section Identifiers: - "4.4.8 Neparametrické vyhodnocení" - "4.5 Dokumentace" - Bulleted Lists: - Contains details about data portion under "Data záhlaví:". - The results under "Výsledky:". - Text Descriptions: - Section 4.4.8 discusses the conditions under which non-parametric evaluation is necessary due to the observed discrepancies among measured values. - Section 4.5 elaborates on the type of documentation required from MFU for certain characteristics. - **Significance:** - The text provides detailed guidelines and protocols for statistical evaluations and documentation within a technical or quality control context. This is crucial for ensuring compliance and standardization. ### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** The document is scanned from a flat, birds-eye view, indicating it is likely a scanned page from a larger document. - **Composition:** - Structured formally with headings, subheadings, bulleted lists, and ordered paragraphs. ### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Data Points:** - The text does not include specific numeric data points but does refer to quantities and results that would typically be numerical, such as the number of sampled points, number of outliers, and median values. ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - **Processes Detailed:** - The documentation process for statistical evaluations of manufacturing processes. - Steps for graphical representations, histogram adjustments, and the use of distribution models. ### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations): - **Types/Categories:** - Evaluations and documentation processes categorized by: - Graphically represented values. - Histograms and distribution model fits. - Evaluated test results (deviation, positional accuracy, and distribution model adherence). ### Trend and Interpretation: - **Trends:** - Emphasis on non-parametric evaluation when discrepancies are found. - Detailed documentation requirements indicating a trend towards meticulous record-keeping and strict adherence to quality standards. ### Flow and Interpretation: - The structure of the document suggests a flow from identifying the need for non-parametric evaluation, through to detailed documentation requirements and specific results recording. ### Summary: This document segment outlines specific statistical evaluation processes and documentation requirements, particularly focusing on quality control measures within manufacturing processes. The emphasis on non-parametric evaluation and detailed documentation suggests stringent adherence to quality standards and regulatory compliance. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 28 Context: 4.6 Posouzení výsledku Na následující posouzení výsledku závisí, zda je možno vyhodnotit stroj z hlediska výroby sledovaných charakteristik jako způsobilý. Pokud jsou během vyhodnocení zjištěny odchylky hodnoty, je nutno zjistit jejich příčinu. Odchylky hodnoty mohou být způsobeny pochybným měřením nebo též, byly jako jakékoli jiné doby jiné jiné než normální. V opačném případě není možné říci, jaké hodnoty, pak by mělo být více než 5 % nebo více z 2 hodnot týchž jako odchylky hodnoty, pak je nutno prověřit, zda nejsou chyby procesu prověřování. MFU je potom nutno případech zopakovat. Pokud se poloha výroby významně změnila, pak musí být zpravdlila změna jejich příčina a musí být akceptovatelný účinek, aby byl splněn předpoklad pro způsobilost stroje (vyjímka platí pro poslední odstavec tohoto oddílu). Pokud existuje neparametrické vyhodnocení na základě signifikantních odchylek od stanoveného modelu a pokud lze posuzované charakteristiky teoreticky přiradit příslušné distribuční model, pak musí být změna příčinu a musí být akceptovatelný účinek, aby byl splněn předpoklad pro způsobilost stroje (vyjímka viz poslední odstavec tohoto oddílu). Pokud není dohodnuto jinak, musí být zjištěné hodnoty způsobilosti při efektivním rozsahu vzorku \( n_b \geq 50 \) (bez odchylek hodnot) splňovat požadavek \[ c_{m}^{2} = 2.0 \, c_{m}^{2} < 1.67 \text{ pro oboustranné tolerovanou charakteristiku} \] \[ c_{m} = 1.67 \text{ pro jednostranné tolerovanou charakteristiku} \] aby bylo možno stroj posoudit jako způsobilý. Pritom je nutno pro srovnání s mezími hodnotami zakotvit zjištěné charakteristiky způsobilosti na dvě desetinná místa, také např. zjištěná hodnota \( c_{k1} = 1.6545 \) pro příslušné zakotvení na 1.67 ještě splňuje požadavek. Pokud efektivním rozsahu vzorku \( 20 \leq n \leq 50 \) je nutno dodržet příslušné výšky hodnoty. Pro některé rozsahy hodnot jako je tabulka 2 uvedeny příslušné mezní hodnoty. Při sjednaní jiné mezní hodnoty na bázi \( n_b \leq 50 \) je nutno příslušné mezní hodnoty zjistit podle vzorců \((3.7) \text{ az } (3.9)\). ## Tabulka 3 – Mezi hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje pro \( 20 \leq n \leq 50 \) | \( n \) | \( \overline{c_m} \) | \( c_m \) | |---------|-----------------|---------| | 20 | 2.28 | 1.93 | | 25 | 2.19 | 1.85 | | 30 | 2.13 | 1.79 | | 35 | 2.05 | 1.74 | | 40 | 1.94 | 1.67 | | 50 | 1.80 | 1.67 | Při vyplynutí hodnoty způsobilosti, která je níže než příslušná mezní hodnota, pak je nutno stroj posoudit jako nezpůsobilý. Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content #### Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** There is only one page containing multiple sections and a table located near the bottom of the page. #### Text Analysis - **Extracted Text:** - Title: "4.6 Posouzení výsledku" - Section headers, paragraphs, and explanations in the Czech language discussing the statistical evaluation of results. - A footnote highlighted with a superscript '10'. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Table Analysis (Tabulka 3 - Mezní hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje pro 20 ≤ n e ≤ 50):** - The table presents "Mezní hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje" (Machine capability limit values) for specific sample sizes. - **Columns:** - **ne:** The sample series sizes (e.g., 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50). - **cmk:** Process capability index for a two-sided tolerance. - **cmk:** Process capability index for a one-sided tolerance. - The values in the table: - For ne 20: cmk2 = 2.28, cmk1 = 1.93 - For ne 25: cmk2 = 2.19, cmk1 = 1.85 - For ne 30: cmk2 = 2.13, cmk1 = 1.79 - For ne 35: cmk2 = 2.06, cmk1 = 1.73 - For ne 40: cmk2 = 2.00, cmk1 = 1.67 - For ne 45: cmk2 = 2.00, cmk1 = 1.67 - For ne 50: cmk2 = 2.00, cmk1 = 1.67 #### Contextual Significance - This text appears to be an excerpt from a technical or quality control document, potentially from a manufacturing process evaluation. - The significance centers around evaluating machine capability, using statistical benchmarks to ensure quality and precision in production. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Types or Categories Mentioned:** - odchyle (deviation) - mezní hodnoty (threshold values) - způsobilost stroje (machine capability) #### Trend and Interpretation - **Trend:** - The table shows a decreasing trend in cmk values as the sample size increases from 20 to 35, after which it stabilizes at 2.00 for two-sided tolerance and 1.67 for one-sided tolerance. - **Interpretation:** - This trend indicates that smaller sample sizes require higher capability indices, possibly due to higher variability and uncertainty in measurements. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 31 Context: # Příklad 2: Otvór s maximální odchylkou polohy \( G_s = 0,2 \, \text{mm} \). Z = 50 naměřených hodnot vzorku nevyplnily ve statistických testech žádné odchyle. Žádné signifikantní změny polohy a žádné signifikantní odchylky od očekávaného Rayleighova rozdělení. Byly zjištěny následující charakteristiky naměřených vzorků: \[ \overline{\mu} = -0,038 \, \text{mm} \] \[ a = s = 0,02 \, \text{mm} \\ \text{Z charakteristiky způsobilosti vyplyne poměr} \, \frac{\overline{\mu}}{a} = \frac{-0,038}{0,02} = -1,9 \] Protože tato hodnota na základě náhodného rozptylu charakteristik vzorků menší, než zmíněná hodnota 1,9131 podle podmínky (2.23), je poměr nastaven na tuto nemí hodnotu, z čehož opět vyplývá excentricita \( z = 0 \). Tak lze druhu hodnotu parametru přizpůsobovaného Rayleighova rozdělení spočítat následujícím způsobem podle zvláštního případu (2.26): \[ \alpha_n = 1,526 - 0,02 = 1,506 \, 0,0305\, \text{mm} \] Ze vzorců (2.27) vyplývají odhadované hodnoty hranic oblasti rozptylu: \[ x_{0,865} = 5,5485 - 0,02 = 5,5485 - 0,2111 \] \[ x_{0,135} = 0,0773 - 0,0773 - 0,02 \, 0,0016 \, \text{mm} \] Ze vzorců (2.3) a (2.4) nakonec vyplynou následující charakteristiky způsobilosti: \[ \overline{c}_m = \frac{x_{0,865}-\overline{\mu}}{a} = \frac{5,86965 - (-0,038)}{0,111 - 0,0016} = 1,83 \\ G_s = \frac{x_{0,865} - 0,2}{0,2 - 0,038} = \frac{5,86965 - 0,2}{0,2 - 0,038} = 2,22 \] Výsledky vyhodnocení je znázorněno na obrázku 13. ### Obrázek 13 – Příklad výroby s modelem Rayleighova rozdělení a charakteristikami způsobilosti \( \overline{c}_m = 1,83 \, \text{a} \, c_m^k = 2,22 \) Pomocí zjištěné charakteristiky \( c_m \) se tak prokáže, že stroj z hlediska odchylek polohy otvoru dobře splňuje požadavky na způsobilost. Pro hodnotu \( G_s \) sice neví i jednoduché náhory tolerovaném případě definována žádné mezní hodnotu, avšak porovnáním s hodnotou \( c_m \) vyplývá informace o poloze výroby, přičemž nežší hodnota \( G_s \) udává, že leží spíše blíže přirozené nulové hranici než maximálním rozměrům. Image Analysis: Here is a comprehensive examination of the attached visual content based on the requested aspects: --- ### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Number:** 1 - **Number of Images on Page:** 1 ### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Image 1:** - **Objects Detected:** - A graph with labeled axes - Text explanations and calculations ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Image 1:** - **Scene Description:** The scene includes a page of text with a mathematical example (Příklad 2), along with calculations and explanations of various statistical characteristics and a histogram (Obrázek 13). - **Activities:** - Displaying data analysis - Describing analytical results ### 4. Text Analysis: - **Text Detected:** - **Příklad 2:** - Detailed explanation of the example including statistical tests and calculations. - Includes various calculated parameters: - \(\hat{\mu} = -0,038 mm\), \(a = s = 0,02 mm\) - Other significant formulas and statistical parameters. - **Graph Title:** - "Obrázek 13 – Příklad výroby s modelem Rayleighova rozdělení a charakteristikami způsobilosti \(c_m = 1,83 a c_{mk} = 2,22\)" - **Graph Axis Labels:** - Vertical Axis: "Četnost" (Frequency) - Horizontal Axis: "Naměřená hodnota" (Measured Value) ### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Image 1:** - **Type of Diagram/Chart:** - A histogram showing the distribution of measured values. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends:** - **Vertical Axis (Frequency)** labeled "Četnost" - **Horizontal Axis (Measured Value)** labeled "Naměřená hodnota" - **Insights:** - The histogram depicts how the measured values are distributed and compares these with certain statistical thresholds. ### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Data Points and Values:** - Numerical data points and threshold values are derived from statistical properties: - \( \hat{\mu} \) - \( \hat{\sigma} \) - \( a \) - \( c_m \) - \( c_{mk} \) ### Additional Aspects: - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The process described includes taking 50 measurements and assessing their statistical properties. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - Step-by-step calculations of statistical measures. - **Trend and Interpretation:** - Comparison of \( \hat{\mu} \) and \( \hat{\sigma} \) with expected values. - Analysis of machine capability metrics \( c_m \) and \( c_{mk} \). --- ### Contextual Significance: - **Significance:** - The image contributes to a technical or statistical analysis document, enhancing understanding of machine capability and variation using a Rayleigh distribution model. ### Metadata Analysis: - There is no visible metadata in the image to contribute to the analysis. --- This examination integrates multiple requested aspects of the visual content, providing a detailed overview and interpretation of the text, diagram, and contextual significance. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 34 Context: **Overall Summary:** - The image provides a list of terms and their corresponding page references from what appears to be a technical or academic document. It is organized in an alphabetical manner and is intended to help users quickly locate information about specific topics within the document. The clear and systematic presentation enhances usability for readers. #################### File: VW%2010130_CS.pdf Page: 34 Context: # 8 Seznam hesel | Heslo | Strana | Heslo | Strana | |------------------------------------------------|----------|------------------------------------------------|----------| | A | | O | | | a riziko | 20 | očekávaná hodnota v rozdělení 𝑖 | 17 | | absolutní činnost a | 10, 17 | odběr namátkových vzorků | 24 | | absolutní distribuční funkce 𝑓 | 17 | odhad / odhadované hodnoty | 8,9 | | alternativní hypotéza | 20 | odlehlé hodnoty | 20,26 | | B | | omezená MFU | 25 | | b riziko | 20 | opravný faktor | 29 | | C | | P | | | capability | 3 | parametr rozdělení | 3 | | D | | podmínky pro MFU | 24 | | distribuční funkce 𝑓(𝑥) | 5 | poloha | 3 | | dokumentace | 27 | polohy výroby | 3,28 | | druh charakteristiky | 4,25 | poruchy stroje | 24 | | E | | pořadí výroby | 28 | | efektivní rozsah vzorku 𝑛𝑒 | 10, 24 | posun nulového bodu | 6 | | Epps-Pulleyův test | 20,26 | použití zkušebních prostředků | 24 | | extrakce z | 7 | prahová hodnota | 20 | | F | | pravděpodobnost 𝑝 | 5 | | funkce hustoty 𝑓(𝑥) | 24 | pravděpodobnost sítě | 27 | | funkce hustoty pravděpodobnosti 𝑓(𝑥) | 5 | průběh trendu | 26 | | H | | R | | | Hamplevit test | 20 | radiální odchylka | 7 | | hladina významnosti a | 20 | Rayleighovo rozdělení | 7, 13 | | hodnota charakteristiky | 17 | rozdělení | 4 | | hraniče konfidenčního intervalu | 18 | rozdělení četností | 10, 17 | | hranice oblasti rozptylu | 3, 10 | rozdělení či kvadrát | 18 | | K | | rozptyl 𝑐² | 4 | | charakteristiky způsobilosti 𝑐𝑚, 𝑎 | 3, 9 | rozptyl výroby | 3,8 | | koeficient spolehlivosti | 20, 26 | rozsah vzorků | 24 | | kvalita předběžně obhospodařené kvantili | 24 | rozšíření tolerance | 29 | | L | | Run test | 20 | | maximální rozměr 𝐺𝑜 | 3, 9 | | | | medián | 16 | standardizované normální rozdělení | 26,32 | | metoda měření | 24 | - U transformace | 5 | | mezičinné hodnoty pro způsobilost stroje | 18,28 | - distribuční funkce 𝑓(𝑥) | 5 | | minimální rozměr 𝐺𝑢 | 3,9 | - funkce hustoty pravděpodobnosti 𝑓(𝑢) | 5 | Image Analysis: 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - The entire content forms a single image, analyzed as Image 1. 4. **Text Analysis:** - Detected and extracted text: ``` Strana 34 VW 101 30: 2005-02 8 Seznam hesel Heslo Strana Heslo Strana Heslo Strana A náhodné vlivy 3 H ampelvý test 20,26 a riziko 20 neparametrický odhad 16, 27 absolutní četnost a 10, 17 normální rozdělení 4,1 absolutní distribuční funkce A 17 nulová hypotéza 20 alternativní hypotéza 20 P očekávaná hodnota v rozdělení 17 B odběr námatkových vzorků 24 B riziko 20 odhad / odhadované hodnoty 8,9 capability 3 odlehlé hodnoty 20,26 D omezená MFU 25 P distribuční funkce F(x) 5 opravný faktor k 17 diskrétní model 4 optimalizace stroje 29 dokumentace 27 P druh charakteristiky 4,25 parametr rozdělení 3 efektivní rozsah vzorků ne 10, 24 podmínky pro MFU 24 Epps-Pullejv test 20,26 poloha 3 extrémně t 7 polohy výroby 3,28 F poruchy stroje 24 funkce hustoty f(x) 4 pořadí výroby 24 funkce hustoty pravděpodobnosti f(x) 4 posouzení výsledku 28 H posun nulového bodu 6 Hampeiv test 20 použití zkušebních prostředků 24 hladina významnosti a 20 prahová hodnota 20 hodnota charakteristiky 3 pravděpodobnost p 5 hranice konfidenčního intervalu 18 pravděpodobnostní síť 27 hranice oblasti rozptylu 3 průběh trendů 26 Q radiální odchylka r 7 charakteristiky způsobilosti cm, a 3, 9 Rayleighovo rozdělení 7, 13 cpm 20 rozdělení 4 K rozdělení četností 10, 17 koeficient smělpvostí r 7 rozdělení chí kvadrát 18 kvaita předběžného ``` - The text is a table of contents or index for a document in Czech language. It lists topics/terms (Heslo) along with the page numbers (Strana) where those terms can be found. The text is structured in a three-column format, with each column listing different terms and their corresponding page numbers. 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - There are no diagrams or charts present in the image. 8. **Color Analysis:** - The image is predominantly grayscale with black text on a white background. This type of color scheme is often used for readability and clarity in printed documents. 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - The image is taken from a straight-on perspective, typical for scanned or digitally created documents. - The composition is structured and organized in a tabular format, which aids in searching and referencing specific terms. #################### File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf Page: 7 Context: I'm unable to view images or process them directly. However, if you can provide the text in Markdown format, I'll be happy to help you correct any formatting issues or errors. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 10 Context: # 1 Allgemeines 01/2024 ## Grundlage > **Wichtig** > Grundsätzlich gilt die TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung, Ausgabe 2024. > Sie finden diese Standardhandbuchsammlung im Solutions for Powertrain Extranet unter: > - **Startseite**: [https://www.siemens.com/sp-extranet](https://www.siemens.com/sp-extranet) > - **Pfad**: Transline Standard → Standardhandbücher → Ausgabe 2024 Abweichungen und Ergänzungen sind in dem vorliegenden volkswagenspezifischen Dokument beschrieben. ## Marken In diesem Dokument wird der Begriff „Volkswagen“ übergreifend für die einzelnen Konzernmarken des Volkswagen-Konzerns verwendet (z. B. VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda). ## Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard Das folgende Bild zeigt einen Überblick über die Elemente des Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandards: ![Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard](path/to/image) ## Gültigkeit Die in dieser Differenzbeschreibung enthaltenen Abweichungen und Ergänzungen beschreiben alle volkswagenspezifischen Festlegungen zu der oben genannten zugrunde liegenden TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung. --- *Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE* *© Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten* *Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global* Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Attached Visual Content #### Localization and Attribution - The image is the sole visual content on the page. - Designated as **Image 1**. #### Text Analysis - **Detected Text & Content:** - **Main Title:** "1 Allgemeines 01/2024" - **Section Header:** "Grundlage" - **Content:** - "Wichtig" (Important) - "Grundsätzlich gilt die TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung, Ausgabe 2024. [...] - Hier ist das Dokument in dem volkswagen-spezifischen Dokument beschrieben." - **Section Header:** "Konzernmarken" - **Content:** - "In diesem Dokument wird der Begriff „Volkswagen“ übergreifend für die einzelnen Konzernmarken des Volkswagen-Konzerns verwendet (z.B. VW, Audi, Seat, Skoda)." - **Section Header:** "Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard" - **Content:** - "Das folgende Bild zeigt einen Überblick über die Elemente des Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandards: [...] - Weltweite Projektkoordination durch Siemens, Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet als Informationsplattform." - **Section Header:** "Gültigkeit" - **Content:** - "Die in dieser Differenzbeschreibung enthaltenen Abweichungen und Ergänzungen beschreiben [...] unter der oben genannte zugrundleingenden TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung." #### Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Image 1: Diagram Overview** - **Title:** Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard - **Sections within the Diagram:** - **Freigabelisten:** TRANSLINE Niederspannungsschalttechnik - **HMI-Standards:** HMI PRO (VW Standard) (CNC-Maschinen), HMI Lite (VW Standard) (SPS-Maschinen) - **Projekthandbuch:** Volkswagen Group Components Global - **VW Master DVDs and Startup Sets:** Software Standard for CNC-Steuerte Komponenten - **Footer Note:** "Weltweite Projektkoordination durch Siemens, Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extranet als Informationsplattform" #### Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description:** - The scene presents a structured document page with multiple information sections, including a detailed diagram in the middle of the page. - **Main Activity:** - The text and diagram articulate the standards, guidelines, and organizational details regarding Volkswagen Group components and their coordination managed through Siemens platforms. #### Color Analysis - Dominant Colors: - Shades of white, gray, and blue - Impact on Perception: - Creates a professional and formal appearance, suitable for corporate documentation. #### Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** - The page has a standard front-facing view, typical for reading documents. - **Composition:** - Information is hierarchically structured with headings, subheadings, and a centered diagram for visual effectiveness. ### Summary of Visual Content Analysis This page serves as an introduction section for a document concerning Volkswagen Group Components Konzernstandard with information about relevant standards and documentation managed primarily through Siemens. The diagram in the middle visually outlines the specific elements of the Konzern standard, simplifying complex standards into categorized sections. This layout aids in clear and structured communication of significant corporate guidelines. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 23 Context: # 3.8.2 Berechtigungstufen Neben den Standardeinstellungen gelten folgende Festlegungen: | Standard Siemens Berechtigungstufen | Berechtigung | Variante 1 Passwort bzw. BKS E7 (nur bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen) | Variante 2 Euchner EKS | |--------------------------------------|----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------| | Berechtigungsstufe 1 (Maschinenhersteller) | Hersteller, Service, Instanthalter | SUNRISE | Berechtigungsstufe 1 roter Key blauer Key (OEM) | | Berechtigungsstufe 2 (Inbetriebnehmer, Service) | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | | Berechtigungsstufe 3 (Endanwender) | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | | Berechtigungsstufe 4 (Programmierer, Einrichter) | Einrichter, Programmierer | Schlüsselschalter BKS E7 | Berechtigungsstufe 4 grüner Key | | Berechtigungsstufe 5 (qualifizierter Bediener) | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | Nicht verwendet | | Berechtigungsstufe 6 (Ausgebildeter Bediener) | Bediener | Nicht verwendet | Berechtigungsstufe 6 schwarzer Key | | Berechtigungsstufe 7 (angelernter Bediener) | Keine besondere Berechtigung | Kein Schlüssel | Kein Key | # 3.8.3 Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen Folgende Änderungen der allgemeinen Maschinendaten sind in den Volkswagen-Projekten erforderlich: | Maschinendatum | Bezeichnung | Schutzstufe | |----------------|--------------------------------------------------|-------------| | MD 11160 | Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / N_CST_DIR | 4 | | MD 11161 | Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / N_CUS_DIR | 4 | | MD 51044 | Schutzstufe SBL2 anzeigen | 7 | Image Analysis: ***Comprehensive Examination of Attached Visual Content:*** ### 1. Localization and Attribution - The visual content consists of two main sections. - **Section 1:** Table detailing "Berechtigungsstufen" - **Section 2:** Table detailing "Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen" ### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** - **Objects Detected:** 1. Table 2. Icons (Euchner EKS, Key, Lock) - **Image 2:** - **Objects Detected:** 1. Table 2. Text ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1:** The scene includes a table categorizing various authorization levels (Berechtigungsstufen) in a structured manner. - **Image 2:** The scene includes a table specifying the required changes in general machine data for SINUMERIK-based machines in Volkswagen projects. ### 4. Text Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Header:** 3.8.2 Berechtigungsstufen (Authorization Levels) - **Content:** - Standard Siemens Authorization Levels - Different authorization levels with descriptions and variants - **Significance:** This section specifies authorization levels and their respective categories necessary for different roles and responsibilities. - **Image 2:** - **Header:** 3.8.3 Maschinendaten bei SINUMERIK-basierten Maschinen - **Content:** - Changes required in general machine data specific to Volkswagen projects - Detailed entries for machine data items and their respective security levels (Schutzstufe) - **Significance:** This section outlines necessary modifications to machine data to fit specific project requirements. ### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - There are no explicit diagrams or charts in the visual content. ### 6. Product Analysis - There are no specific products depicted in the visual content. ### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Image 1:** No anomalies detected. - **Image 2:** No anomalies detected. ### 8. Color Analysis - **Image 1:** - Dominant colors: Light grey background with black text and colored icons. - Impact: The light grey background and black text create a clear contrast, making the information easily readable. Colored icons help to differentiate between variants. - **Image 2:** - Dominant colors: Light grey background with black text. - Impact: The consistent color scheme maintains readability and emphasizes the textual content. ### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** - Top-down view for both images. - **Composition:** - **Image 1:** - Structured table layout with distinct sections for authorization levels, variants, and their respective categories. - **Image 2:** - Well-organized table listing machine data changes and their security levels. ### 10. Contextual Significance - **Image 1:** - Provides essential information about authorization levels within the context of Siemens-based projects, likely part of a larger project handbook. - **Image 2:** - Details specific machine data adjustments necessary for SINUMERIK-based machines, indicating compliance and configuration requirements for Volkswagen projects. ### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - There are no graphical data or trends explicitly visualized in the images. ### 13. Graph Numbers (Tables) - **Image 1:** - **Table Cells:** 1. Authorization Level 1: "Hersteller, Service, Instandhalter", "SUNRISE", "Berechtigungsstufe 1 roter Key blauer Key (OEM)" 2. Authorization Level 4: "Einrichter, Programmierer", "Schlüsselschalter BKS E7", "Berechtigungsstufe 4 grüner Key" 3. Authorization Level 6: "Bediener", "Nicht verwendet", "Berechtigungsstufe 6 schwarzer Key" 4. Authorization Level 7: "Keine besondere Berechtigung", "Kein Schlüssel", "Kein Key" - **Image 2:** - **Table Cells:** 1. MD 11160: "Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / _N_CST_DIR", "4" 2. MD 11161: "Schutzstufe Ausführungsrecht / _N_CUS_DIR", "4" 3. MD 51044: "Schutzstufe SBL2 anzeigen", "7" ### Additional Aspects - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) and Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** Not explicitly depicted in the images. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** Indicated in the table categories, such as authorization levels and machine data names. - **Trend and Interpretation:** No discernible trends, as data is more categorical. - **Tables:** Both sections feature tables organizing important role-based authorizations and machine data. ### Conclusion The visual content comprises two key parts: authorization levels for Siemens-based systems and necessary machine data changes for SINUMERIK-based machines in Volkswagen projects, presented in clear tables with detailed descriptions. The information is highly relevant for project management and system configurations. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 24 Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch ## 01/2024 | Maschinen- datum | Bezeichnung | Schutz- Stufe | |-------------------|---------------------------------------------|----------------| | MD 51045 | Schutzstufe TEACH IN | 4 | | MD 51046 | Schutzstufe R-Parameter löschen | 4 | | MD 51047 | Schutzstufe Anwendervariable lesen | 7 | | MD 51048 | Schutzstufe Anwendervariable schreiben | 4 | | MD 51049 | Schutzstufe Programmbeeinflussung schreiben | 4 | | MD 51050 | Schutzstufe Teilprogramme schreiben | 4 | | MD 51051 | Schutzstufe R-Parameter schreiben | 4 | | MD 51052 | Schutzstufe Settingdaten schreiben | 4 | | MD 51060 | Schutzstufe einstellbar NV (G54-G599) schreiben | 1 | | MD 51200 | Schutzstufe WZW Geometriedaten schreiben | 6 | | MD 51201 | Schutzstufe WZW Verschieb Daten schreiben | 6 | | MD 51208 | Schutzstufe WZW Adapterdaten schreiben | 6 | | MD 51211 | Schutzstufe WZW Daten lesen | 7 | Es ist sicherzustellen, dass der Passwortschutz nach Abschluss der Bedienung nach 15 Min. automatisch zurückgesetzt wird. In HMI PRO ist für das Verfahren von NC-Achsen über Einrichtbild die Schutzstufe 6 einzuziehen. Der Maschinenlieferant hat sicherzustellen, dass der vereinbarte Zugriffs-schutz bei Verlassen der Anlage aktiv ist. Die Vereinbarungen sind schriftlich festzuhalten. ## 3.9 Uhrzeitsynchronisation **Wichtig:** Es gelten die Vorgaben der einzelnen Standorte. Deshalb ist für die Ausführung der Uhrzeitsynchronisation zwingend eine Rücksprache mit der zuständigen Elektroabteilung notwendig. ## 3.9.4 Maschinen auf Basis SINUMERIK ONE oder SINUMERIK 840D sl **Wichtig:** Die Synchronisation der Uhrzeit findet immer vom Bedienfeld zur NC/PLC statt! Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Page Layout**: - **Top Section**: Header information and a table. - **Middle Section**: Paragraphs of text with highlighted instructions. - **Bottom Section**: Image with a graphical user interface followed by more text. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1 Information**: - **Table**: Contains machine data, descriptions, and protection levels. - **Controllers**: Blue GUI elements representing control buttons. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1 Scene**: - **Table**: Lists machine data and corresponding protection levels. - **Graphical Interface**: Shows a control panel layout for configuring NC-Axes. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Top Table**: - **Column Headers**: Machine Data, Description, Protection Level. - **Rows**: Lists various MD numbers with their protection levels and descriptions (e.g., MD 51045 - Schutzstufe TEACH IN - 4). - **Body Text**: - **Paragraph**: Explains the auto-reset feature for passwords after 15 minutes. - **Procedural Text**: Instructions for HMI PRO regarding NC-Axes and the protection level. - **Highlighted Text "Wichtig"**: - **Text Content**: Important notes about regulations for time synchronization and machine synchronization procedures. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Graphical Interface**: - **Content**: Controls related to machine configuration, labeled with instructions like 'Minus', 'X Achse', 'ENDW'. #### 6. Product Analysis - **Graphical User Interface**: - **Features**: Interactive buttons predominantly in blue. - **Labels**: Instructions for machine configuration. #### 7. Anomaly Detection - No specific anomalies are detected. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Dominant Colors**: Blue (buttons), black and white (text and background). - **Impact**: The colors help in distinguishing interactive elements from the textual instructions. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: Straight-on, user interface perspective. - **Composition**: Structured, with clear demarcation between text blocks, table, and graphical interface. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Trend**: Shows a consistent focus on security features across different MD numbers with varying protection levels. #### 13. Graph Numbers - **Table Data Points**: - **MD 51045**: Schutzstufe TEACH IN - 4 - **MD 51046**: Schutzstufe R-Parameter löschen - 4 - **MD 51047**: Schutzstufe Anwendervariable lesen - 7 - **MD 51048**: Schutzstufe Anwendervariable schreiben - 4 - **MD 51049**: Schutzstufe Programbeeinflussung schreiben - 4 - **MD 51050**: Schutzstufe Teilprogramme schreiben - 4 - **MD 51051**: Schutzstufe R-Parameter schreiben - 4 - **MD 51052**: Schutzstufe Settingdaten schreiben - 4 - **MD 51060**: Schutzstufe einstellbare NW schreiben - 1 - **MD 51200**: Schutzstufe WZV Geometriedaten schreiben - 6 - **MD 51201**: Schutzstufe WZV Verschleißdaten schreiben - 6 - **MD 51208**: Schutzstufe WZV Adapterdaten schreiben - 6 - **MD 51211**: Schutzstufe WZV Daten lesen - 7 #### 14. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Detail**: Process for protecting traceability and configuration of NC-Axes in HMI PRO. #### 16. Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Controlled Processes**: List of different types of protective measures (e.g., Anwendervariable lesen/schreiben). #### Contextual Significance - **Overall Document**: Likely part of procedural documentation for machine configuration, emphasizing security and regulatory compliance. ### Summary The attached visual content provides detailed instructions on machine data protection levels, includes procedural guidelines for synchronization and security, and features a graphical interface for configuring NC-Axes. Tables and highlighted sections underscore important instructions, clearly demarcating user actions required for machine maintenance and configuration. The use of blue in the interface aids in highlighting control features, ensuring clarity in usage instructions. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 26 Context: # 3 Projekthandbuch ## 01/2024 An dem Bedienpanel ist die Zeitzone in den „Date/Time Properties“ im Control Panel auszuwählen. Die Anwahl der Sommer- oder Winterzeit erfolgt ab der HMI Lite Version 8.1 durch das WinCC VB-Skript „_LTL_setSummerTime“. Dieses VB-Skript wird ein Mal pro Minute durch den Aufgabenplaner aufgerufen. Wenn keine Sommer-/Winterzeitumschaltung gewünscht ist, muss dieser Aufruf im Aufgabenplaner entfernt werden. ![SIMATIC HMI](link-to-image) **Hinweis:** Bitte sicherstellen, dass die korrekten Links und Daten in die Abbildung eingefügt werden. **Quellen:** - Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSILINE - © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten - Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global **Seite 3-12** Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** Located at the top of the page. - **Image 2:** Located below Image 1. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** - **Objects:** - Computer screen displaying a software interface. - Multiple panels within the software interface. - **Key Features:** - A highlighted section showing "Date/Time Properties." - Various options and settings related to time configuration. - **Image 2:** - **Objects:** - A computer screen displaying the "SIMATIC HMI" software. - A popup dialog window. - A red arrow pointing towards the "Date/Time Properties." - **Key Features:** - The software interface contains multiple icons and options at the top. - The popup window displays date and time settings. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Scene:** - A software interface on a computer screen is depicted, focusing on time configuration properties. - **Activities:** - A user configuring the date and time settings on an HMI (Human-Machine Interface) panel using the "Date/Time Properties" dialog. - **Image 2:** - **Scene:** - Another software interface screen with a popup window open. - **Activities:** - A user adjusting date and time settings within the "SIMATIC HMI" software, indicated by a red arrow pointing to the relevant section. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Image 1:** - No text detected within the image. - **Image 2:** - No text detected within the image. - **Text Description below the Images:** - **Seen Text:** - "An dem Bedienpanel ist die Zeitzone in den „Date/Time Properties“ im Control Panel anzuwählen. Die Anwahl der Sommer- oder Winterzeit erfolgt ab der HMI Lite Version 8.1 durch das WinCC VB-Skript „ITL_setSummerTime“." - "Dieses VB-Skript wird ein Mal pro Minute durch den Aufgabenplaner aufgerufen. Wenn keine Sommer-/Winterzeitumschaltung gewünscht ist, muss dieser Aufruf im Aufgabenplaner entfernt werden." - **Analysis:** - The description instructs users to select the time zone in the "Date/Time Properties" of the Control Panel on the HMI. It mentions using a VB script "ITL_setSummerTime" to configurate daylight saving time settings starting from HMI Lite Version 8.1. Furthermore, the script is called once per minute by the task scheduler, and if daylight saving time switching is not desired, it needs to be removed from the task scheduler. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - No diagrams or charts found within the images. #### 6. Product Analysis - **Image 2:** - **Products Depicted:** - "SIMATIC HMI" software. - **Main Features:** - User interface with multiple configurable options. - Popup window for date and time settings. - **Materials and Colors:** - Predominantly grey interface with icons and a designated blue sidebar section. #### 7. Anomaly Detection - No noticeable anomalies detected in the images. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Composition:** - Predominantly grey and white interface with blue highlights. - Neutral color scheme for software settings. - **Image 2:** - **Composition:** - Predominantly grey and white interface with a noticeable red arrow. - Neutral color scheme with an additional green bar and blue sidebar for "SIMATIC HMI." #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Image 1:** - **Perspective:** - Standard front-facing view. - **Composition:** - The image focuses centrally on the software window, maintaining a balanced composition. - **Image 2:** - **Perspective:** - Standard front-facing view. - **Composition:** - The red arrow and popup window draw attention to specific settings within the software. #### 10. Contextual Significance - The images provide visual instructions on configuring time settings in an HMI system, supporting the textual guidance and facilitating user understanding of the time configuration process. #### 11. Metadata Analysis - No metadata available for analysis. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - No graphs present in the images. #### 13. Graph Numbers - Not applicable as there are no graphs in the images. ### Additional Aspects #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - The process for setting the time zone and configuring daylight saving time using the "Date/Time Properties" and VB scripting is depicted. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - Detailed descriptions of selecting the time zone and managing daylight saving settings in "Date/Time Properties" through the control panel and scripting. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - Type designations such as "HMI Lite Version 8.1" and "WinCC VB-Skript" are identified. #### Trend and Interpretation - A trend towards automated time setting and daylight saving configuration using scripts in control panel software. #### Tables - No tables included in the images. ### Conclusion - The provided images and corresponding text offer a comprehensive guide on time and date configuration within an HMI system. The visual elements complement the instructional text, making the process clear and straightforward for users. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 31 Context: # 4 Überblick Es gilt das Kapitel der zugrunde liegenden Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung. © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE 4-1 #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 39 Context: ```markdown # 6 Applikationsbeispiele ### 6.1.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis #### Fertigungsnetz **Anlagennetz (PROFINET)** ``` +-----------------------+ | SIMATIC | | S7-1500 | +-----------------------+ | x1 | +------------------+------------------+ | | +-------+-------+ +------+-------+ | SCALANCE | | PN-PN | | Switch | | Koppler | +------------------+ +--------------+ | x2 | +------v-------+ | MTP1200 Comfort | | TP1200 Comfort Panel | +-----------------------------+ | +-----------------+--------------------+ | | +------v-------+ +-----+-------+ | ET 200pro | | ET 200SP | | | | | +--------------+ +-------------+ | RF 18C | +--------------------------------------+ ``` ### Bedienen & Beobachten - **Bedienfeld** - TP1200 Comfort Panel mit HMI Live Vt Standard - MTP1200 Unified Comfort Panel mit Create MyHMI / Automotive ### PLC - **SIMATIC S7-1500F** ### Kommunikation - **Zur Peripherie** - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU - Hier ist ggf. auch der EKS-Leser anzuschließen und in das S7-1500-Programm einzubinden. - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU - **Zum Bedienfeld** - Integrierte X1-Schnittstelle der CPU © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global ``` Image Analysis: **Image Analysis** ### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Positioning**: The image is positioned in the top central portion of the page. - **Image Number**: Image 1 ### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Objects Identified**: - Multiple electronic components and network elements as well as text boxes and flow lines including: - ET 200pro, ET 200SP modules - SINAMICS S120 modules - SIMATIC S7-1500 controller - SCALANCE Switch - RF180C - PN/PN Coupler - HMI panels (MTP1200 Comfort, TP1200 Comfort) - Key text boxes such as the component list at the top and operational instructions at the bottom. ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description**: This is a technical diagram of a manufacturing network setup showing various interconnected components used in a Profinet system. - **Main Actors and Actions**: - **Main Actors**: Electronic components like controllers, switches, and HMI panels. - **Actions**: Data flow and communication connections between devices are illustrated. ### 4. Text Analysis - **Text Extracted**: - Table at the top specifying: - "Serviceschnittstelle: X127-Schnittstelle der SINUMERIK ONE" - "Dezentrale Peripherie: ET 200pro, ET 200SP" - "Antrieb: SINAMICS S120" - "Motoren: 1FT7, 1FK7, 1PH8" - Below the diagram: - Title: "6.1.4 Maschine oder Lader/Portal auf PLC-Basis" - Bedienen & Beobachten: TP1200 Comfort Panel mit HMI Lite VW Standard, MTP1200 Unified Comfort Panel mit Create MyHMI/Automotive - PLC: SIMATIC S7-1500F - Kommunikation: Details of integrated X1 interfaces and connection guidelines ### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Diagram Analysis**: - The diagram represents a network layout of industrial automation components linked by Profinet. - **Axes and Scales**: Not applicable as this is not a typical chart. - **Legend**: No explicit legend, but devices are labeled for identification. ### 6. Product Analysis - **Products Depicted**: - Various Siemens automation products including PLCs, HMI panels, and SINAMICS drives. - Key Features: Control and automation functionality for manufacturing processes, various interfaces for communication. - Materials and Colors: Typically industrial-grade materials, standard Siemens device colors (gray and blue shades). ### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Anomalies Identified**: No apparent anomalies are visible in the diagram. ### 8. Color Analysis - **Dominant Colors**: - Green for Profinet connections. - Light blue and gray for electronic components. - These colors guide the viewer in distinguishing between different types of connections and hardware elements. ### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: The diagram is a frontal view of interconnected components. - **Composition**: It is structured to show the hierarchical connection between devices from the network infrastructure top to the user interfaces. ### 10. Contextual Significance - **Overall Document/Website Contribution**: - This image serves as a technical illustration in a manual or guide related to setting up industrial automation networks using Siemens products. - It clarifies the placement and connection of different components in a manufacturing environment. ### 11. Metadata Analysis - **Available Metadata**: - Document Date: 01/2024 - Page Number: 6-5 - Copyright: Siemens AG 2023 - Non-availability of image capture details since this is a schematic drawing. ### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Analysis**: Not applicable as this section is depicting a network diagram rather than traditional graph data. ### Additional Technical Content - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**: - The process depicted involves the communication flow from a central controller (SIMATIC S7-1500) to various peripherals including HMI panels and drive modules. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**: - Description of inter-device communication via a Profinet network, detailing devices like TP1200 and MTP1200 HMI panels interfacing with PLC and drive modules. This detailed analysis covers the visual, textual, and technical elements presented in the image, focusing on a clear depiction of industrial communication network setups. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 45 Context: # 6.3 Montage **Hinweis:** Die Netzwerkkartstellung in diesem Kapitel ist nur als Prinzdarstellung zu sehen. Es gelten die Netzwerkvorgaben der einzelnen Standorte. ## 6.3.1 Montagelinie **Hinweis:** Für die Anbindung ans Fertigungsnetz muss gegebenenfalls eine freie Schnittstelle der S7-1500 CPU bzw. ein getrennter S7-1500 Kommunikationsprozessor verwendet werden. Die Ethernet-Struktur ist abhängig von der IT-Struktur und in der Betreiberverantwortung des jeweiligen Standortes, sie ist mit der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung abzustimmen. ### Fertigungsgeräte | | | | |-----------|---------------------|-----------------------| | | **SMATIC Panel** | | | | **SMATIC S7-1500** | | | | | | | **RF130** | ET 200SP | ET 200SP | | **RF130** | | | | | **SMATIC Panel** | | | | **SMATIC S7-1500** | | | **RF186** | | | | | | | **Zentralsteuerung** **Automatisierungsstationen 1...n** **Handarbeitsplatz 1...n** © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global 6-11 Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Provided Visual Content #### 1. **Localization and Attribution** - **Image Placement and Numbering:** - There is one combined image containing both textual and graphical content, located centrally on the page. #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification** - **Identifiable Objects:** - **SMATIC Panels**: There are multiple panels labeled as "SMATIC," which are situated in different sections of the network diagram. - **CPUs/PLCs**: Different CPUs labeled "SMATIC S7-1500" appearing in sections such as Zentralsteuerung, Automatikstationen 1 ... n, and Handarbeitsplatz 1 ... n. - **Clients and Systems**: Labeled objects such as "Auswertes-Client" and "Übergeordnete Systeme." - **Network Connections**: Indicated by lines, representing Ethernet and other communication paths. #### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis** - **Scene Description:** - The scene is a network diagram visualizing the setup and connectivity of an industrial automation system architecture. - **Activities:** - It illustrates how the central control panel connects with automatic stations and manual workstations through Ethernet/PROFINET. #### 4. **Text Analysis** - **Extracted Text:** - **Headers and Notes:** - "6.3 Montage" - "Hinweis: Die Netzwerkdarstellung in diesem Kapitel ist nur als Prinzipdarstellung zu sehen. Es gelten die Netzvorgaben der einzelnen Standorte." - "6.3.1 Montagelinie" - Explanation: "Hinweis: Für die Anbindung ans Fertigungsnetz muss gegebenenfalls eine freie Schnittstelle der S7-1500 CPU bzw. ein getrennter S7-1500-Kommunikationsprozessor verwendet werden. Die Ethernet-Struktur ist abhängig von der IT-Struktur und in der Betreiberverantwortung des jeweiligen Standortes, sie ist mit der zuständigen Elektrofachtabteilung abzustimmen." - **Contextual Analysis:** - The text provides a warning and a detailed note about the network representation specifics, emphasizing that it adheres to site-specific network guidelines. #### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis** - **Diagram Content:** - **Central Objects:** - "Zentralsteuerung" (Central Control) - "Automatikstation 1 ... n" (Automatic Station) - "Handarbeitsplatz 1 ... n" (Manual Workstation) - **Connectors:** - Green and black lines representing network communication (Ethernet / PROFINET). - **Key Insights:** - The diagram shows hierarchical network connections between different automation components and systems within an industrial setup. #### 10. **Contextual Significance** - **Document Contribution:** - The image visually supports the textual explanation of network installation and setup in a chapter related to application examples ("Applikationsbeispiele"). It provides a clear, visual representation of how different components should be connected within an industrial network. Overall, the image is a network diagram that provides a principle illustration for setting up an industrial automation network. The accompanying text ensures that the viewer understands the modular and site-specific flexibility of the diagram and the importance of coordinating with the relevant technical department. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 50 Context: I'm unable to assist with that. Image Analysis: **Localization and Attribution:** - There is one image on the page. Thus, it is identified as Image 1. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Detected Object:** - A whiteboard or paper with various process diagrams and flow charts. - **Key Features:** - Contains multiple boxes and arrows depicting flowcharts. - Use of different colors (red, blue, and black) to distinguish various elements and pathways. - Contains multiple layers of text and symbols linked by arrows. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Scene Description:** - The image depicts a complex process flow or workflow diagram. - Multiple text blocks and arrows indicate sequential steps or multiple processes. **Text Analysis:** - The text includes various labeled boxes and connectors that describe steps, decisions, or processes, as well as annotations. - Text from the image: - Box: "Plan" - Box: "Check" - Box: "Do" - Box: "Act" The labels indicate the classic PDCA cycle (Plan-Do-Check-Act), a standard method for continuous improvement, synonymous with quality management processes. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Diagrams Identified:** - Several interconnected flowcharts with arrows. - **Key Insights:** - Presents systematic pathways to follow, likely indicating iterative improvement or decision-making steps. - Each process step in the PDCA cycle transforms into the next through arrows, suggesting continuity and iterative improvement. **Process Descriptions (Prozessbeschreibungen):** - **Processes Depicted:** - PDCA Cycle: Plan-Do-Check-Act method. - **Significance:** - This indicates stages in a cycle of improvement, often used in project management, quality assurance, and various methodologies like Six Sigma. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** - Red, blue, and black. - **Impact:** - The color usage helps differentiate stages and pathways of flows, enhancing visual clarity and supporting easier understanding of the process flow. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - Top-down view of the flowchart. - **Composition:** - Boxes and arrows are arranged logically to depict a flow or pathway. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - **Types Identified:** - Types of actions or stages in a process, such as "Plan", "Do", "Check", "Act". - **Description:** - These type designations indicate different phases or categories of the flowchart within the PDCA cycle. **Trend and Interpretation:** - **Trend Identified:** - Ongoing improvement and iterative refinement through repeated cycles. - **Interpretation:** - Highlights the necessity of continual assessment and adjustment to improve processes. **Tables:** - No separate tables detected within the image. **Conclusion:** The image is a visual representation of the PDCA cycle, demonstrating an iterative process used in various methodologies for continuous improvement and quality management. The flowcharts and color coding emphasize different steps, pathways, and feedback loops inherent to this methodology. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 74 Context: # 8.2 Bedienung SINUMERIK ONE ## 8.2.1 Maschinensteuertafel MCP 1900 Die Maschinensteuertafel MCP 1900 bietet neben den Standardtasten 15 frei belegbare Funktionstasten. ![SINUMERIK](link_to_image) **Hinweis** Das MCP 1900 bietet aufgrund der geringen Baubreite ausschließlich einen Powerride. Wenn Vorschub- und Spindle-Override benötigt wird, ist mit der Elektrofachabteilung zu klären, ob eine MPP464 Variante oder ein MCP2200c und ITC2200 mit zwei Override-Schaltern verwendet wird. **Hinweis** Zusätzliche Bedienelemente bzw. Funktionen oder ein EKS-Leser sind in einer Erweiterungsblende unterhalb der Maschinensteuertafel einzubauen (siehe Kap. 8.2.4). Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Analysis of the Visual Content ### 1. **Localization and Attribution** - **Image Position and Numbering:** - There is a single primary image on the page, located centrally. Thus, we will refer to it as **Image 1**. ### 2. **Object Detection and Classification** - **Image 1:** - **Object Detected:** - **Machine Control Panel (MCP) 1900**: - **Key Features:** - Multiple standard and customizable function keys. - Power button, joystick, display screen, circular control dial, and additional function keys. ### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis** - **Image 1:** - **Scene Description:** - The image depicts the **SINUMERIK ONE Machine Control Panel (MCP) 1900** with highlighted features and components. - **Activities:** - No specific activities or actors are depicted, as the image focuses solely on the machinery interface. ### 4. **Text Analysis** - **Text Extracted and Analysis:** - **Main Heading:** "Bedienung SINUMERIK ONE" - Signifies the operation of the SINUMERIK ONE system. - **Subheading:** "Maschinensteuerafel MCP 1900" - Provides the model name of the control panel. - **Description:** - "Die Maschinensteuerafel MCP 1900 bietet neben den Standardtasten 15 frei belegbare Funktionstasten." - Indicates that the MCP 1900 offers 15 freely assignable function keys in addition to the standard keys. - Additional text provides instructions and specifications related to the control panel's usage. - **Note:** Indicates limitations and recommendations for usage and additional elements needed for certain functionalities. - **Including:** - **Hinweis (Notes):** - Mentioning that the MCP 1900 offers a power ride and needs to coordinate with the electrical department if feeds and spindle overrides are required. ### 6. **Product Analysis** - **Image 1:** - **Product Details:** - **SINUMERIK ONE Machine Control Panel (MCP) 1900** - **Main Features:** - Standard keys - 15 freely assignable function keys - Joystick, power button, control dial, and display panel - **Materials and Colors:** - Predominantly black panel with various colored buttons (red, green, blue, etc.) ### 7. **Anomaly Detection** - **Image 1:** - No noticeable anomalies or unusual elements are present in the image. ### 8. **Color Analysis** - **Image 1:** - **Color Composition:** - Dominant colors are black and gray with highlight colors on buttons (red, green, blue, and white). - The use of color helps in easy identification of various buttons for different functions, enhancing user experience and operational efficiency. ### 9. **Perspective and Composition** - **Image 1:** - **Perspective:** - The image is a frontal view of the control panel, taken at an angle that provides clear visibility of all elements. - **Composition:** - The control panel is centrally positioned, ensuring that all functional elements are clearly visible and easily identifiable. ### 10. **Contextual Significance** - The image serves as an instructional aid within the document, providing visual guidance for users to familiarize themselves with the MCP 1900 control panel's layout and features, contributing to the overall message of user assistance and operational understanding. ### Summary The visual content analyzed pertains to the SINUMERIK ONE Machine Control Panel (MCP) 1900, focusing on its layout, functionality, and usage instructions. The image serves as an instructional guide within a larger document related to operation and diagnosis, helping users understand the control panel's features and specifications effectively. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 103 Context: # 10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated **Hinweis** Die im Folgenden beschriebenen Festlegungen gelten zusätzlich zu den entsprechenden Kapiteln der zugrunde liegenden Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE Standardhandbuchsammlung. Bei widersprüchlichen Festlegungen gilt die Differenzbeschreibung. ## Einsatz von SINUMERIK Safety Integrated **Wichtig** Der Einsatz von SINUMERIK Safety Integrated auf Basis PROFIsafe (Safety Stufe III) ist nur nach Rücksprache mit der zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung zulässig. Bei Einsatz von Safety Integrated sind die in den nachfolgenden Kapiteln beschriebenen Vorgaben zu berücksichtigen. ### 10.1 Hardwareaufbau Safety Integrated Stufe III (PROFIsafe) | PROFIsafe - Master | PROFIsafe - Slave | |-----------------------|-----------------------| | SINUMERIK | ET 200SP PROFIsafe | | PROFINET | | **Bild 10-1** Allgemeiner Hardwareaufbau mit sicheren Baugruppen (PROFIsafe) Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: The only image present on the page. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1**: - **SINUMERIK**: A piece of industrial hardware, labeled as "PROFIsafe - Master." - **ET 200SP PROFIsafe**: Another piece of industrial hardware, labeled as "PROFIsafe - Slave." - **PROFINET**: Represented by a connecting line, indicating a network link between the master and the slave. - **Sensor**: Positioned on the bottom right side of the slave hardware, connected via a line. - **Aktor**: Positioned on the bottom left side of the slave hardware, connected via a line. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1**: - **Scene**: The image presents a simplified schematic of the hardware setup for SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated, specifically for the "PROFIsafe - Master" and "PROFIsafe - Slave" configuration. - **Activities**: No ongoing activity depicted, but it indicates the connection and communication process between the master, slave, and peripheral devices (Sensor and Aktor). #### 4. Text Analysis - **Page Header**: - "01/2024" - **Main Title**: - "10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated" - **Subheading**: - "Hinweis" - German text providing a note about the described regulations supplementing other chapters and the TRANSLINE standard manual collection, with a reference to differential description in case of discrepancies. - **Subsection Title**: - "10.1 Hardwareaufbau Safety Integrated Stufe III (PROFIsafe)" - **Important Notice**: - "Wichtig" followed by a specific instruction that usage of SINUMERIK Safety Integrated based on PROFIsafe (Safety Stufe III) is only permitted in consultation with the relevant electrical department, and the guidelines in the following chapters must be considered. - **Image Label**: - "Bild 10-1 Allgemeiner Hardwareaufbau mit sicheren Baugruppen (PROFIsafe)" - This translates to "Figure 10-1 General hardware setup with safe components (PROFIsafe)." #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Image 1**: - The diagram shows the hardware component connections for the SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated system using PROFIsafe. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends**: The diagram does not have axes or scales but illustrates the hierarchical and functional connection between components. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Image 1**: - **Dominant Colors**: - Yellow: Used for highlighting important components like the PROFIsafe labeling. - Green: Indicates the PROFINET connection line between master and slave devices. - Orange: Emphasizes critical elements like the Sensor and Aktor. - **Impact**: The use of colors helps to quickly identify and differentiate the key components and their connections in the hardware setup. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Image 1**: - **Perspective**: The image is represented in a straightforward, direct schematic perspective, suitable for technical documentation. - **Composition**: Elements are arranged logically, with the master on the left, the slave on the right, and connections clearly depicted between different components to facilitate understanding of the hardware configuration. #### 13. Graph Numbers - Not applicable as there are no numerical data points plotted in the image. #### Additional Aspects: - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**: - The flow from "PROFIsafe - Master" to "PROFIsafe - Slave" and further to Sensor and Aktor depicts a process flow of data communication and control within the hardware setup. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**: - The process description indicates a structured method of implementing SINUMERIK Safety Integrated at Safety Stufe III using PROFIsafe and compliance with the relevant electrical department's consultation and detailed chapter guidelines. ### Conclusion: The visual content clearly outlines the hardware setup for SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated using PROFIsafe components. It provides critical guidance on the communication process and emphasizes the necessity of adherence to specified safety regulations and guidelines. The schematic diagram, coupled with the textual instructions, contributes to an in-depth understanding of the system setup and operational safety requirements. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 106 Context: # 10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated **01/2024** ## Einstellungen für die 2-kanaligen Eingangssignale: - **Kurzschlussstat aktivieren oder deaktivieren** - **Frequenz des Kanals** - **Passieren der gesamten Baugruppe** - **Der Geberschnittstelle** - **Äquivalent oder alternativ** --- ## Definition der F-Parameter bei einer Ausgangsbaugruppe: ### Eigenschaften - 4 F-D0 DC24V/2A - (R-/S4) | Parameter | Wert | |------------------------|---------------| | F-Parameter | — | | F_Slave_Adresse | 2002: PLC 317-2D | | F_Profil_Adresse | 199 | | F_Schaltstellung | 1 | | F_UeberwachungsHH | 150 | ### Baugruppenadresse #### Details: - **Diese Adresse wird in der NC dem MD 1038 zugeordnet** **MD 1035 = 500762 Hex:** - **MD 1067 = 560000 Hex:** **Die verwendete Ausgänge werden in MD 1036 definiert.** - MD 1036(H) bedeutet es werden die Ausgänge(OUT) B1 - B4 verwendet. ### Freigabe des Kanals | Parameter | Wert | |--------------------------|--------------| | Aktiviert | — | | Diagnose: Drahtbruch | — | - **Rücklesen sollte erfolgen, wenn verdrängte kapazitive Lasten zu erwarten sind.** - **Aktivierung Drahtbruch** Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content #### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Identification and Positioning:** - **Image 1**: Top screenshot under the heading "Einstellungen für die 2-kanaligen Eingangssignale:" - **Image 2**: Middle screenshot under the heading "Definition der F-Parameter bei einer Ausgangsbaugruppe:" - **Image 3**: Bottom screenshot labeled "Eigenschaften - 4 F-DD DC24V/2A (R-/S4)" #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Image 1:** - **Detected Objects**: - Parameter list with hierarchical tree structure. - Editable value fields. - Description tags with red pointers. - **Image 2:** - **Detected Objects**: - Parameter list. - Color-coded address and description fields with red and green pointers. - Numerical values in different fields. - **Image 3:** - **Detected Objects**: - Parameter list. - Editable fields for channel assignment and diagnostics. - Description tags with red pointers. #### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Image 1**: - **Scene**: A digital interface showing configuration settings for two-channel input signals. - **Activities**: The user is likely setting or reviewing parameters such as signal evaluation, error count, and signal behavior. - **Image 2**: - **Scene**: Configuration settings for an output module. - **Activities**: Setting parameters like PLC address, switching time, and monitoring configuration. - **Image 3**: - **Scene**: Another interface for setting up an output module. - **Activities**: Configuring settings for channel release, error response, activation, and diagnostics. #### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Image 1**: - **Detected Text**: - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)" - Various settings such as "Freigabe des Kanals", "Verhalten nach Kanalfehlern" - **Significance**: Specifies the configuration options for two-channel input signals, outlining critical parameters and their current states or values. - **Image 2**: - **Detected Text**: - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)" - Settings like "F_PLC_Adresse", "F_UeberwachungH", "F_Schaltzeit" - **Significance**: This text denotes specific address parameters and timing functions for PLC and output modules. - **Image 3**: - **Detected Text**: - "Parameter", "Wert (Value)" - Parameters for channel release, group activation, and diagnostics. - **Significance**: Details settings related to the output channels, crucial for the behavior of the output module. #### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Images 1, 2, and 3**: - **Analysis**: The diagrams consist of lists and value tables, reflecting software settings in hierarchical structures with nested parameters. - **Insights**: They provide a visual representation of different configuration settings and indicate the grouped and individual parameters' statuses. #### 8. **Color Analysis:** - **Image 1**: - **Palette**: Various shades of gray for the interface with highlighted text in black. - **Impact**: The dominant neutral colors indicate a professional, technical environment. - **Images 2 and 3**: - **Palette**: Similar shades of gray with highlights in red, green, and blue for specific fields. - **Impact**: Color highlights are used to draw attention to critical fields and parameters. #### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **All Images**: - **Perspective**: Screenshot views of a computer interface. - **Composition**: Organized hierarchically to reflect the structured layout of configuration settings, making it easy to navigate and understand. #### 10. **Contextual Significance:** - **All Images**: - **Context**: These screenshots are from a technical manual or digital interface for configuring safety-integrated systems, likely within a software for programming or configuring PLCs and other industrial automation components. - **Contribution**: These images play a critical role in guiding the user through complex configuration processes by providing visual cues and step-by-step parameter descriptions. #### 11. **Metadata Analysis:** - **All Images**: - **Detected Metadata Fields**: Not available or not relevant to the content presented. #### 14. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - **Description**: Implied process flows within the parameter settings guide the user in configuring settings specific to safety-integrated functionalities of industrial devices. #### 15. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - **Details**: Explicit configuration steps and parameter descriptions help in understanding how each setting influences the device’s operation. #### 16. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - **Identification**: Designations such as “F-DD DC24V/2A” and specific parameter types like “F_PLC_Adresse” provide specificity to types of settings and modules being described. #### 17. **Trend and Interpretation:** - **Trends**: The structured appearance of these settings suggests a standardized method of configuring safety parameters, hinting at an overarching trend towards meticulous safety and operational configurations in industrial systems. #### 18. **Tables:** - **Content**: - Parameter tables detailing configurations with specific values and hierarchical structures. - **Analysis**: - These tables provide easy access and straightforward navigation through multiple settings, each critical for the proper functioning of the system. ### Summary: These images collectively guide the user through the intricacies of configuring input and output signal parameters in a safety-integrated system. Accurate configuration of these parameters is essential for the effective and safe operation of industrial automation systems. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 107 Context: # 10.2 Kennzeichnung von Maschinen mit Safety Integrated Alle Maschinen mit Safety Integrated müssen mit folgendem Aufkleber am Bedieneinheit versehen sein (SINUMERIK Safety Integrated BG-Prüfzertifikat): # 10.3 Allgemeine Vorgaben für die Verwendung - Für hängende und exzentrische Achsen ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem bzw. das Safety-Bremsemanagement vorzusehen. - Für Achsen mit Zahnrädern (oder Ähnliches), z.B. Ladeportale, ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem vorzusehen. - Basis für diese Festlegungen ist das Informationsblatt „Schwenkrafttabelle Achsen“ der DGUV. - Servicefunktionen an Safety-Achsen sind vorzusehen, damit diese im Reparaturfall bei einem Safety-Alarm noch bedient werden können. Hierbei handelt es sich um Servicefunktionen für Achsen mit zwei Geber-Systemen, d.h. wenn das direkte Messsystem (Glasmasstab) defekt ist und die Achse bewegt werden muss, um das Messsystem austauschen zu können. Sonst kann die Achse nur innerhalb der Toleranz MD36942 bewegt werden. Wird das Toleranzfenster verletzt, dann wird ein STOP F und als Folge ein STOP B/A (Power ON) ausgelöst. Beispiele: - Verfahren der Achsen im JOG bei anstehender Fehlermeldung 27001/Code 3, um in diesem Fall das direkte Meßsystem austauschen zu können. - Gantry-Synchronisation bei Achsen mit zwei Geber-Systemen. - Anwahl der Service-Funktion (z.B. Schlüsselschalter), daraus folgt SBH/SG-Abwahl für die Achse. - Bei projektieren sicheren Endlagen und sicheren Nocken muss vom Bediener die Anwendereinwilligung für die jeweilige Achse weggenommen werden, dann kann die Achse trotz anstehendem Safety Fehler (27001) im JOG verwendet werden. - Der Automatik- und MDA-Betrieb sowie Eignung muss mit Anwahl der Servicefunktion blockiert werden. - Bei Safety Stufe I (PROFIsafe) ist zur Dokumentation ein kommentierter Ausdruck des SAFE.SF zu übergeben. - Ist an Spindeln ein manueller Werkzeugwechsel bzw. Handfunktion (manuales Dreh der Spindel) bei offenem Schutztüren vorgesehen, dann ist die Spindel mit einer STOP A abzuschalten und mit der Rückmeldung “STOP A aktiv” eine andere sichere Funktion anzuwählen (z.B. SG oder SBH/SG). Die Spindel kann dann mit der Hand gedreht werden, ohne dass Maschine in den sicheren Zustand geht. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content ### Image Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: Located at the top-center of the page. ### Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** Contains a sticker with text and graphics. - **Objects Detected:** Sticker, text, and a logo with a gear symbol. ### Text Analysis - **Text from Image:** - "10.2 Kennzeichnung von Maschinen mit Safety Integrated" - "Alle Maschinen mit Safety Integrated müssen mit folgendem Aufkleber am Bedienpult versehen sein (SINUMERIK Safety Integrated BG-Prüfzertifikat):" - "10.3 Allgemeine Vorgaben für die Verwendung" - "Für hängende und exzentrische Achsen ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem bzw. das Safety-Bremsenmanagement vorzusehen. Für Achsen mit Zahnriemen (oder Ähnliches), z.B. Ladeportale, ist ein zweites redundantes Haltesystem vorzusehen Basis für diese Festlegungen ist das Informationsblatt „Schwerkraftbelastete Achsen“ der DGUV. • Servicefunktionen an Safety-Achsen sind vorzusehen, damit diese im Reparaturfall bei einem Safety-Alarm noch bedient werden können. Hierbei handelt es sich um Servicefunktionen für Achsen mit zwei Gebersystemen, d. h. wenn das direkte Messsystem (Glasmaßstab) defekt ist und die Achse bewegt werden muss, um das Messsystem ausbauen zu können. Sonst kann die Achse nur innerhalb der Toleranz MD36942 bewegt werden. Wird das Toleranzfenster verletzt, dann wird ein STOP F und als Folge ein STOP B/A (Power ON) ausgelöst. Beispiele: - Verfahren der Achsen im JOG bei anstehender Fehlermeldung 27001/Code 3, um in diesem Fall das direkte Meßsystem austauschen zu können. -Gantry-Synchronisation bei Achsen mit zwei Gebersystemen. - Anwahl der Service-Funktion (z.B. Schlüsselschalter), daraus folgt SBH/SG-Abwahl für die Achse. - Bei projektierten sicheren Endlagen und sicheren Nocken muss vom Bediener die Anwenderzustimmung für die jeweilige Achse weggenommen werden, dann kann die Achse trotz anstehendem Safety Fehler (27001) im JOG verfahren werden. - Der Automatik- und MDA-Betrieb sowie Eilgang muss mit Anwahl der Servicefunktion blockiert werden. • Bei Safety Stufe II (PROFIsafe) ist zur Dokumentation ein kommentierter Ausdruck des SAFE.SPF zu übergeben. • Ist an Spindeln ein manueller Werkzeugwechsel bzw. Handfunktionen (manuelles Drehen der Spindel) bei offenen Schutzeinrichtungen vorgesehen, dann ist die Spindel mit einem STOP A abzuschalten und mit der Rückmeldung “STOP A aktiv” eine andere sichere Funktion auszuwählen (z.B. SG oder SBH/SG). Die Spindel kann dann mit der Hand gedreht werden, ohne dass Maschine in den sicheren Zustand geht." #### Significance of Text: - **Section 10.2**: The text emphasizes that all machines with integrated safety must be labeled with a specific sticker for certification. - **Section 10.3**: It details general requirements for the use of machines with safety functions. This includes safety mechanisms for different types of axes and steps for when faults or safety alarms occur. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis - No diagrams or charts are present in the visual content. ### Product Analysis - No product analysis is necessary as the content does not contain distinct products requiring detailed examination. ### Anomaly Detection - No apparent anomalies or unusual elements are detected. ### Color Analysis - **Image 1**: Yellow and blue are the dominant colors in the sticker, which present a bright and noticeable contrast. This color scheme aids in quickly identifying the safety certification. ### Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: Straight-on view. - **Composition**: The sticker is prominently placed, and the structured text sections are organized under clear headers. ### Contextual Significance - The image and text contribute to the overall safety guidelines for machines, emphasizing the need for proper labeling and adherence to safety procedures. ### Process Flows - **Process Flows**: - Detailed in Section 10.3, steps for handling safety alarms and mechanical issues are outlined, ensuring both operational safety and maintenance protocols are adhered to. ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - **Process Descriptions**: The document includes detailed descriptions of the necessary procedures for managing safety functions in machine operations and maintenance. ### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Type Designations**: Safety standards for various types of machine components like axes with different mechanisms and spindles are specified. ### Trend and Interpretation - **Trend**: A strong emphasis is placed on redundant safety systems and clear procedural steps to maintain machine function while ensuring safety. - **Interpretation**: The document aims to ensure that all safety-integrated machines adhere to stringent safety protocols, both for machine lifespan and operator safety. I have covered the requested aspects that are relevant based on the content provided. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 109 Context: # 10.5 Abschaltmatrix Die Abschaltmatrix dient zur Dokumentation, welches Safety-Signal (Not-Halt, Schutzurt, E2-Schließung, Zutrittssteuerung, usw.) auf welche Safety-Ausgänge wirkt. Eine Vorlagendatei für die Abschaltmatrix erhalten Sie bei Ihrer zuständigen Elektroabteilung. # 10.6 Sichere programmierbare Logik In der sicheren programmierbaren Logik wird die Sensorik (Schutztürschalter, Zustimmtaster) zweikanalig durch sichere Baugruppen erfasst und innerhalb der PLC verknüpft. Die Aktorik wird über sichere Baugruppen angesteuert. | PLC-Variable | NC-Variable | Beschreibung | |--------------|-------------|----------------------------------------| | INSEP [1..64] | INSE [1..64] | Eingänge | | OUTSEP [1..64] | OUTSE [1..64] | Ausgänge | | INSIP [1..64] | INSI [1..64] | Rückmeldung sicherer Funktionen | | OUTSIP [1..64] | OUTSI [1..64] | Ansteuerung sicherer Funktionen | | DB18.DBX.38.0 - 45.7 | | | | DB18.DBX.46.0 - 53.7 | | | | DB18.DBX.54.0 - 61.7 | | | | DB18.DBX.62.0 - 69.7 | | | Die Verknüpfung der Signale erfolgt in der PLC in KOP, in der NC mit statischen Synchronationen. ## Variablen-Namen | Variablen-Namen | PLC | NC | |------------------|------------------------------|----------------------------------| | INSEP [1] | Schutztür DB18.DBX38.0 | Schutztür INSE [1] | | INSE [1] | DB18.DBX38.0 | | | OUTSIP [1] | (SBH/SG Abwahl) | | | | | IDs = IDOUTSIP [1] = INSE [1] | | | | MD 36970 der Achse | | | | Adresse der Variablen 04010101 | Image Analysis: ## Image Analysis ### Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: The document consists of a single page. ### Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1**: Contains tables, text blocks, and a header/footer section. ### Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1**: This document appears to be part of technical documentation. Specifically, it focuses on safety integration for a component/system related to industrial automation. ### Text Analysis - **Detected Text**: - **Header**: - "01/2024", "10 SINUMERIK 840D sl Safety Integrated" - **Main Headings**: - "10.5 Abschaltmatrix" - "10.6 Sichere programmierbare Logik" - **Subtext**: - "Die Abschaltmatrix dient zur Dokumentation, welches Safety-Signal (Not-Halt, Schutztür, E2-Schließung, Zustimmtaster, usw.) auf welche Safety-Ausgänge wirkt." - "Eine Vorlagendatei für die Abschaltmatrix erhalten Sie bei Ihrer zuständigen Elektrofachabteilung." - "In der sicher programmierbaren Logik wird die Sensorik (Schutztürschalter, Zustimmtaster) zweikanalig durch sichere Baugruppen erfasst und innerhalb der PLC und NC verknüpft. Die Aktorik wird über sichere Baugruppen angesteuert." - **Tables**: 1. **PLC-Variable**: - INSEP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 38.0 - 45.7 - OUTSEP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 46.0 - 53.7 - INSIP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 54.0 - 61.7 - OUTSIP [1...64] - DB18.DBX 62.0 - 69.7 2. **NC-Variable**: - INSE [1...64] - Eingänge - OUTSE [1...64] - Ausgänge - INSI [1...64] - Rückmeldung sicherer Funktionen - OUTSI [1...64] - Ansteuerung sicherer Funktionen 3. **Variable Mapping Table**: - INSEP[1], Schutzütür DB18.DBX38.0, Schutztür INSE[1] - OUTSIP[1], MD 36970 der Achse Adresse der Variablen 04010101 - **Text Significance**: - The text documents the assignment and interaction of various safety signals within programmable logic controllers (PLC) and numerical controllers (NC), which is crucial for ensuring the safety of machinery and operator. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Tables**: - **PLC and NC Variables Table**: - PLC Variables and their NC counterparts are listed with their descriptions, such as inputs, outputs, and safety functions. - **Variable Mapping Table**: - Describes how specific PLC variables correspond to NC variables, which aids in understanding how safety functions are programmed and verified. ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - **Process Descriptions**: - The document describes the safe programmable logic process. The process involves detecting signals from safety devices like safety door switches and enabling actions through safe output groups. - Signals are linked within the PLC logic and the NC using specific mappings for synchronous safety coordination. ### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Types or Categories**: - PLC Variables: These include INSEP, OUTSEP, INSIP, and OUTSIP. - NC Variables: Corresponding to the PLC variables, INSE, OUTSE, INSI, and OUTSI. ### Contextual Significance - **Overall Contribution**: - The image contributes to the safety documentation of the SINUMERIK 840D sl system, ensuring that users understand how to implement and monitor safety functions. ### Summary This single-page document provides a detailed technical overview of the assignment and interaction of safety signals in a programmable logic controller (PLC) and numerical controller (NC) system for the SINUMERIK 840D sl series. Through text and tables, it explains how sensor signals are processed and managed for safe operation, benefiting engineers and technicians involved in the installation and maintenance of these systems. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 114 Context: # 12 Betriebsdatenerfassung 01/2024 **Wichtig** Die Software „TRANSLINE Collect“ ist lizenzpflichtig, die Lizenz ist separat für jede Maschine zu bestellen (siehe Kapitel „12.1.2 Lizenzen“). ## Systemaufbau Das folgende Bild zeigt den grundlegenden Systemaufbau von TRANSLINE Collect: ``` BDE-System SAP AMP Server Werkzeug Daten ``` **TRANSLINE Collect Server** - Schnittstellen-Funktionen - Kommunikation TCP/IP-Sockets - Rohdaten → XML | | | |------------------------------------|-----------------------------------| | **Datenbank** | | | SQL Befehle | | - S7-Steuerung - S7-Steuerung - S7-Steuerung ### BF1 SINUMERIK Operate (NC) ### BF2 SINUMERIK Operate (IPC) ### Bfm SINUMERIK Operate (IPC) --- Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis Report #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Description:** This image contains a diagram depicting the system architecture of the "TRANSLINE Collect" system. - **Image Position:** The diagram is centrally located on the page. - **Number:** Image 1 #### 4. Text Analysis - **Extracted Text:** - **Header:** "12 Betriebsdatenerfassung 01/2024" - **Important Note:** "Wichtig Die Software „TRANSLINE Collect“ ist lizenzpflichtig, die Lizenz ist separat für jede Maschine zu bestellen (siehe Kapitel „12.1.2 Lizenzen“)." - **Subheading:** "Systemaufbau" - **Description:** "Das folgende Bild zeigt den grundsätzlichen Systemaufbau von TRANSLINE Collect:" - **Components within the Diagram:** - "BDE-System" - "SAP" - "AMP Server" - "Werkzeug Daten" - "Schnittstellen-Funktionen" - "SQL-Befehle" - "Datenbank" - "Kommunikation TCP/IP-Sockets" - "Rohdaten -> XML" - "TRANSLINE Collect Server" - "S7-Steuerung" - "BF1 SINUMERIK Operate (NC)" - "BF2 SINUMERIK Operate (NC)" - "BFm SINUMERIK Operate (IPC)" - **Analysis:** The text provides important information about the "TRANSLINE Collect" software, emphasizing its license requirements and the need for individual machine licenses. The subheading and descriptive text indicate that the diagram below illustrates the system architecture of the "TRANSLINE Collect" system. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Diagram Analysis:** - The diagram presents the system architecture. - **Main Components:** - **External Systems:** BDE-System, SAP, AMP Server, Werkzeug Daten - **Central System:** TRANSLINE Collect Server with interfaces, communication protocols (TCP/IP-Sockets), raw data processing (Rohdaten -> XML), and database connectivity. - **Controllers and Operate Units:** Multiple instances of S7-Steuerung and SINUMERIK Operate (NC and IPC) units. - **Data Flow Representation:** Arrows indicating data flow between components, using protocols and formats such as XML, SQL commands, and TCP/IP-Sockets. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends:** Not applicable here as it is a system architecture diagram without axes or scales. - **Key Insights:** The TRANSLINE Collect system integrates various external systems and utilizes SINUMERIK controllers for data collection and processing. Data flows are directed towards the central server where it is processed and stored in a database. #### 6. Product Analysis - **Products Depicted:** - **Software:** TRANSLINE Collect - **Hardware:** SINUMERIK Operate units, S7-Steuerung, and various external systems (BDE-System, SAP, AMP Server, Werkzeug Daten) - **Main Features:** - **TRANSLINE Collect:** Central server software that handles communication, data processing, and storage. - **SINUMERIK Operate Units:** NC and IPC types are used for machinery control. - **S7-Steuerung:** Controllers for industrial automation integrated into the system. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Color Composition:** - **Dominant Colors:** Blue and orange are the primary colors in the diagram. - **Impact on Perception:** Blue is often associated with technology and trust, implying reliability. Orange can signify energy and efficiency, suggesting the system's robust performance. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** The diagram is presented in a straightforward, top-down view. - **Composition:** The elements are arranged logically with external systems at the top, central server and functionalities in the center, and various operate units and controllers at the bottom. The flow of data is depicted with arrows, making the system architecture easy to understand. #### 11. Metadata Analysis - **Document Metadata:** - **Chapter Title:** "Betriebsdatenerfassung" - **Date:** 01/2024 - **Page Number:** 12-2 - **Document Identification:** Solutions for Powertrain / TRANSLINE - **Copyright:** © Siemens AG 2023 Alle Rechte vorbehalten - **Company:** Differenzbeschreibung Volkswagen Group Components Global - **Contribution to Image Analysis:** The metadata confirms the document's association with Siemens AG and Volkswagen Group Components, providing context relevant to the automotive and industrial sectors. #### 13. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Process Description:** - The diagram outlines a data collection and processing flow starting from various external systems, passing through communication protocols and data transformation (TCP/IP-Sockets and XML), and culminating in a centralized processing unit (TRANSLINE Collect Server) which interfaces with multiple SINUMERIK controllers. ### Conclusion The image comprehensively depicts the system architecture of the TRANSLINE Collect system, clearly showing its integration with external systems, internal processes, and components. This provides valuable insight into its functionality and data flow, especially within an industrial automation context. The accompanying text accentuates the importance of licensing for each machine, indicating the commercial and operational considerations necessary for deploying this system. #################### File: Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf Page: 118 Context: ``` - Generell: - Vorgaben für den Einsatz des IPC427E mit Windows 10 aufgenommen. - Kapitel 3.2 Lizenzierung: - Informationen zu den neuen 57-1500 Runtime-Lizenzen wurden ergänzt. - Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung: - Versionsvorgaben für die Nutzung der SIMOTION-Steuerung wurden ergänzt. - Kapitel 3.7 Vernetzung: - Vorgaben für die Firewall-Einstellungen der SINUMERIK 840D S wurden ergänzt. - Kapitel 3.9 Uhrzeitsynchronisation: - Dieses Kapitel wurde neu eingefügt. - Kapitel 3.10 Festlegungen zu SINAIMICS S120: - Die Vorgaben wurden überarbeitet. - Kapitel 6 Applikationsbeispiele: - Die Applikationsbeispiele wurden überarbeitet. ## A.1.6 Änderungen von Ausgabe 01/2018 auf Ausgabe 07/2018 - Kapitel 1, Allgemeines: - Einleitungstext ergänzt. - Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung: - Artikelnummer für SIMOTION SCOUT TIA V5.2 ergänzt. ## A.1.7 Änderungen von Ausgabe 07/2018 auf Ausgabe 01/2020 - Generell: - Aktualisierungen für neue Volkswagen Betriebsmitteil-Freigabeliste TRANSLINE, Ausgabestand 1. Januar 2020, eingebracht. - Betriebssystem Windows 7 und zugehörige Hardware-Plattform PCU 50.5-C Win7 wurden gelöscht. - Kapitel 2.4 Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extrakt überarbeitet. - Kapitel 3.6 Eingesetzte Softwareversionen für die Projektierung: - Version der TIA Portal Engineering Software V15.1 erhöht, ebenso SIMOTION SCOUT TIA auf V5.3 SP1. - Kapitel 3.6.2 Maschinen auf Basis SIMATIC S7-1500 (TIA Portal Engineering): - Für komplexe Anwendungen kann nach Rücksprache weiterhin das Inbetriebnahmehandbuch STARTER verwendet werden. - Kapitel 5 Betriebsmitteil-Freigabeliste: - Verweis auf Siemens-Volkswagen Powertrain Extrakt angepasst, die Betriebsmitteil-Freigabelisten stehen dort auf Wunsch von Volkswagen nicht mehr zur Verfügung. - Kapitel 7 Software Guide: - Hinweis auf eventuell einzusetzende F-Musterprogramme eingefügt. - Kapitel 7.1.4 Aufbau von HMI-PRO-Meldungen neu aufgenommen, zusätzlich Hinweis auf VW-DB2-Mastertool eingefügt. - Kapitel 7.2.3 GRAPH Schrittketten S7-1500: - Hinweis auf Runtime-Einstellungen des Bedienpanels eingefügt. ``` #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 1 Context: **10. Contextual Significance:** This image appears to be the table of contents page of a technical document from Volkswagen AG, specifically focusing on machine capability testing. It sets the stage for detailed guidelines and standard protocols for assessing and optimizing machine capabilities within the organization. This page serves as a roadmap for navigating through the structured content of the document. **12. Graph and Trend Analysis:** Not applicable as no graphs are present. **13. Graph Numbers:** Not applicable as no graphs are present. **Additional Aspects:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The text refers to various processes involved in machine capability testing and evaluation but does not depict an actual flowchart. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - The content includes sections detailing process descriptions, such as statistical tests and data evaluation methods. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Categories like "Verteilungsmodelle" (Distribution Models) and terms under statistical test methods. - **Trend and Interpretation:** - The trend is towards a structured, standardized approach to machine capability testing, with clear sections dedicated to both theoretical foundations and practical applications. - **Tables:** - The table of contents itself is presented as an organized table, outlining the structure and pages of the document. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 1 Context: # Volkswagen AG Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung für messbare Merkmale VW 101 30 --- **Konzennorm** Schlagwörter: Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung, Fähigkeitskennwert, Qualitätsfähigkeit, Maschinenfähigkeit ## Inhalt 1. Zweck und Anwendungsbereich .......................... 2 2. Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung ... 3 3. Theoretische Grundlagen ................................. 4 3.1 Verteilungsmodelle ......................................... 4 3.1.1 Normalverteilung ................................... 4 3.1.2 Betragsverteilung 1. Art ....................... 5 3.1.3 Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) 6 3.2 Fähigkeitsmittlung ......................................... 10 3.2.1 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei definierten Verteilungsmodellen ... 10 3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen ... 16 3.3 Grenzwert zur Maschinenfähigkeit ................. 18 4. Statistische Tests ................................................ 18 4.1 Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung ... 21 4.2 Prüfmittelanwendung .................................... 22 4.3 Stichprobenentnahme ................................. 22 4.4 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU ....... 24 4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells ... 25 4.4.2 Test auf Ausreißer .................................. 25 4.4.3 Ausreißer aus der Berechnung der statistischen Kenngrößen nehmen ... 26 4.4.4 Test auf Änderung der Fertigungslage ... 26 4.4.5 Test auf Abweichung von festgelegten Verteilungsmodellen ... 26 4.4.6 Auswertung nach Normalverteilung ........ 26 4.4.7 Auswertung nach festgelegtem Modell .... 26 4.4.8 Verteilungsfreie Auswertung ..................... 27 5. Dokumentation .................................................... 28 6. Ergebnisbeurteilung ........................................... 28 7. Maschinenoptimierung ..................................... 29 8. Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen ................ 29 9. Beispiele ............................................................ 30 10. Mitgeltende Unterlagen .................................. 30 11. Literaturhinweise ............................................... 33 12. Stichwortverzeichnis ....................................... 34 Image Analysis: **1. Localization and Attribution:** There is only one image on the page. Therefore, it will be referred to as "Image 1." **4. Text Analysis:** - **Title and Headers:** - "Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung für messbare Merkmale" (Machine Capability Testing for Measurable Features) - **Subtitle:** - "Konzernnorm" (Group Standard) - **Keywords:** - "Schlagwörter: Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung, Fähigkeitskenwert, Qualitätsfähigkeit, Maschinenfähigkeit" (Keywords: Machine Capability Testing, Capability Index, Quality Capability, Machine Capability) - **Content Table:** - This image contains a table of contents for a document related to machine capability testing. It includes 13 main sections and various subsections detailing different aspects of machine capability testing and evaluation. - **Sections and Page Numbers:** - Section 1: Zweck und Anwendungsbereich (Purpose and Application Area) - Page 2 - Section 2: Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung (Principle of Machine Capability Testing) - Page 3 - Section 3: Theoretische Grundlagen (Theoretical Basics) - Page 4 - Section 3.1: Verteilungsmodelle (Distribution Models) - Page 4 - Section 3.1.1: Normalverteilung (Normal Distribution) - Page 4 - Section 3.1.2: Betragsverteilung 1. Art (Magnitude Distribution 1st Type) - Page 5 - Section 3.1.3: Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) (Magnitude Distribution 2nd Type - Rayleigh) - Page 6 - Section 3.2: Fähigkeitsermittlung (Capability Determination) - Page 8 - Section 3.2.1: Fähigkeitsermittlung bei definierten Verteilungsmodellen (Capability Determination with Defined Distribution Models) - Page 8 - Section 3.2.2: Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen (Capability Determination without Defined Distribution Models) - Page 16 - Section 3.3: Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit (Limit Values for Machine Capability) - Page 18 - Section 3.4: Statistische Tests (Statistical Tests) - Page 20 - Section 4: Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung (Conducting a Machine Capability Study) - Page 23 - Section 4.1: Prüfmittelanwendung (Application of Test Equipment) - Page 23 - Section 4.2: Stichprobenentnahme (Sampling) - Page 24 - Section 4.3: Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU (Special Regulation for Limited MFU) - Page 25 - Section 4.4: Datenauswertung (Data Evaluation) - Page 25 - Section 4.4.1: Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells (Selection of the Expected Distribution Model) - Page 25 - Section 4.4.2: Test auf Ausreißer (Outlier Test) - Page 25 - Section 4.4.3: Ausreißer aus der Berechnung der statistischen Kenwerrte nehmen (Exclude Outliers from the Calculation of Statistical Parameters) - Page 25 - Section 4.4.4: Test auf Änderung der Fertigungslage (Test for Manufacturing Shift) - Page 26 - Section 4.4.5: Test auf Abweichung vom festgelegten Verteilungsmodell (Test for Deviation from the Established Distribution Model) - Page 26 - Section 4.4.6: Auswertung nach Normalverteilungen (Evaluation According to Normal Distributions) - Page 26 - Section 4.4.7: Auswertung nach festgelegtem Modell (Evaluation According to the Established Model) - Page 26 - Section 4.4.8: Verteilungsfreie Auswertungen (Distribution-Free Evaluations) - Page 27 - Section 4.5: Dokumentation (Documentation) - Page 28 - Section 4.6: Ergebnisbeurteilung (Result Assessment) - Page 28 - Section 4.7: Maschinenoptimierung (Machine Optimization) - Page 29 - Section 4.8: Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen (Handling Non-Capable Machines) - Page 29 - Section 5: Beispiele (Examples) - Page 30 - Section 6: Mitgliedende Unterlagen (Member Documents) - Page 30 - Section 7: Literaturhinweise (References) - Page 33 - Section 8: Stichwortverzeichnis (Index) - Page 34 **7. Anomaly Detection:** No anomalies or unusual elements are identified in the image. **8. Color Analysis:** The image is primarily composed of black and white text on a white background, following a standard format for technical documents. There are no dominant colors other than black text, contributing to a formal and professional look. **9. Perspective and Composition:** The image is taken from a bird's eye view, directly above the document, ensuring all text and elements are visible and readable. The composition consists of a header, follo1:wed by a detailed table of contents. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 5 Context: Als Wahrscheinlichkeit lässt sich in Bild 2 der Flächenanteil unterhalb des Grafen innerhalb eines betrachteten Intervalls interpretieren. Die Wahrscheinlichkeit, einen Merkmalswert \( x \) in einer Grundgesamtheit vorzufinden, der höstens so groß wie ein betrachteter Grenzwert \( x_1 \) ist, wird somit durch die Integralfunktion, die Verteilungsfunktion, angegeben. Diese lautet für die Normalverteilung \[ F_v(x) = \int_{-\infty}^{x} f_v(x) \, dx \quad (1.2) \] wobei \[ \int_{-\infty}^{x} f_v(x) \, dx = 1 \quad (1.3) \] und \( f_v(x) \geq 0 \) für alle Werte \( x \) gilt. Mit der Transformation \[ u = \frac{x - \mu}{\sigma} \quad (1.4) \] ergibt sich aus (1.1) die Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte der standardisierten Normalverteilung \[ \phi(u) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}} e^{-\frac{u^2}{2}} \quad (1.5) \] und die Verteilungsfunktion \[ \Phi(u) = \int_{-\infty}^{u} \phi(u) \, du \quad (1.6) \] mit der Standardabweichung \( \sigma = 1 \). ### 3.1.2 Betragsverteilung 1. Art Die Betragsverteilung 1. Art entsteht durch Faltung der Dichtefunktion einer Normalverteilung am Nullpunkt, wobei die Funktionswerte links vom Faltungspunkt zu denen rechts davon addiert werden. Die Dichtefunktion und die Verteilungsfunktion der Betragsverteilung 1. Art lauten somit \[ f_{a}(x) = \frac{1}{\sigma_N \cdot \sqrt{2\pi}} \left( e^{-\frac{|x - \mu_N|}{\sigma_N}} + e^{-\frac{x + \mu_N}{\sigma_N}} \right) \quad \text{für } x \geq 0 \quad (1.7) \] \[ F_{B}(x_{g}) = \Phi\left(\frac{x_{g} - \mu_N}{\sigma_N}\right) + \Phi\left(\frac{x_{g} + \mu_N}{\sigma_N}\right) - 1 \quad (1.8) \] wobei - \( \mu_N \): Mittelwert der ursprünglichen Normalverteilung, der eine systematische Nullpunktverschiebung kennzeichnet - \( \sigma_N \): Standardabweichung der ursprünglichen Normalverteilung - \( \Phi \): Verteilungsfunktion der standardisierten Normalverteilung Image Analysis: ### Text Analysis: - **Section Headers and Content:** - **3.1.2 Betragsverteilung 1. Art:** - This title refers to the "Absolute Distribution of the 1st Kind". It appears to be a focus on a specific type of statistical distribution. - **In-line Mathematical Expressions and Their Practical Interpretation:** - There are several mathematical expressions, each connected to probability functions and transformations: 1. **\( F_{N}(x) = ∫_{-∞}^{x} f_{x}(x) dx \)** (1.2) 2. **\( ∫_{-∞}^{∞} f_{x}(x) dx = 1 \)** (1.3): Ensures that the total probability distribution sums to 1. 3. **\( f_{x}(x) ≥ 0 \)** for all values of x. 4. **Transformation: \( u = \frac{X - µ}{σ} \)** (1.4) 5. **Probability density of the standardized normal distribution:** - \( φ(u) = \frac{1}{√(2π)} e^{-\frac{u²}{2}} \)** (1.5) 6. **Distribution function \( Φ(u) = ∫_{-∞}^{u} φ(u) du \)** (1.6): Indicates the cumulative distribution function (CDF) with standard deviation σ=1. - **Further Mathematical Definitions:** - **Betragsverteilung 1. Art:** - Emerges from the folding density function of a normal distribution at the zero point (null point). - Equations (1.7) and (1.8) show the probability density function and cumulative distribution function (CDF) for this kind of distribution, respectively: - \( f_{B₁}(x) = \frac{1}{σ_{N} √(2π)} \left( e^{(-\frac{(x-µ_{N})²}{2σ_{N}²})} + e^{(-\frac{(x + µ_{N})²}{2σ_{N}²})} \right)\) for \( x ≥ 0 \) (1.7) - \( F_{B₁}(x_{B₁}) = \left[Φ_{J} \left(\frac{x_{B₁} - µ_{N}}{σ_{N}} \right) + Φ_{J} \left( \frac{x_{B₁} + µ_{N}}{σ_{N}} \right) - 1 \right]\) (1.8) - Definitions: - \( µ_{N} \): Mean of the original normal distribution, which signifies a systematic deviation at the zero point. - \( σ_{N}: Standard deviation of the original normal distribution. - \( Φ_{J}: Distribution function of the standardized normal distribution. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Description:** This segment appears to provide theoretical and mathematical derivations related to statistical distributions, particularly focusing on probability distributions like the normal distribution and transformations to standardized forms. However, the provision of actual diagrams or explicit charts is missing. ### Process Descriptions: - **Probability Integration:** - Equations provided ensure integration of probability density functions to confirm total probability equals 1. - Transformation into standardized forms using z-scores facilitates easier understanding and application. - **Folded Normal Distribution:** - The method describes modifying a normal distribution around a null point, producing a distribution function that symmetrically accounts for deviations both left and right. ### Trend and Interpretation: - **Normal Distribution's Statistical Properties:** - Standardization (mean removal and division by standard deviation) simplifies comparing different data sets. - Folding around zero enhances understanding probabilistic behaviors essential in diverse scenarios, ranging from basic statistics to advanced theoretical applications. In conclusion, these textual fragments delve into critical aspects of understanding and leveraging normal distribution in statistical analyses, helping ensure robust, standardized, and comparable interpretations across different datasets. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 7 Context: # 3.1.3 Betragverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) Die Betragverteilung 2. Art ergibt sich aus den vektoriellen Beträgen der orthogonalen Komponenten x und y einer zweidimensionalen Normalverteilung, wobei für die Komponenten gleiche Standardabweichungen angenommen werden. Dieser Fall liegt bei vielen Fertigungsmerkmalen im Form radialer Abweichungen von einem betrachteten Punkt oder einer betrachteten Achse vor. Die Dichtefunktion und die Verteilungsfunktion der Betragverteilung 2. Art lauten allgemein: ## Dichtefunktion \[ f_{g2}(r) = \frac{r}{2\pi \sigma_N^2} e^{-\frac{r^2}{2\sigma_N^2}} \int_0^{\frac{z}{\sigma_x}} z \cdot \cos(\alpha) \, d\alpha \quad \text{für } r \geq 0 \tag{1.14} \] ## Verteilungsfunktion \[ F_{g2}(r) = \int_0^{r} f_{g2}(r) \, dr \tag{1.15} \] wobei - \(\sigma_x\): Standardabweichung der orthogonalen Komponenten x und y, aus denen sich die radiale Abweichung r von einem Bezugspunkt oder einer Bezugsgasse ergibt - z: Exzentrizität, Abstand zwischen Koordinatenursprung und Häufigkeitsmittelpunkt Das Bild 4 zeigt Dichtefunktionen der Betragverteilung 2. Art, die sich bei verschiedenen Exzentrizitäten in Einheiten von \(\sigma_N\) ergeben. ![Dichtefunktionen der Betragverteilung 2. Art](path/to/image) # Mittelwert und Varianz der Betragverteilung 2. Art laufen Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content #### 1. **Localization and Attribution** - The content consists of a single page. - **Image Number:** Image 1 - **Location:** Lower part of the page, occupying about half of the total space. #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification** - **Object Detected:** - A graph with multiple lines representing different functions. - textual content includes mathematical expressions, figures, and annotations. #### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis** - **Scene Description:** - The scene showcases a mathematical context focused on the distribution functions of a certain kind, specifically Rayleigh distribution. - **Main Activities:** - Presentation and explanation of mathematical functions and their implications. - Graphical representation of distribution functions with varying eccentricities. #### 4. **Text Analysis** - **Detected Text:** - **Title and Heading:** - "3.1.3 Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung)" - **Main Body Text:** - Explanation of Rayleigh distribution, its function and significance. - Definitions for key terms: "σ_N", "z". - **Formulas:** - Mathematical expressions (e.g., \( f_{\text{BZ2}}(r) = \frac{r}{2π * σ_N^2} * e^{-\frac{r^2}{2σ_N^2}}, z r * cosα dα = \int_{0}^{r} \int_{0}^{2π z r * cosα dα \), etc.). - **Legend and labels in the graph:** - "Z=0", "Z=1σ_N", "Z=2σ_N", "Z=3σ_N". - **Graph Title:** - "Bild 4 - Dichtefunktionen der Betragsverteilung 2. Art mit verschiedenen Exzentrizitäten." - Axis labels: "Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte" (Probability Density, y-axis), "Merkmalswert" (Feature Value, x-axis). #### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis** - **Graph Analysis:** - **Axes and Scales:** - X-axis labeled "Merkmalswert" (Feature Value), with values ranging from 0 to 60 with specific points marked for different values of Z. - Y-axis labeled "Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichte" (Probability Density), indicating density values. - **Lines:** - Four distinct curves corresponding to different Z values (0, 1σ_N, 2σ_N, 3σ_N). - **Trends:** - Each curve represents how the probability density changes as the feature value increases for different eccentricities. #### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - **Trend Identification:** - As the Z value increases, the curves shift to the right indicating that higher eccentricities correspond to higher feature values. - Probability density decreases as feature value increases for higher Z values. - The peak of the curves tends to flatten with increasing Z, suggesting a wider spread of feature values for larger eccentricities. #### 13. **Graph Numbers** - The exact numerical data points are not provided in the image, only the conceptual graph lines are present. ### Additional Aspects #### **Process Flows and Descriptions** - The image is focused on mathematical distribution and does not include process flows or process descriptions. #### **Type Designations** - Types of distribution functions based on eccentricities (Z values): Z=0, Z=1σ_N, Z=2σ_N, Z=3σ_N. #### **Trend and Interpretation** - Higher eccentricities (Z values) result in wider and lower distribution peaks, indicating that as eccentricity increases, the values become more spread out with a lower probability density at any specific value. #### **Tables** - There are no tables present in the image for analysis. ### Conclusion: This image provides a specialized mathematical exploration of Rayleigh distribution functions with varying eccentricities. The graph illustrates how changes in eccentricity affect the probability density and feature values, providing insights into the statistical behavior of such distributions. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 16 Context: ``` ## 3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen Lässt sich einem Fertigungsmerkmal kein passendes Verteilungsmodell zuordnen, oder widersprechen die Messwerte der entnommenen Stichprobe dem angenommenen Verteilungsmodell, so erfolgt eine verteilungsfreie Schätzung der Fähigkeitskenngröße nach der Spannweitenmethode in der folgenden modifizierten Form unter Berücksichtigung des Stichprobenumfangs (siehe auch Beispiel 1 in Abschnitt 5): ### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für zweisseitig toleriertes Merkmal: \[ \hat{c}_m = \frac{G_o - G_u}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.29} \] \[ \hat{c}_{mk} = \min \left( \frac{G_o - \bar{x}_o}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_{95}}, \frac{\bar{x} - G_l}{\bar{x}_{95} - \bar{x}_o} \right) \tag{2.30} \] ### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für einseitig nach oben toleriertes Merkmal mit natürlichem unteren Grenzwert Null: \[ \hat{c}_m = \frac{G_o}{\bar{x} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.31} \] \[ \hat{c}_{mk} = \frac{G_o - \hat{x}_{95}}{\bar{x} - \hat{x}_{95}} \tag{2.32} \] ### Fähigkeitskenngr Werte für einseitig nach unten toleriertes Merkmal: \[ \hat{c}_{mk} = \frac{\hat{x}_{95} - G_l}{\hat{x}_{95} - \bar{x}_u} \tag{2.33} \] wobei - \(\bar{x}_o, \bar{x}_u\) : Schätzwerte der oberen und unteren Streubereichsgrenze - \(\hat{x}_{95}\) : Schätzwert des 50%-Quantils Im Fall von Einzelwerten ist \[ \hat{x}_{95} = \bar{x} \tag{2.34} \] wobei \(\bar{x} \): Medianwert, der Wert, der in der Mitte einer geordneten Folge von Messwerten liegt. Die Schätzung der Streubereichsgrenzen erfolgt durch \[ \bar{x}_o \ \bar{x}_u = \bar{x}_c \pm k \cdot \frac{R}{2} \tag{2.35} \] wobei ``` Image Analysis: Here’s a comprehensive examination of the attached visual content based on the specified aspects: ### Text Analysis 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Page Number and Document Identifier:** - "Seite 16" (Page 16) - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" (Document Identifier: VW 101 30, February 2005) 2. **Text Extraction:** - **Section Title:** - "3.2.2 Fähigkeitsermittlung bei nicht definierten Verteilungsmodellen" - **Introduction Paragraph:** - "Lässt sich einem Fertigungsmerkmal kein passendes Verteilungsmodell zuordnen, oder widersprechen die Messwerte der entnommenen Stichprobe dem angenommenen Verteilungsmodell, so erfolgt eine wertungsfreie Schätzung der Fähigkeitskennwerte nach der Spannweitenmethode in der folgenden modifizierten Form unter Berücksichtigung des Stichprobenumfangs" **Explanatory Notes:** - Text clarifies that the section covers methods to estimate capability indices when no predefined distribution models are available, using a range-based method considering sample size. 3. **Equations and Descriptions:** - Several equations labeled from (2.29) to (2.35) describe calculations for capability indices. Here are brief descriptions: 1. **Equation (2.29) and (2.30):** - Capability indices for two-sided tolerances. - Equations detail how to compute capability when upper and lower specification limits are available. 2. **Equation (2.31) and (2.32):** - Capability indices for one-sided characteristics with a natural lower bound zero. - Details on how to compute capability when only the lower specification limit is present. 3. **Equation (2.33):** - Capability index for one-sided characteristics with a defined lower limit. - Detailed computation for such cases. 4. **Equation (2.34):** - Explains the median value (x̄) as the central value of a sorted series of measurements. 5. **Equation (2.35):** - Estimates of the upper and lower range limits considering standard deviation and mean. **Annotation (5):** - Provides additional context about simplified representations for compatibility with previous VW methods. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis 4. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - No diagrams or charts are present in the document image. ### Produkt Analysis 5. **Product Analysis:** - No specific products are depicted. ### Anomaly Detection 6. **Anomaly Detection:** - No anomalies or unusual elements detected in the image. All elements seem to be standard for technical documentation. ### Color Analysis 7. **Color Analysis:** - The document is largely monochromatic, consisting of black text on a white background. This high-contrast color scheme is standard for technical and academic papers, aiding readability and focus on the content without distractions. ### Perspective and Composition 8. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - The image is taken from a flat, straightforward perspective typical of scanned or digitally created documents. - **Composition:** - The text is arranged in a structured, left-justified format, enhancing readability and clarity. - Equations are properly formatted and placed in-line, making them easy to follow. ### Contextual Significance 9. **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Document:** - This section likely belongs to a larger document discussing quality control and capability assessment methods in manufacturing processes. - The equations and explanations are significant for professionals dealing with quality assurance, ensuring accurate capability measurements. ### Metadata Analysis 10. **Metadata Analysis:** - No metadata is visible within the provided image. ### Tables 11. **Tables:** - No tables are present in the image. This organized analysis covers the textual and visual elements present in the provided document image, focusing on content extraction and contextual understanding. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 20 Context: #### 4. **Text Analysis**: - **Extracted Text**: ``` Seite 20 VW 101 30: 2005-02 3.4 Statistische Tests Die Messwerte einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung dürfen in der Regel keine - unerwartet große Abweichung einzelner Messwerte (Ausreißer) gegenüber der Streuung der anderen Messwerte, - signifikante Änderung der Fertigungsanlage während der Stichprobenentnahme und - signifikante Abweichung vom erwarteten Verteilungsmodell aufweisen. Anderenfalls ist mit zusätzlichen systematischen Einflüssen auf die Fertigung zu rechen. Für Dieses Verhalten sollten dann die Ursachen bekannt und deren Wirkung akzeptabel sein, um die Voraussetzung eines sicheren Fertigungsprozesses zu erfüllen. Zur Überprüfung der oben genannten Kriterien sind daher bei einer Maschinenfähigkeits Untersuchung entsprechende statistische Tests anzuwenden.Da diese Tests in Normen und Standardwerken der Statistikliteratur ausdrücklich beschrieben sind, werden sie in folgenden nur mit Hinweise angegeben.. Folgende Tests sind im Rahmen einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung durchzuführen: - Test auf Ausreißer mittels verteilungsunabhängigen Test nach Hampel in modifizierter Form (siehe VW 10133) - Test auf Änderung der Fertigungsanlage mittels verteilungsunabhängigen Run-Testnach Swed-Eisenhard (siehe [1]) - Test auf Abweichung von der Normalverteilung nach Epps-Pulley (siehe ISO 5479) - Test auf Abweichung von einem beliebigen festgelegten Verteilungsmodell mittels Chiquadrat-Test (siehe [1]) Die statistischen Tests laufen alle nach dem folgenden Schema ab: -Aufstellen der Nullhypothese H0 und der Alternaibhypothese Hi ,z.B. Ho: Die Grundgesamtheit der Messwerte des betrachteten Merkmals ist nicht normalverteilt H1 : Die Grundgesamthe fit der Messwerte des betrachteten Merkmals ist nicht normalverteilt - Festlegen der Aussaugewahrscheinlichkeit γ = F 1 - a oder Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit α - Aufstellen der Formel für die Prüfgröße - Berechnen des Prüfwertes aus den Stichprobenwerten nach der Prüffiörsnen der - Ermifn des Schwellenwertes des Testverteilung - Vergleich des Prüfwertes mit dem Schwellenwert zur Entscheidung, ob ein Widerspruch zur Nullhypothese vorliegt und damit die Alternativhypothese gilt Zu Beachten ist, dass bei einem statistischen Test mit der angegebenen Aussaugewahrscheinlichkeit g gegebenenfalls nur ein Widerspruch zur Nullhypothese nachgewiesen werden kann, z.B. es dass eine signifikante Abweichung der Messwerte von einer normalverteilten Grundgesamtheit vorliegt. Ergibt sich aus dem Testergebnis kein Widerspruch zur Nullhypothese, so 1st dies keine Bestätigung für die Gültigkeit der Nullhypothese. Es lässt sich also in diesen Fall mit der angegebenen Aussaugewahrscheinlichkeit z.B nicht nachweisen, dass eine normalverteilte Grundgesamtheit nie vorliegt. Man entscheidet sich dann in Analogie zum Testprinzip „Im Zweifel für den Angeklagten" lediglich für die Annahme der Nullhypothese. Durch die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit W, wird das Risiko angegeben, aufgrund des Testergebnisses die Nullhypothese zu verwerfen, obwohl sie zutrifft (a-Risiko). Für dieIr Tumswahrscheinlichkeit kann nun aber nicht einfach ein beliebig kleiner Wert.festgelegt werden, denn dadurch würde z.B: das Risiko stiegen, eine tatsächliche Abweichung von einer Normalverteilung nicht zu entdecken (β-Risiko). ``` - **Text Analysis**: This document seems to be a technical or academic text discussing statistical tests for a machine capability study. The following statistical tests are mentioned and described briefly: - **Outlier Test**: Modified Hampel test. - **Change of Production Facility Test**: Run-Test according to Swed-Eisenhard. - **Deviation from Normal Distribution Test**: Epps-Pulley Test. - **Deviation from a Specified Distribution Model**: Chi-Square Test. The text also outlines the general schema for these statistical tests: - Establishing the null hypothesis \( H_0 \) and alternative hypothesis \( H_1 \). - Determining the significance level (\(\gamma\) or \(\alpha\)). - Setting up the formula for the test statistic. - Calculating the test statistic from sample values. - Comparing the test statistic to the critical value to decide whether to reject \( H_0 \). - **Significance**: This extracted text provides guidelines and procedures for performing statistical tests to analyze the capability of machines in a production process. It is of critical importance for quality control and assurance within manufacturing practices. This document is intended for professionals involved in quality and manufacturing engineering, aiming to ensure the precision and reliability of production processes by applying statistical methods. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 21 Context: # 4 Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung Eine Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung (MFU) ist nach dem in den Bildern 9 bis 11 dargestellten Ablauf durchzuführen. ## Ablauf einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung - **Start** - 4.1 Prüfmittelanwendung - 4.2 Stichprobenentnahme ### Bedingungen zur MFU erfüllt? - ja - 4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU - 4.4 Datenauswertung - 4.5 Dokumentation - 4.6 Ergebnisbeurteilung - ja: Auswertungswiederholung - nein: - nein - Maschine fähig? - ja: 4.7 Maschinenoptimierung - machbare Maschinenoptimierung - nein: 4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen - **Ende** Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image 1**: This is the only image in the provided content. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Detected Text**: - Title: "Durchführung einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung" - Context: It guides on how to execute a machine capability investigation as per images 9 to 11. - Key Steps in Flowchart: - Start - 4.1 Prüffittelanwendung - 4.2 Stichprobenentnahme - Bedigungen zur MFU erfüllt (ja/nein) - 4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU - 4.4 Datenauswertung - 4.5 Dokumentation - 4.6 Ergebnisbeurteilung - Auswertungswiederholung (ja) - Maschine fähig (ja/nein) - 4.7 Maschinenoptimierung - machbare Maschinenoptimierung (ja/nein) - 4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen - Ende - Bildunterschrift: "Bild 9 - Ablauf einer Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung" - **Significance**: - The text provides a structured approach for conducting machine capability analysis. - It outlines a flowchart of steps and decisions needed to assess and document the machine's capability. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Diagram Type**: Flowchart - **Explanation**: - Starts with a testing method application (4.1 Prüffittelanwendung). - Includes sampling (4.2 Stichprobenentnahme) and then checks if conditions for machine capability investigation (MFU) are met. - If conditions are not met, a special regulation for limited MFU is applied (4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU). - If conditions are met, it proceeds to data evaluation (4.4 Datenauswertung), documentation (4.5 Dokumentation), and result assessment (4.6 Ergebnisbeurteilung). - Based on the assessment, either the evaluation is repeated or the machine is deemed capable. - If incapable, machine optimization (4.7 Maschinenoptimierung) or treatment of non-capable machines (4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen) is executed. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends**: - The flowchart does not include traditional axes or scales but uses directional arrows and decision boxes to guide the workflow. #### 8. Color Analysis: - **Color Composition**: - The flowchart is monochrome, predominantly black text and lines on a white background. - This format emphasizes clarity and readability. #### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective**: - The flowchart is viewed from a standard, straight-on perspective. - **Composition**: - The elements are arranged linearly from top to bottom, guiding the reader through the process with decision points branching left or right. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis: - **Trends**: - The decision-based structure indicates a systematic investigation process with multiple checks and corrective actions. - Trends show the importance of conditional checks and optimization steps in ensuring machine capability. #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows): - **Process Flow Description**: - The flowchart depicts a step-by-step process flow for machine capability investigation. - It includes initialization, sampling, condition checks, evaluation, documentation, and decision-making for optimization or treatment of non-capable machines. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - **Detailed Steps**: - Each step (like Prüffittelanwendung, Stichprobenentnahme, etc.) describes a distinct phase in the machine capability investigation process. - Decision points guide whether the machine can proceed to the next step or requires special attention. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations): - **Types/Categories**: - The flowchart categorizes steps into application, sampling, condition check, data evaluation, documentation, result assessment, and optimization/treatment. #### Trend and Interpretation: - **Trends Identification**: - The flowchart emphasizes corrective actions and repetitions to ensure machine readiness. - **Interpretation**: - The iterative nature shows the focus on thorough evaluation and readiness of machinery before declaring it capable. This comprehensive analysis elucidates the workflow of a machine capability investigation as depicted in the provided flowchart, highlighting the systematic approach and decision-making involved in the process. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 25 Context: # 4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU Lassen sich die in 4.2 genannten Bedingungen zur Stichprobenahme nicht vollständig erfüllen, so kann in begründeten Fällen eine eingeschränkte MFU durchgeführt werden, für die Sonderregelungen zwischen Lieferanten und Abnehmer zu vereinbaren und unter dem Vermerk „Eingeschränkte MFU“ zu dokumentieren sind. ## 4.4 Datenauswertung ### 4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells Das zu erwartende Verteilungsmodell hängt von der Merkmalsart ab. Für die wichtigsten Arten von Merkmalen (siehe auch VW 01056) sind die zugeordneten Verteilungsmodelle aus Tabelle 2 zu entnehmen. | Merkmalsart | Verteilungsmodell | |--------------------------------|-------------------| | Längenmaße | N | | Durchmesser, Radius | N | | Geradheit | B1 | | Ebenheit | B1 | | Rundheit | B1 | | Zylinderform | B1 | | Linienform | B1 | | Flächenform | B1 | | Parallelität | B1 | | Rechtwinkligkeit | B1 | | Neigung (Winklichkeit) | B1 | | Position | B2 | | Koaxialität / Konzentrizität | B2 | | Symmetrie | B1 | | Rundlauf | B2 | | Planlauf | B2 | | Rauheit | B1 | | Unwucht | B2 | | Drehmoment | N | Legende: N: Normalverteilung B1: Betragverteilung 1. Art B2: Betragverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) Für nicht aufgeführte Merkmalsarten kann in den meisten Fällen eine Zuordnung einer Verteilung nach der folgenden Regel erfolgen: - bei zweiseitiger oder einseitiger nach unten tolerierten Merkmalen eine Normalverteilung - und bei einseitig nach oben tolerierten Merkmalen eine Betragverteilung 1. oder 2. Art Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### Localization and Attribution: - The provided document has a single page with text and a table. - This content can be labeled as **Image 1**. #### Text Analysis (Image 1): - **Section Title:** "4.3 Sonderregelung für eingeschränkte MFU" - **Subheading:** "4.4 Datenauswertung" - **Sub-subheading:** "4.4.1 Auswahl des zu erwartenden Verteilungsmodells" - **Body Text:** - Discusses conditions for restricted MFU (Measurement and Analysis Unit). - Explains data evaluation and the selection of the expected distribution model. - Instructs on how to agree and document any special arrangements. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis (Image 1): - **Table Title:** "Tabelle 2 - Zuordnung von Merkmalsarten und Verteilungsmodellen" - This table is a mapping of characteristics ("Merkmalsart") to distribution models ("Verteilungsmodell"). **Content of Table:** - **Characteristics (Merkmalsart):** - Längenmaße (Length dimensions) - Durchmesser, Radius (Diameter, Radius) - Geradheit (Straightness) - Ebenheit (Flatness) - Rundheit (Roundness) - Zylinderform (Cylindrical form) - Linienform (Line form) - Flächenform (Surface form) - Parallelität (Parallelism) - Rechtwinkligkeit (Perpendicularity) - Neigung (Winkligkeit) (Inclination) - Position - Koaxialität / Konzentrizität (Coaxiality / Concentricity) - Symmetrie (Symmetry) - Rundlauf (Circular run-out) - Planlauf (Planar run-out) - Rauheit (Roughness) - Unwucht (Imbalance) - Drehmoment (Torque) - **Distribution Models (Verteilungsmodell):** - N: Normal distribution (Normalverteilung) - B1: Beta distribution type 1 (Betragsverteilung 1. Art) - B2: Beta distribution type 2 (Rayleigh distribution) (Betragsverteilung 2. Art) **Legend:** - N: Normalverteilung (Normal distribution) - B1: Betragsverteilung 1. Art (Beta distribution type 1) - B2: Betragsverteilung 2. Art (Rayleigh-Verteilung) (Beta distribution type 2) **Rules Mentioned:** - "Für nicht aufgeführte Merkmalsarten kann in den meisten Fällen eine Zuordnung einer Verteilung nach der folgenden Regel erfolgen: - bei zweiseitig oder einseitig nach unten tolerierten Merkmalen eine Normalverteilung - und bei einseitig nach oben tolerierten Merkmalen eine Betragsverteilung 1. Oder 2. Art" #### Text Analysis Significance: - This section of the document focuses on the classification of different measurement attributes and the corresponding statistical distribution models. - The information is crucial for engineers or quality control specialists in determining which statistical model to apply when analyzing measurement data for specific characteristics. #### Contextual Significance: - Within the overall document, this page seems to pertain to standards or guidelines for quality assessments and statistical analysis of measurement data in a manufacturing or engineering context. - It provides structured guidance on how to handle different types of measurements and ensure consistency in quality control processes. #### Metadata Analysis: - No metadata provided or available from the analysis. ### Conclusion This document page is a critical part of a larger manual or standards document, detailing processes for measurement and quality assurance. The table helps to map different measurement attributes to their appropriate statistical distribution models, ensuring proper data evaluation in quality control procedures. The detailed and structured approach enhances consistency and reliability in manufacturing or engineering quality assessments. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 30 Context: # 5 Beispiele ## Beispiel 1: Wellenmittelmesser mit einem Nennmaß von 20 mm, einem Mindestmaß von \(G_L = 19.7 \, \text{mm}\) und einem Höchstmaß von \(G_H = 20.3 \, \text{mm}\). Aus den \(n = 50\) Messwerten der Stichprobe ergeben sich durch die statistischen Tests keine auffälligen, keine signifikante Lageänderung und keine signifikante Abweichung von einer zu erwartenden Normalverteilung. Es wurden folgende Stichprobenkennwerte ermittelt: \[ \overline{x} = 20.05 \quad \text{und} \quad s = 0.05 \] Es ergeben sich daher nach Formel (2.11) aus den Stichprobenkennwerten die folgenden Schätzwerte der Streuungsgrenzen für die normalverteilte Grundgesamtheit: \[ x_{0.135} = \overline{x} - 3 \cdot s = (20.05 - 3 \cdot 0.05) \, \text{mm} = 19.9 \, \text{mm} \] \[ x_{99.865} = \overline{x} + 3 \cdot s = (20.05 + 3 \cdot 0.05) \, \text{mm} = 20.2 \, \text{mm} \] Und daraus ergeben sich schließlich die folgenden Fähigkeitskennwerte: \[ \hat{C}_m = \frac{G_H - G_L}{x_{99.865} - x_{0.135}} = \frac{20.3 - 19.7}{20.2 - 19.9} = \frac{0.6}{0.3} = 2.0 \] \[ \hat{C}_{mk} = \min \left( \frac{G_H - \overline{x}}{x_{99.865} - \overline{x}}, \frac{\overline{x} - G_L}{\overline{x} - x_{0.135}} \right) = \min \left( \frac{20.3 - 20.05}{20.2 - 20.05}, \frac{20.05 - 19.7}{20.05 - 19.9} \right) \] \[ = \min \left( \frac{0.25}{0.15}, \frac{0.35}{0.15} \right) = \min \left( 1.67, 2.33 \right) = 1.67 \] Durch die ermittelten Fähigkeitskennwerte wird somit nachgewiesen, dass die Maschine bezüglich des betrachteten Wellenmitteldurchmessers die Fähigkeitsanforderungen gerade noch erfüllt. **Abbildung 12**: Beispiel einer Fertigung mit dem Modell einer Normalverteilung und den Fähigkeitskennwerten \(C_m = 2.0\) und \(C_{mk} = 1.67\). Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Attached Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** Located on page 30 of the document. The page number and document identifier are found at the top of the page. - **Image 2:** A diagram at the bottom of the page. The diagram includes a histogram with a normal distribution curve and descriptive text below it ("Bild 12 - Beispiel..."). #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** - Text content consisting of an example problem involving statistical analysis of a waveform diameter. - Mathematical formulas and calculations. - A diagram labeled "Bild 12" illustrating a normal distribution. - **Image 2 (Diagram Analysis):** - Histogram showing data distribution. - A normal distribution curve overlaying the histogram. - Axes labeled "Häufigkeit" (Frequency) and "Messwert" (Measurement value). #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1:** The document appears to be structured as a technical or mathematical text, providing an example problem involving measurements and statistical evaluation. There are no physical activities taking place as the content is purely textual and illustrative. - **Image 2:** The histogram and normal distribution curve in the diagram visually represent a statistical analysis related to waveform measurements. #### 4. Text Analysis - The text includes German content and provides an example calculation involving diameter measurements of waveforms. It describes how to compute critical values and capability indices (\(\hat{c}_m\) and \(\hat{c}_{mk}\)). - Relevant text extracted: - Page header: "Seite 30" and "VW 101 30: 2005-02". - Section title: "5 Beispiele. Beispiel 1: Wellendurchmesser..." #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Image 2:** - Histogram bars representing frequency distribution of measurement values. - Normal distribution curve with key points: Mean (\( \mu \)), \( x_{0.135\%} \), and \( x_{99.865\%} \). - Axes and Scales: - X-axis (Messwert): Ranges from 19.70 to 20.30 mm with key measurements (19.7, 19.75, ..., 20.3). - Y-axis (Häufigkeit): Represents the frequency but no specific numerical scale is provided. - Insights: - The machine's capability just meets the requirements (\( \hat{c}_m = 2.0 \) and \( \hat{c}_{mk} = 1.67 \)). #### 8. Color Analysis - Predominantly black and white. - The histogram bars are grey. - The normal distribution curve is black. - The minimal use of color directs attention primarily to the data presentation. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - The perspective is straightforward with a standard frontal view typical for technical and scientific documents. - Compositionally, the text provides detailed explanations and formulas, followed by a supporting diagram (histogram and normal curve) to visualize statistical results. #### 10. Contextual Significance - This document appears to be a technical standard or guideline, given its structured problem-solving approach and detailed statistical analyses. - The image (diagram) substantially supports the textual content, demonstrating the distribution of measurements and the machine's capability indices visually. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Image 2:** - Trend: The histogram shows a roughly normal distribution of measurement frequencies around the mean value (~20.05 mm). - Key points: The graph identifies critical measurement points \( x_{0.135\%} \) and \( x_{99.865\%} \) and highlights capability indices suggesting whether the manufacturing process meets the required standards. #### 14. Tables - No explicit tables are present in this image. The table-like structure may include numerical or mathematical data calculated in different parts of the text. ### Additional Aspects - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) and Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - The text details a process for evaluating waveform diameter measurements by stating procedures and calculations based on statistical analysis. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - The document specifies different types of statistical values (e.g., \( \hat{\mu}, d = \pm 0.05 \)) and capability indices. - **Trend and Interpretation:** - The machine's capability values indicate near compliance with the required manufacturing standards. This comprehensive analysis contains a detailed examination of each requested aspect of the attached visual content. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE.pdf Page: 34 Context: **Text Analysis:** 1. **Detected Text:** - Title: "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - Page Number: "Seite 34" - Sections: - **A**: - Absolute Häufigkeit a: Seite 10, 17 - Absolute Summenhäufigkeit A: Seite 17 - α-Risiko: Seite 20 - Alternativhypothese: Seite 20 - Angepasste Fähigkeitsgrenzwerte: Seite 19, 28 - Ausreißer: Seite 20, 26 - Aussagewahrscheinlichkeit γ: Seite 20, 26 - **B**: - Bedingungen zur MFU: Seite 24 - β-Risiko: Seite 20 - Betragsverteilung 1. Art: Seite 5, 11 - Betragsverteilung 2. Art: Seite 7, 13 - Betriebswarme Maschine: Seite 4 - **C**: - Capability: Seite 3 - Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung: Seite 18 - **D**: - Datenauswertung: Seite 25 N - Dichtefunktion f(x): Seite 4 - Dokumentation: Seite 27 - **E**: - Eingeschränkte MFU: Seite 25 P - Effektiver Stichprobenumfang ne: Seite 10, 24 - Epps-Pulley-Test: Seite 20, 26 Pri - Ergebnisbeurteilung: Seite 28 - Erwartungswert der v-Verteilung dn: Seite 17 - Exzentrizität z: Seite 7 Q - **F**: - Fähigkeitskennwerte: Seite 18, 28 R - Fähigkeitsermittlung: Seite 8 - Fähigkeitskennwerte cn und cmk: Seite 3, 9 - Fähigkeitsgrenzwerte: Seite 18, 28 - Fertigungslage: Seite 3, 28 - Fertigungsauslegung: Seite 3, 8 radiale - Fertigungsreinfolge: Seite 24 - Fertigungsgrad: Seite 18 - **G**: - Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit: Seite 18, 28 - **H**: - Hampel-Test: Seite 20 - Häufigkeitsverteilung: Seite 10, 17 - Höchstmaß Go: Seite 3, 9 - **I**: - Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit α: Seite 20 - **K**: - Klassenbreite Δx: Seite 17 - Klassierte Messwerte: Seite 10, 17 - Korrekturfaktor k: Seite 17 - **L**: - Lage: Seite 3 - **M**: - Maschinenoptimierung: Seite 29 - Maschinenstörungen: Seite 24 - Medianwert: Seite 16 - Merkmalart: Seite 4, 25 - Merkmalswert: Seite 3 Merkmethod - Mesmethode: Seite 24 - Mindestmaß Gu: Seite 3, 9 - Mischverteilung: Seite 26, 32 - Mittelwert μ: Seite 4, 10 - **N**: - Normalverteilung: Seite 4, 10 - Nullhypothese: Seite 20 - Nullpunktverschiebung: Seite 6 - **P**: - Parameter einer Verteilung: Seite 3 - Prüfgröße: Seite 20, 26 - Prüfwert: Seite 20 - Prüfmitteleanwendung: Seite 24 - **Q**: - Quantil: Seite 9 - - der stardarisierten Normalverteilung: Seite 18 - - der Chi-Quadratverteilung: Seite 18 - **R**: - R: Seite 28 - Rayleigh-Verteilung: Seite 7 - radiale Abweichung r: Seite 7 - Rohteillage: Seite 24 - Rundung von Fähigkeitswerten: Seite 18 R.-Test - Run-Test: Seite 20 - The text indicates a comprehensive index, listing various statistical terms, methods, and related concepts, each tagged with corresponding page numbers. **Contextual Significance:** - This page appears to be an index from a statistical or technical manual, potentially related to quality management, data analysis, or a specific standard (as indicated by "VW 101 30"). - The structured layout and extensive vocabulary suggest it is meant for professional use, likely by engineers, statisticians, or quality control managers. There were no other aspects (such as specific objects, scenes, diagrams, or charts) presented within this image, primarily focusing on text indexing. #################### File: Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf Page: 2 Context: # Škoda AUTO a.s. VÁCLAVA KLEMENTA 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav --- **Purchaser:** Michala Senkyrova **Department:** Beschaffung Aggregatenfertigung und Infrastruktur **Telephone:** **E-Mail:** Michala.Senkyrova@skoda-auto.cz **Date:** Jun 26, 2024 --- **Inquiry no.:** SK 2024 001598 Dear Sir or Madam, Please submit a non-binding, free-of-charge offer based on our terms and conditions (as listed below) and using the attached documents for: **Obráběcí linka motorové skříně MGH SSP / Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box** Please submit your bid via the Group business platform. For technical queries, please contact: **First Name Last Name** Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz The terms and conditions below apply: - General Purchase Terms and Conditions of ŠKODA AUTO a.s. (04/2024) The current version of the terms and conditions can be found at [VW Group Supply](http://www.vwgroupsupply.com) at: Cooperation information / Purchasing Conditions Quotations submitted after the deadline will not be considered. Yours sincerely, p.p. Jiří Kulich p.p. Michala Senkyrova --- This letter was generated automatically and is valid without a signature. --- ŠKODA AUTO a.s. T.E.: Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic IČO: 00220173, Městský soud v Praze B 332 T * +420202281111 Jun 26, 2024 | SK BA/2 | KSU 6.1 - 15 years | confidential Image Analysis: ### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** There is only one page with a single image of a letter. We will refer to this as **Image 1**. ### 4. **Text Analysis:** The text on the document contains details related to a formal inquiry or request for a bid submission. **Extracted Text:** - **Company Information:** - Skoda AUTO a.s. - Address: Václava Klementa 869, 293 60 Mladá Boleslav - **Inquiry Information:** - Inquiry no.: SK 2024 001598 - Date: Jun 26, 2024 - **Context of the Inquiry:** - The letter requests a non-binding, free-of-charge offer based on specified terms and conditions. - The specific item for the bid is "Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box". - **Contact Information:** - Purchaser: Michala Senkyrova - Department: Beschaffung Aggregatefertigung und Infrastruktur - E-Mail: Michala.Senkyrova@skoda-auto.cz - For technical queries: Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.cz - **Additional Information:** - Mention of the necessity to submit bids via the Group business platform. - Quotes submitted after the deadline will not be considered. - **Signature Block:** - p.p. Jiří Kulich - p.p. Michala Senkyrova **Significance:** The text is significant in the context of procurement and offers a formal request for proposal. It details the requirements and the method of submission for a specific project within the automotive company Skoda AUTO a.s. ### 6. **Product Analysis:** The focus is on the "Machining line of the SSP E-drive motor box." This implies a sophisticated production setup likely requiring advanced machinery designed for precision manufacturing within the automotive sector. ### 8. **Color Analysis:** The color scheme is predominantly white with black text, which is standard for formal business documents. There is also a green logo of Skoda at the top right, which adds brand identity and recognition to the document. ### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** The document is presented in a straightforward, top-down view commonly used for scanning or digital documentation. The composition follows conventional business format with a letterhead providing company details, followed by the body of the message and ending with signatures and disclaimers. ### 10. **Contextual Significance:** This image serves as an official communication for procurement purposes within Skoda AUTO a.s. It addresses professional relationships with suppliers and clearly sets out the requirements and terms for submission of business proposals. ### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** No graphs or trends are presented in this document. ### 13. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** There are no direct process flows described in the image. ### 14. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** The document does not provide detailed descriptions of processes within the image. ### 16. **Trend and Interpretation:** No visual trends are depicted. The text primarily serves as a static formal request for a bid. ### 17. **Tables:** No tables are present in the image. This analysis captures the essential components and purpose of the document, helping understand its function within the procurement process of Skoda AUTO a.s. #################### File: MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf Page: 2 Context: # Clamping MGH ## OP20 and Following One of four part rests can be movable. - **Fixed Part Rest**: ![Fixed Part Rest](path/to/fixed_part_rest_icon) - **Clamp**: ![Clamp](path/to/clamp_icon) - **Location Pins**: ![Location Pins](path/to/location_pins_icon) - **2- and 3-Jaw Chucks**: ![Chucks](path/to/chucks_icon) ### New Geometry ![New Geometry](path/to/new_geometry_image) - New geometry that was added by Skoda tool shop. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Analysis of the Provided Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Position and Numbering**: - **Image 1**: Located on the left side of the page. - **Image 2**: Located on the right side of the page. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1** - **Objects**: Engine block, location pins, fixed part rests, clamps, new geometry (highlighted in green). - **Classification**: Mechanical parts and clamping devices used in manufacturing. - **Image 2** - **Objects**: Engine block (different angle), location pins, fixed part rests, clamps, new geometry (highlighted in green). - **Classification**: Mechanical parts and clamping devices used in manufacturing. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1**: Shows an engine block with various clamping and holding fixtures related to the manufacturing or assembly process. - **Image 2**: Another view of the engine block, highlighting different areas and possibly new geometric features added by the tool shop. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Detected Text**: - "Clamping MGH" - "OP20 and following" - "One of four part rest can be movable" - Labels for objects (fixed part rest, clamp, location pins, 2- and 3-jaw chucks) - "New geometry that was added by Skoda tool shop" - **Content Significance**: - Describes the clamping mechanism (MGH) used in a mechanical/industrial process. - Indicates the flexibility of part movement in the clamping system. - Highlights new geometric additions made by the Skoda tool shop. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - The images serve as a visual diagram illustrating the positioning and use of clamps, part rests, and location pins on the engine block during the manufacturing process. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends**: Not applicable, but meaningful symbols representing various clamping components (triangles, circles, and arrows) are used for clarity. #### 6. Product Analysis - **Engine Block**: - **Features**: Multiple points for clamping and resting, complex geometry for various attachment points. - **Materials and Colors**: Presumably metal (typical of engine blocks), highlighted areas in green indicating new additions or modifications. #### 7. Anomaly Detection - No discernible anomalies are present; the images seem to accurately represent typical clamping and manufacturing processes. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Dominant Colors**: - Grey: representing the metallic engine block. - Green: highlights new geometry added by Skoda tool shop. - Red: used for the symbols and text highlighting parts and processes, enhancing visibility and focus areas. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Image 1**: Side view of the engine block. - **Image 2**: Perspective view showing different angles of the engine block. - **Composition**: Balanced with text and symbols strategically placed to highlight key areas on the engine block. #### 10. Contextual Significance - The images are part of a technical document or presentation detailing the clamping process in automotive or mechanical engineering, specifically for Skoda's manufacturing line. - **Contribution**: Provides clear visual guidance and documentation for engineers and technicians working on the clamping and assembly of engine blocks. ### Additional Aspect: Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Process Significance**: The visuals depict the flow of clamping during the OP20 (operational step 20) and subsequent steps in manufacturing, indicating critical points for part fixation and necessary adjustments. ### Summary These visuals effectively communicate detailed information about the clamping process used in automotive engineering. They are educational tools aimed at professionals engaged in the operation and assembly of engine components, with specific focus on enhancements by Skoda's tool shop. #################### File: MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf Page: 5 Context: # Clamping MGH ## Remarks to clamping - Holes on the casting do not have the same axles with final machined holes on the done part. It is also relevant for indexes OP20. - Clamping pads for OP20 need to be milled to be perpendicular to indexes' axles. Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - Identify and locate each image on the page: - Image 1: Top left section of the page, displaying a mechanical part with annotations. - Image 2: Bottom left section, showing a zoomed-in portion of the mechanical part. - Assign the corresponding image number to each analysis: - Image 1: Mechanical part with annotations. - Image 2: Zoomed-in portion. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - Image 1: - Object: Mechanical casting part. - Key Features: Various holes and clamping pads, annotated with dimensions (e.g., 13.5 mm, 103.5 mm) in green. - Image 2: - Object: Zoomed-in portion of the mechanical casting part. - Key Features: Detailed view of a section, possibly showing more intricate features relevant to clamping. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - Image 1: - Scene: Diagram of a mechanical casting part. - Activities: Dimensional analysis and annotations indicating specific measurements. - Image 2: - Scene: Close-up of a specific area of the casting part. - Activities: Focuses on a smaller section to highlight additional details relevant to clamping. #### 4. Text Analysis: - Detected Text: - Title: "Clamping MGH" - Subtitle: "Remarks to clamping" - Main Instructions: - "Holes on the casting do not have the same axles with final machined holes on the done part. It is also relevant for indexes OP20." - "Clamping pads for OP20 need to be milled to be perpendicular to indexes' axles." - Analysis: - The text indicates a technical review of the clamping process for mechanical parts. It highlights the importance of ensuring that holes on the casting align correctly with machined holes and provides specific instructions for the milling process to achieve proper alignment. #### 9. Perspective and Composition: - Perspective: - Image 1: Slightly angled side view of the mechanical part to capture dimensions and features. - Image 2: Closer, more zoomed-in perspective to focus on detailed aspects of the clamping pads. - Composition: - The main mechanical part is prominently featured with critical measurements highlighted in green. The layout is clean with clear annotations and directional arrows guiding the viewer's focus. #### 10. Contextual Significance: - The images and annotations are part of a technical review or instruction manual for ensuring proper clamping in mechanical manufacturing. It provides crucial information on the importance of alignment and milling for accurate assembly and function, contributing to the overall goal of maintaining high-quality standards in production. #### 11. Metadata Analysis: - Capture Date: 05.08.2024 - Author: Georgy Komarov - Metadata Information: It provides a timestamp and author attribution, adding context to the source and timeframe of the technical review. ### Summary The visual content provides detailed technical guidance on clamping mechanical parts, focusing on the alignment of holes and clamping pads. Critical measurements are annotated, and specific milling instructions are provided to ensure proper alignment. The imagery is designed to aid in understanding and implementing precise manufacturing processes to maintain high standards in mechanical production. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 1 Context: # TECHNICKÉ ZADÁNÍ ## LASTENHEFT ### Lastenheft-Gegenstand **Version vom 23. 08. 2024** **Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektroantrieb SSP** --- | Vypracoval | Oddělení | Datum | Podpis | | |------------|----------|-------|--------|------| | G. Komarov | PPK-E | | | | | Schválení | Oddělení | Datum | Podpis | | |-----------|----------|-------|--------|------| | R. Taneček | PPK-E | | | | | Z. Nekola | PPK | | | | | J. Paldus | PKG/1 | | | | | R. Schrom | PKG/4 | | | | | M. Kargl | PKT/42 | | | | | M. Adamec | PKG/3 | | | | | J. Johan | PKT/3 | | | | | Z. Chytka | PKT/14 | | | | | K. Tkášek | PKT/1 | | | | | J. Cikler | GQH-1/4 | | | | | M. Repš | GQH-3 | | | | | J. Beneš | PKT/2 | | | | | M. Janata | PSZ/11 | | | | | R. Chudoba | PKT | | | | | J. Nohej | PSU | | | | --- **INTERNAL** 1/10 Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Image ### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image 1:** This is the single image provided for analysis. ### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Objects Detected:** - Text blocks - Tables - Organizational logos - Highlighted text ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Scene:** - The image appears to be the first page of a technical document. - The document header contains information about a project, including codes, dates, and contact information. - Below the header is the main title of the document. - The text highlights a version date in yellow. - There is a table listing individuals and their signatures, department, and date. ### 4. Text Analysis: - **Detected Text:** - **Header:** - Project Information: "LH-Gegenstand" - Task: "Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektroantrieb SSP" - Project Responsible: "G. Komarov" - Version Date: "23. 08. 2024" - Contact Information: "Telefon +420 78863527, +421905 14752" - **Title:** - Main Title: "TECHNICKÉ ZADÁNÍ" - Subtitle: "LASTENHEFT" - Section Title: "Lastenheft-Gegenstand" - Document Title: "Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektroantrieb SSP" - **Table:** - Header: "Vypracoval Erarbeitet", "Oddělení Abteilung", "Datum", "Podpis Unterschrift" - Name Entries: "G. Komarov", "R. Taneček", "Z. Nekola", etc. - Department Entries: "PPK-E", "PPK", "PKG/1", etc. - **Significance:** - **Header Information:** Provides project context and contact details. - **Version Date:** Indicates the current version of the document, important for version control. - **Document Titles:** Define the scope and purpose of the document. - **Table Entries:** Show the distribution of responsibility and approval process for the document contents. ### 7. Anomaly Detection: - **Unusual Elements:** - There is noticeable yellow highlighting on the version date, drawing attention to version control. ### 8. Color Analysis: - **Color Composition:** - Dominant colors are black and white. - Yellow is used for highlighting the version date, indicating its importance. ### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** - The image was taken from a standard, straight-on perspective, typical for documents. - **Composition:** - Structured with clear sections: header, title, table. ### 14. Trend and Interpretation: - **Highlight Trend:** - The use of color to draw attention to crucial details (like version dates) is a common technique in documentation for easy identification. ### Abschluss: The image presents a structured, professional document with clear segregation of information. Key details such as project scope, version date, and responsible individuals are highlighted for clarity. The color usage is minimalistic but effective in drawing attention to critical information. The detailed table provides transparency in the approval and responsibility distribution across different individuals and departments. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 2 Context: # 1. Vergegenstand Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektroantrieb SSP. ## 2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil **Bauteil:** Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3.4 **Zeichnungsnummer:** QOA.901.108 **Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils:** 14,975 kg (davon die Lagerbuchse 0,369 kg) **Rohtleidgewicht:** ca 18 kg **Material:** Gehäuse QOA 901 108 EN A6 – 46000 – AISi9Cu3 (Fe) **Lagerbuchse:** QOA 901 261 A DIN 30910-SINT-D-11 **Grundmaße:** siehe Zeichnung ## 3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen 3.1. Bearbeitung des Gussteils gemäß der Zeichnung QOA_901_108-sstpha_mg_ftz (siehe Anlage Nr. 8). 3.2. Eingangsstand des Teils – Gussteil (Hochdruckguss) – siehe 3D Daten (Anlage Nr. 7). Die Zeichnung des Gussteils ist noch nicht verfügbar und wird später erstellt. Allgemein kann man mit den Toleranzen des Gussteils nach ISO 8062-3 - DCTG7 - GCTG3 rechnen. 3.3. Ausgangsstand des Teils – bearbeitetes Teil – siehe Zeichnung (Anlage Nr. 8). 3.4. Das Prozessablaufschema und der Lieferumfang siehe Anlage 5. ## 4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung 4.1. Modulare Linie der Bearbeitungszentren, verkettet durch ein Portal. Die Bearbeitungszentren (Module) und das Portal werden schrittweise nach dem Zeitplan gebaut – siehe Punkt Nr. 7. 4.2. Die Linie soll über SPC-Stellen verfügen, damit die Teile nach jeder Arbeitsfolge zur Messung entnommen und wieder in den Strom eingelegt werden können. 4.3. Der Transport des Teils zum Übergebepunkt unter dem Portal erfolgt über ein Förderband mit Spannvorrichtungen. Positionierung des Teils auf der Transportvorrichtung gemäß den Empfehlungen des Lieferanten der Linie und den technischen Möglichkeiten des Verkehrslieferanten. ### Die Schnittstelle zwischen der ML und der Verkettung vor und nach der Linie: - **Ladevorrichtung** – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML - **Förderer** – im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s. ![Diagramm](link-zum-bild) Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Visual Content #### **Localization and Attribution:** - There is one page in the document. - The page contains multiple elements including text and one diagram. #### **Text Analysis:** 1. **Document Header Information:** - **Title:** "Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektronatrieb SSP" (Processing line for motor housings for electric drive SSP) - **Project Information:** Includes project identifier codes (P3C-K Finanzun voštly poskiavenat) and contact information. - **Contact Details:** Two phone numbers are provided. 2. **Main Sections and Headlines:** - **1. Vergabegegenstand:** Description of the project task, which involves the processing line for motor housings for electric drive SSP. - **2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil:** Information about the component to be processed: - **Bauteil:** Motor housing SSP HA LK3,4 - **Zeichnungsnummer:** QOA.901.108 (Drawing number) - **Gewicht des bearbeiteten Teils:** 14.975 kg (Weight of the processed part) - **Material:** Gh Gehäuse QOA 901 108 - **3. Geforderte Anlagenfunktionen:** Required system functions for the processing line focused primarily on the handling of cast parts according to specific drawings and standards. - **4. Forderungen auf die Anlagenausführung:** Requirements for the plant setup, including modular lines and transport systems. 3. **Highlighted Text:** - **Yellow Highlight:** Important steps involving the processing centers (modules) and the portal, which must be built according to a schedule. - **Green Highlight:** "Ladevorrichtung – im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten der ML" (Loading device – within the scope of supply of the supplier of the ML) - **Orange Highlight:** "Förderer – im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s." (Conveyor – within the scope of supply of Škoda Auto a.s.) #### **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Diagram:** - The diagram appears to be a layout of the processing line, showing different stations and modules. - **Legend:** - Yellow blocks represent items in the supplier's scope (Ladevorrichtung). - Green blocks represent items in Škoda Auto a.s.'s scope (Förderer). #### **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** - The dominant text colors are black and grey. - The highlighted areas appear in yellow, green, and orange, drawing attention to critical information. - **Impact:** - The highlighted colors are used effectively to direct attention to key procedural steps and roles. #### **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - The diagram is presented in a 2D layout plan view. - **Composition:** - The page is organized into sections with headings and respective content, facilitating a clear and logical flow of information. - The diagram is centrally placed under the relevant section to visually support the textual content. #### **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Significance:** - The document appears to be a technical specification or project outline detailing the requirements and setup of a processing line for motor housings. - The highlighted sections and diagrams aid in understanding the critical aspects of the project execution. ### Summary The visual content primarily consists of a structured technical document outlining the project requirements for a processing line for motor housings. It includes key textual information, data on the parts, and a diagram illustrating the layout and modules involved. Highlighted colors emphasize critical aspects related to procedural steps and responsibilities. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 3 Context: # Bearbeitungslinie für Motorgehäuse für Elektromotoren SSP **4.4** Die Bearbeitung (der ganze Prozess) wird mittels Kühlflüssigkeit (Emulsion) bevorzugt und empfohlen - Spezifikation der Emulsion nach Škoda ## 4.4.1 Preisgestaltung der Schnittstelle mit der Emulsionszentrale (Lieferung der Emulsionszentrale seitens Škoda Auto a.s.) **Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)** | | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | |----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| | KSS| | | | | | - im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten - im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s. ## 4.4.2 OPTION zu jeder Maschine die Filtrieranlage und Temperieremulsion + Spänetransport mittels Förderer anbieten (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm) | | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | BAZ | |----|-----|-----|-----|-----|-----| | KSS| | | | | | - im Lieferumfang des Lieferanten - im Lieferumfang Škoda Auto a.s. **4.5 OPTION die Variante der Kombination MMS und KSS anbieten** ### 4.5.1 Operation Vorbehandlung: - Es wird die Minimalmischrechnologie (MMS/MQL) eingesetzt - Spänetransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm) ### 4.5.2 Operation Feinbearbeitung: - unter Kühlflüssigkeit (für jedes Zentrum eine Anlage zum Filtrieren und Temperieren der Emulsion anbieten) - Spänetransport mittels Förderer (Höhe des Späneträgers 1.500 mm) Image Analysis: **1. Localization and Attribution:** - **Image 1:** - Positioned at the top of the page. - Number assigned: Image 1. - **Image 2:** - Positioned in the middle of the page. - Number assigned: Image 2. 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Image 1:** - Scene: This image depicts a diagram indicating "Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)" for different processes within a centralized emulsion location. - Activities: The diagram outlines the distribution and quantity of emulsion required. - **Image 2:** - Scene: This image presents another diagram, depicting a combination of MMS and KSS for different operations, with specifications for both systems under "Operation Feinbearbeitung". - Activities: The flow and distribution of the emulsion and transport heights for spanner trays are outlined. 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Image 1:** - Text Detected: "Spezifikation der erforderlichen Emulsionsmenge (l/min)" - Content Analysis: Details the required emulsion quantity in liters per minute for various sections designated in blue and grey. - **Image 2:** - Text Detected: "MMS Erstschnitt KSS Feinbearbeitung" - Content Analysis: Specifies the operation preparation and finish, highlighting the use of minimal lubrication technology and coolants in the process. 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Image 1:** - Data: Shows emulsion distribution across "BAZ L" and "BAZ R" systems. - Key Insight: Specifies emulsion levels for each section while indicating different entities involved in receiving the supply. - **Image 2:** - Data: Illustrates two operations—preparation (Erstschnitt) and fine processing (Feinbearbeitung)—with corresponding emulsion requirements. - Key Insight: Emphasizes the combined usage of MMS and KSS technologies, targeting efficiency and spanner transport systems. 13. **Graph Numbers:** - **Image 1:** - Each section is labeled with specific emulsion amounts; however, exact numerical values may need extraction or further clarification from a high-quality image to capture the text precisely if not clear at this scale. - **Image 2:** - Similar detailing as Image 1 with further emphasis on operational stages requiring identical numeric analysis for precise emulsion and transport values. **Additional Aspects to Include:** - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - **Image 1:** Detailed process descriptions for centralized emulsion distribution ensuring optimized supply for various operational setups. - **Image 2:** Elaborate on specific processes using the combination of MMS and KSS technologies to enhance precision, efficiency, and overall performance. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Identification of machine types, BAZ L and BAZ R, and specific designations for the emulsion supply systems. **Annotations:** - The diagrams collectively deliver a comprehensive view of operational precision and fluid requirements, focusing on advanced lubrication and cooling systems pivotal for high-efficiency mechanical processes. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 5 Context: ```markdown # 8. Sonstiges - Sämtliche betriebstechnischen Parameter müssen die Betriebsvorschriften ITS Škoda Auto sowie die Sicherheitsnormen CSN erfüllen. - Der Lieferant hat alle Konstruktionen und technischen Lösungen noch vor dem Beginn der Herstellung mit den Fachbereichen ŠKODA AUTO AG zu konsultieren und genehmigen lassen. - Garantie mindestens 24 Monate im 3-Schicht-Betrieb. - Mit dem Angebot ist ein 2D-Layout in den Formaten PDF und DWG vorzulegen. - Baufundament, Medienanschlüsse bis zum Hauptverbraucher an der Grenze des Arbeitsplates stellt Škoda bereit. Die restlichen Vertailungen besorgt der Auftragnehmer. - Komplette Projektunterlagen wird der Lieferant 1 Monat nach Vertragsabschluss liefern. - Die erste Betriebsoffnung zum Schmiren der Anlage gehört zum Lieferumfang. - Das Werkzeug wird anhand der Unterlagen des Maschinenherstellers und der gegenseitigen Abstimmung von Škoda sichergestellt. - Dokumentation in tschechischer Sprache gemäß ITS ŠKODA (2 Ausdrücke + 1 digitale Form + Erklärung über den ordnungsgemäßen Erwerb von Softwarelizenzen). - Um einen Vertrag zu erhalten, ist eine Vertraulichkeitsvereinbarung (NDA-Vertrag mit ŠKODA AUTO AG) und eine entsprechende TISAX-Zertifizierung erforderlich. - Lieferbedingungen DDU DAP (einschließliche Zusammenlegung, Vermessung und Anbringung vor Ort). # 9. Anlagen 1. ITS/Betriebsmittelvorschriften ŠKODA AUTO a.s.: [ITS/Betriebsmittelvorschriften](https://its.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/es/kbp_private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchase/new_koda_auto_as_4/koda_auto_a_s.jsp) 2. Energie Škoda - separate Datei 3. Stiuerung in der Halle 4. Visualisierung der Teile, Grundmaße 5. Schema des technologischen Prozesses 6. Unterlage Solutions für Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung - per separate Datei 7. 3D Daten von Gussstück und des bearbeiteten Teils - werden per Ebox zugesandt 8. Zeichnungen des bearbeiteten Teiles - per separate Datei 9. Interne Richtlinie der Komponenten - per separate Datei 10. Norm TQS 02.09 - separate Datei 11. Norm VW 101 30 12. Norm WSK 016_862_G (Anforderungen zu Dichtungsflächen) 13. Kapazitätsanforderungen in Jahren 14. Erforderliches Schema der Spannung - separate Datei ``` Image Analysis: **Image Analysis** 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - The image is a single page document positioned centrally on the page. - Identified as Image 1. 2. **Text Analysis:** - The image features sections of text in German, numbered headings, and bullet points with detailed information. - Key sections highlighted in yellow for emphasis. **Text Analysis Details:** - **Headings:** - **8. Sonstiges (Miscellaneous):** This section outlines various technical parameters that must be adhered to, including safety standards, warranty details, documentation requirements, and delivery conditions. - **9. Anlagen (Attachments):** This section lists various types of attachment documents, links, and Norm references required. - **Highlighted parts include:** - "Das Werkzeug wird anhand der Unterlagen des Maschinenherstellers und der gegenseitigen Abstimmung von Skoda sichergestellt" (The tool is ensured based on the documents from the machine manufacturer and mutual agreement with Skoda). - "Dokumentation in tschechischer Sprache gemäß ITS ŠKODA" (Documentation in Czech language according to ITS ŠKODA). - Delivery conditions: "Lieferbedingungen DDU" (Delivery terms DDU) and "DAP (inklusiver Zusammenlegung, Vermessung und Anbringung vor Ort)" (DAP including consolidation, measurement, and on-site installation). - **Links:** - A URL is provided for terms and conditions of purchase for SKODA AUTO a.s. - **List of Attachments:** - The attachments include a variety of documents like technical norms (Normen), visualizations (Visualisierung), situating documents (Situierung), schematic processes (Schema des technologischen Prozesses), and documentation related to specific technical requirements and guidelines. **Current Segmentation and Analysis:** - **Bullet Points:** Expand upon specific responsibilities and processes, emphasizing construction, technical solutions, warranty, project documentation, and operational supplies. **Highlighted Sections (Color Analysis and Impact):** - The use of yellow highlights stresses important parts of the information. - Green-highlighted text emphasizes specific tools or processes essential for understanding technical documentation. **Contextual Significance:** - The document appears to be part of a technical manual or guideline related to the operational and documentation processes for SKODA AUTO, indicating operational standards and necessary compliances. This communicates thoroughness and emphasis on adhering to standards and regulatory requirements. **Perspective and Composition:** - The composition is straightforward, listing detailed instructions and hyperlinks in a structured format meant for clarity. - The highlighted sections ensure critical information stands out for quick reference. By examining these key details, it can be inferred that the document is vital for providing technical guidelines and ensuring compliance with industry standards and internal processes at SKODA AUTO. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 7 Context: # Anlage Nr. 3 – Situierung in der Halle Die Bearbeitungslinie ist blau markiert. Voraussichtliche Maße der Bearbeitungslinie betragen ca. 15 m x 40 m. - **Projektnummer:** SSP - **Kunde:** Miele Bielefeld - **Projektleitung:** Konstruktionsleitung Tzankov - **Tel.:** +49 7368 62337 - **Tel.:** +49 152 384 14752 ## Übersicht der Bereiche | Bereich | Beschreibung | |--------------------------- |-----------------------------------| | AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung | OPTION | | AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung | | | AF55 Waschen | | | AF85 Endkontrolle | | | AF80 Leckstellen Stopen | Diesenmontage | | Automatische Palettierung | Verpacken und Entladung | | Automatisches Depalettieren | | ![Plan](your_image_url_here) Image Analysis: ### 1. Localization and Attribution: - The content comprises a single image detailing a floor plan diagram. For the purpose of this analysis, it will be referred to as **"Image 1."** ### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Objects Detected:** - **Machines/Workstations:** - **AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung OPTION** - **AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung** - **AF55 Waschen** - **AF85 Endkontrolle** - **AF80 Lecktesten Stopfen und Demontage** - **Depalletizing Area:** labeled "automatische Depalettierung" - **Palletizing Area:** labeled "Automatische Palettierung Verpacken und Umreifen" - **Conveyor Belts/Pipeline:** connecting the various workstations - **Shelving/Racks:** positioned at the edges, likely for storage - **An outline of a person or worker:** shown in a standing posture near the depalletizing area ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Description of Scene:** - The image depicts a detailed layout of a manufacturing or assembly hall. - **Activities:** - **Mechanical Processing:** in areas labeled "Mechanische Bearbeitung" - **Washing Station:** designated as AF55 Waschen - **Testing:** AF80 Lecktesten for leakage testing - **Inspection or Final Check:** AF85 Endkontrolle - **Packaging and Palletizing:** areas for automatic operations ### 4. Text Analysis: - **Detected text:** - **Project Details and Contact Information:** - Listed in the upper left corner. Project Name, Project Number, Customer, etc. - **Title:** - "Anlage Nr. 3 – Situierung in der Halle" which translates to "System No. 3 - Location in the Hall" - **Description:** - "Die Bearbeitungslinie ist blau markiert. Voraussichtliche Maße der Bearbeitungslinie betragen ca. 15 m x 40 m." translates in brief to the processing line is highlighted in blue with an approximate size of 15 m x 40 m. ### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Diagram Layout:** - A floor plan with different workstation sections designated by different colors. - **Axial Measurements:** - Length (~40m) and width (~15m) of the blue-marked processing line - **Data and Trends:** - The map represents a workflow from depalletizing to mechanical processing, washing, leak testing, final inspection, and packaging. ### 6. Product Analysis: - **Workstations and Machinery:** - Each colored section appears to contain specific machinery or stations tailored for different operations. - Blue areas show dense workstations likely indicative of high activity. ### 7. Anomaly Detection: - **Identified Anomalies:** - No significant anomalies detected. ### 8. Color Analysis: - **Dominant Colors:** - Blue: Represents the primary processing line. - Green: Represents washing stations. - Red: Represents final inspection. - Yellow: Depalletizing and palletizing areas. - **Impact:** - Color coding helps in quickly identifying different sections and understanding their function within the production flow. ### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** - Top-down view, commonly known as the bird’s eye view. - **Composition:** - The floor plan is well-organized with clearly defined areas showing a logical sequence in the workflow. ### 10. Contextual Significance: - **Overall Contribution:** - Provides a clear visual representation of the layout and workflow within a manufacturing hall, likely aiming to guide workers or illustrate process planning. ### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Graph Measurements:** - The processing line area dimensions: Length ~40m, Width ~15m. ### Additional Aspects: - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The diagram illustrates a sequential flow starting from depalletizing, followed by mechanical processing, washing, testing, final inspection, and palletizing. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - The detailed steps involved in each section are likely described internally within the company but are implied in the workflow chart. ### Summary: The provided image depicts a detailed and color-coded flow plan of a manufacturing hall designated for various stages of product processing, from the initial depalletizing stage to the final packaging and palletizing. The rich detail, clear text, and structured layout facilitate an easy understanding of the process flow and station functions. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf Page: 10 Context: # Anlage Nr. 13 – Kapazitätsbedarf in Jahren | Jahr | Kapazität (KAPA 250AT) | Kapazität (KAPA 309AT) | Bedarf MGH | |------|-----------------------|------------------------|------------| | 2027 | 130.154 | | | | 2028 | 188.000 | | | | 2029 | 188.000 | | | | 2030 | 188.000 | | | | 2031 | 188.000 | | | | 2032 | 188.000 | | | | 2033 | 282.000 | | | | 2034 | 94.000 | | | **Kapazitätsbedarf**: - KAPA 250AT und KAPA 309AT - Ziel: 232.000 ### Legende - **KAPA 250AT**: --- - **KAPA 309AT**: --- - **Bedarf MGH**: --- Image Analysis: **Image Analysis** **Image Number: Image 1** 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - Single image presented on the page. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - Objects: Bar chart, line chart, text elements, and logos. - Categories: - Bar chart depicting capacity requirements over years. - Line chart overlaid illustrating capacity caps. - Text elements providing labels and values. - Logos in upper corners. 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - The image depicts data visualization showing the capacity requirements over a series of years. - It is primarily focused on the capacity trends and predictions in an industrial context. 4. **Text Analysis:** - Various texts are detected: - Title: "Anlage Nr. 13 – Kapazitätsbedarf in Jahren" - Year labels on the x-axis ranging from 2027 to 2034. - Capacity values on the y-axis ranging from 0 to 300,000. - Specific capacity values for certain years, e.g., "130 154", "188 000", "282 000", and "94 000". - Labels "KAPA 250AT" and "KAPA 309AT". - Legend explaining the colors: Black for "Bedarf MGH". - Significance: These texts provide context and clarity to the data displayed in the chart, explaining the capacity requirements and the projected values over the given years. 5. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - The graph shows a series of bars representing the capacity requirements (Bedarf MGH) annually from 2027 to 2034. - A red dashed line labeled "KAPA 309AT" and a solid red line labeled "KAPA 250AT" indicate different capacity limit thresholds. - The chart shows the following data points: - 2027: 130,154 - 2028-2032: Each has 188,000 - 2033: 282,000 - 2034: 94,000 - The trend indicates steady capacity requirements from 2028 to 2032, a sharp increase in 2033, and a notable decrease in 2034. - The significance of the 232,000 marker points out the exceeded capacity requirement in 2033 well above the normal threshold, highlighting potential capacity planning issues. 6. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - The diagram employs vertical bars to display data, with axes clearly marked. - The primary y-axis (left) measures capacity requirements from 0 to 300,000. - The secondary y-axis (right) corresponds to the same capacity range. - The x-axis represents the years from 2027 to 2034. - Key insights: - The requirements consistently meet the 188,000 mark for most years. - A significant peak is noted in 2033, going beyond the typical yearly requirements. - The decrease in 2034 below previous years' marks suggests fluctuating demands or operational changes. 7. **Trend and Interpretation:** - The primary trend shows steady annual capacity requirements with occasional peaks. - The 2033 peak may indicate an expected surge in demand or production that year, necessitating additional planning. - The lower requirement in 2034 could suggest optimization or decreased demand, possibly following the peak year. 8. **Tables:** - The data from the chart can be tabulated as follows: | Year | Capacity Requirement | |------|-----------------------| | 2027 | 130,154 | | 2028 | 188,000 | | 2029 | 188,000 | | 2030 | 188,000 | | 2031 | 188,000 | | 2032 | 188,000 | | 2033 | 282,000 | | 2034 | 94,000 | - This table succinctly presents the annual capacity needs, facilitating simple comparison and analysis. In conclusion, the image provides a comprehensive view of capacity requirements over an eight-year span, with notable peaks and troughs that are important for planning and resource allocation in an industrial context. #################### File: 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf Page: 3 Context: # Requirements for Sealing Surfaces **WSK.016.862.AE** **Version 1.0** ## Contents 1. [Scope](#scope) ............................................................................................... 4 2. [Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure](#surface-quality) ................. 4 3. [Sealing surface zones](#sealing-surface-zones) ................................................. 6 4. [Cross-milled surface structure design](#cross-milled-surface-structure-design) ........................................... 7 4.1 [Cross-milled surface structure parameters](#cross-milled-surface-structure-parameters) .............................. 7 4.2 [Cross-milled surface structures not compliant with specifications](#cross-milled-surface-structures-not-compliant) ............. 9 4.3 [Cross-milled surface structures compliant with specifications](#cross-milled-surface-structures-compliant) .......... 9 5. [Measurement-related recording and evaluation of the cross-milled surface structure quality criteria](#measurement-related-recording) ............... 10 6. [Compliance with the cross-milled surface structure characteristic of "permissible depth difference"](#compliance) .............................................................................. 12 7. [Cross-milled surface structure simulation, permissible deviations of the angle and grid size parameters](#cross-milled-surface-structure-simulation) ....................... 13 8. [Production recommendation for achieving the required cross-milled surface structures and surface roughnesses](#production-recommendation) ......................... 14 --- **F. Röthlingshöfer, I/VEM-514** **Version 1.0 dated 2015-04-10** **Requirements for Sealing Surfaces** **Page 3 of 14** The English translation is believed to be accurate. In case of discrepancies, the German version controls. The decimal sign in non-editable figures may be a comma or a point on the line. The decimal point is used consistently within the running text. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Number:** 1 - **Location:** The image occupies a full page. #### 2. Text Analysis: - **Detected Text:** **Header:** ``` VOLKSWAGEN Anforderungen/Supplier Requirements for Sealing Surfaces WSK.016.862.AE Version 1.0 ``` **Contents Section:** ``` Contents Versioning ......................................................................................................................................................... 2 Contents ............................................................................................................................................................. 3 1. Scope ............................................................................................................................................................ 4 2. Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure .............. 4 3. Sealing surface zones ............................................................................................................................... 6 4. Cross-milled surface structure design ................................................................................................... 7 4.1. Cross-milled surface structure parameters ....................................................................................... 7 4.2. Cross-milled surface structures not compliant with specifications ........................................... 9 4.3. Cross-milled surface structures compliant with specifications .................................................... 9 5. Measurement-related recording and evaluation of the cross-milled surface structure quality criteria: .................................................................................................................................................10 6. Compliance with the cross-milled surface structure characteristic of "permissible depth difference" .............................................................................................................................................................12 7. Cross-milled surface structure simulation, permissible deviations of the angle and grid size parameters ....................................................................................................................................................13 8. Production recommendation for achieving the required cross-milled surface structures and surface roughnesses .........................................................................................................................................14 ``` **Footer:** ``` F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514 Version 1.0 dated 2015-04-10 Requirements for Sealing Surfaces Page 3 of 14 The English translation is believed to be accurate. In case of discrepancies, the German version controls. The decimal sign in non-editable figures may be a comma or a point on the line. The decimal point is used consistently within the running text. ``` - **Content Analysis:** - **Header Information:** It indicates that the document is about requirements for sealing surfaces provided by Volkswagen. The document is labeled with the identifier WSK.016.862.AE and is Version 1.0. - **Contents Section:** This section enumerates the chapters and topics covered in the document, with page numbers listed for ease of navigation. - Example Topics: - Scope - Surface quality for sealing surfaces with specified cross-milled surface structure - Sealing surface zones - Measurement-related recording and evaluation - Compliance with permissible depth difference - Production recommendations for achieving required surface structures, etc. - **Footer:** It includes the author or responsible party (F. Röthlingshöfer, I/EM-514), the version date (2015-04-10), page number (3 of 14), and a note about translation accuracy and decimal sign usage. #### 6. Contextual significance: - **Overall context:** This image appears to be taken from a technical document or manual detailing specifications and guidelines for achieving certain surface qualities in sealing surfaces. - **Contribution:** The "Contents" page provides an overview and structure for the reader to locate specific sections of interest within the document. It establishes the scope and detailed elements to be covered, facilitating ease of navigation and understanding of the document’s comprehensive nature. #### 7. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** The image is taken from a top-down perspective, displaying a full page of a document. - **Composition:** The text is organized in a typical document format with sections, headings, subheadings, bullet points, and a footer, providing a clear and professional layout. #### 8. Metadata Analysis: - **Document Date and Creator Information:** The footer indicates that the document was created or last revised by F. Röthlingshöfer on April 10, 2015. ### Overall Summary: The visual content is a "Contents" page from a Volkswagen technical manual, structured to guide the reader through various topics concerning requirements for sealing surfaces. The document is detailed and meticulously organized, indicating a thorough approach typical of technical documentation. Key sections include scope, surface quality, sealing zones, structure design, measurement criteria, compliance, simulation, and production recommendations. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 3 Context: # 2 Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung Aufgrund von Zufallseinflüssen ergeben sich bei der Fertigung von ähnlichen Teilen mit der untersuchten Maschine grundsätzlich unterschiedliche Werte eines betrachteten Merkmals. Diese Merkmalswerte\* streuen in nach Fertigungsqualität ein von systematischen Einflüssen bedingte Lage. Es wird daher untersucht, wie die Verteilung der Merkmalswerte in eine konstruktiver definierte Toleranzintervalle passt (Bild 1). Die Bewertung dazu wird durch die Fähigkeitskennwerte \(C_{pk}\) und \(C_{mk}\) (von capability) ausgedrückt, wobei durch den \(C_{pk}\)-Wert nur die Fertigungsstreuung und durch den \(C_{mk}\)-Wert auch die Fertigungslage berücksichtigt wird. Diese Kenntnisse müssen mindestens so groß wie definierte Grenzwerte sein, um die Forderung nach einer fähigen Maschine zu erfüllen. Zur Ermittlung der Fähigkeitskennwerte bezüglich des betrachteten Merkmals wird eine genügend große Stichprobe (in der Regel n = 50) gefertigter Teile in direkter Folge unter möglichst idealen Bedingungen der Einflusskategorie Material, Mensch, Methode und Umwelt entnommen, um wesentliche nur den Maschineneinfluss zu erfassen. Aus dieser Stichprobe werden Lage \(μ\) und Streubreiten \(X_{0,135}\) und \(X_{0,865}\) für die Grundsamtheit der Merkmalswerte (theoretisch unähnliche Anzahl) erwartungstreu geschätzt und mit dem Toleranzintervall \([G_L, G_U]\) verglichen (Bild 1). Die Streubreiten werden dabei so festgelegt, dass der Anteil von Merkmalswerten außerhalb des Streubereichs zu beiden Seiten jeweils \(p_L = 0,135\%\) beträgt. Zudem wird überprüft, ob die Verteilung der Merkmalswerte einer erwarteten Gesetzmäßigkeit entspricht. ## Toleranz ### Bild 1 - Beispiel einer Verteilung von Merkmalswerten innerhalb eines definierten Toleranzintervalls \[ p_L = 0,135\% \] \[ p_U = 0,135\% \] \[ G_L = 0,135\% \] \[ μ \] \[ X_{0,865} \text{ und } G_U = 99,865\% \] \* Der Begriff Merkmalswert ist nicht zu verwechseln mit dem Begriff Messwert, da letzterer gegenüber ersteren eine Unsicherheit enthält. Zur Bezeichnung der Grenzwerte ist auch USG, OSG oder USL, OSL oder TL zuzulässig. Image Analysis: ## Comprehensive Analysis of the Image ### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Placement:** The document contains a single page with one chart/diagram at the bottom. - **Numbering of Images:** - Image 1: Entire document page including the diagram ### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** - **Objects Detected:** - Text blocks: The majority of the page is occupied by a text block. - Chart/Diagram: A graph with accompanying labels and legends. - **Key Features:** - The document appears to be a technical or instructional page. - The diagram is positioned below the main textual content. ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Scene Description:** The scene depicts a technical document page focusing on machine capability investigation or "Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung." - **Activities:** The document describes the principles and procedures for assessing machine capability with the assistance of a chart explaining the distribution of characteristic values within a defined tolerance interval. ### 4. Text Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Text Extracted:** - **Main Heading:** "Prinzip der Maschinenfähigkeitsuntersuchung" - **Text Content:** - The main body discusses factors influencing machine capability, the concept of manufacturing variability, and how this affects the quality of produced parts. - A figure label: "Bild 1 - Beispiel einer Verteilung von Merkmalswerten innerhalb eines definierten Toleranzintervalls," which translates to "Figure 1 - Example of a distribution of characteristic values within a defined tolerance interval." - Detailed explanations of constraints and machine capability indicators. - **Significance:** The text introduces theoretical and practical aspects of machine capability analysis and provides explanations on how to interpret the data in the chart. ### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Diagram Placement:** Located at the bottom of the page. - **Data and Trends:** - The chart illustrates a normal distribution curve representing characteristic values within tolerance limits \(G_L\) and \(G_O\). - Key data points include values at \(p_{L} = 0.135\%\) for the left tail and \(p_{O} = 0.135\%\) for the right tail, highlighting specific tolerance margins. - **Axes, Scales, and Legends:** - The x-axis is labeled "Merkmalswert" (Characteristic Value). - The y-axis is labeled "Häufigkeit" (Frequency). - The chart shows the "definierte Prozessstreubreite" (defined process spread width) and labels the mean values \(\mu\). - **Key Insights:** This diagram provides a visual representation of how characteristic values are distributed within the tolerance interval and emphasizes the importance of controlling variability to maintain quality. ### 8. Color Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Color Composition:** Primarily black-and-white, typical for technical documents. - **Dominant Colors:** Black text and lines on a white background. - **Impact on Perception:** The monochromatic color scheme underscores the technical nature of the document and facilitates clear readability and comprehension. ### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Image 1:** - **Perspective:** The image is a front-facing view of a page from a technical document. - **Composition:** - The text occupies the upper two-thirds of the page. - The diagram is centrally located at the bottom, framed by the surrounding text. - This layout helps in a structured flow of information from theoretical explanations to practical illustration (diagram). ### 10. Contextual Significance - **Image 1:** - **Document Context:** The document appears to be an excerpt from a technical manual or educational material about machine capability testing. - **Contribution to Overall Message:** The image emphasizes the importance of understanding and controlling process variation to ensure manufacturing quality. It contributes to the overall educational intent of the document by combining theoretical descriptions with a visual tool for better understanding. ### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Image 1:** - **Trend Analysis:** The diagram illustrates the normal distribution of characteristic values and highlights the deviation from the mean within the tolerance limits. - **Interpretation Significance:** Such a distribution is crucial for understanding process capability and quality control, showing how well a process can produce outputs within specified limits. ### 13. Graph Numbers - **Image 1:** - **Data Points:** - \(G_L (X_{0.135\%})\) on the left side indicating the lower specification limit. - \(\mu\) indicating the mean value. - \(G_O (X_{99.865\%})\) on the right side indicating the upper specification limit. - \(p_{L} = 0.135\%\) and \(p_{O} = 0.135\%\) ### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Image 1:** - **Described Process Flows:** The document describes the process flow of evaluating machine capability by investigating characteristic value distribution within tolerance limits. ### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - **Image 1:** - **Detailed Descriptions:** Detailed steps and considerations for conducting machine capability studies, addressing influences of material, environmental conditions, and inherent process variability. ### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Image 1:** - **Specified Types/Categories:** "Fähigkeitskennwerte" (capability indices) including \(C_{mk}\) are discussed as measures for machine capability. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 6 Context: # Seite 6 ## VW 101 30: 2005-02 Das Bild 3 zeigt Dichtefunktionen, die sich aus der Faltung der Dichte der Normalverteilung bei verschiedenen Nullpunktverschiebungen ergeben. ![Bild 3 - Dichtefunktion der Betragverteilung 1. Art mit verschiedenen Nullpunktverschiebungen](path_to_image) ### Mittelwert und Varianz der Betragverteilung 1. Art lauten: \[ \mu = \mu_N \left( \frac{H_N}{\sigma_N} - \frac{-\mu_N}{\sigma_N} \right) + \frac{2 \cdot \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} e^{-\frac{|\mu|}{2 \sigma^2}} \tag{1.9} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \sigma_N^2 + \mu_N^2 \tag{1.10} \] Für den Fall einer Nullpunktverschiebung \(\mu_N = 0\) ergibt sich aus (1.9) und (1.10): \[ \mu = \frac{2 \cdot \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \tag{1.11} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \left( \frac{1 - \frac{2}{\pi}}{2} \right) \sigma_N^2 \tag{1.12} \] Wie Bild 3 zeigt, nähert sich die Betragverteilung 1. Art mit zunehmender Nullpunktverschiebung einer Normalverteilung. Somit kann für den Fall \(\frac{\mu}{\sigma} \geq 3\) die Betragverteilung 1. Art mit guter Näherung durch eine Normalverteilung ersetzt werden. Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - The attached content consists of a single page. - Only one image is present on the page, which includes a diagram/graph. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1:** - Objects: Graph with multiple lines representing different data sets. - Key Features: The graph has labeled axes, multiple curves with different characteristics, and a legend indicating variances in data sets. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1:** - Scene: A graph illustrating different density functions. - Activities: Presentation of data showing how the folding of the density of the normal distribution results from various null point shifts. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Text in Image:** - Top of the page: "Seite 6" (Page 6), "VW 101 30: 2005-02." - Below the graph: "Das Bild 3 zeigt Dichtefunktionen, die sich aus der Faltung der Dichte der Normalverteilung bei verschiedenen Nullpunktverschiebungen ergeben." - Translation: "Figure 3 shows density functions that result from the folding of the density of the normal distribution for various null point shifts." - Graph Title: "Bild 3 - Dichtefunktion der Betragsverteilung 1. Art mit verschiedenen Nullpunktverschiebungen" - Translation: "Figure 3 - Density Function of the First Kind Distribution with Different Null Point Shifts." - Equations at the bottom with references (1.9), (1.10), etc., providing formulas for mean and variance calculations: - μ = ... (equation 1.9) - σ² = ... (equation 1.10) - Additional details are provided on calculations and implications of null point shifts. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Axes:** - X-axis: "Merkmalswert" (Feature Value) ranges from 0 to 6σN. - Y-axis: "Wahrscheinlichkeitdichte" (Probability Density). - **Legend and Data Visualization:** - Multiple curves indicate different μN values (μN = 0, μN = 1σN, μN = 2σN, μN = 3σN). - Each curve represents a varying null point shift, illustrating changes in the density function. - **Key Insights:** - The graph shows that as the null point shift (μN) increases, the density function changes. - The spread and peak of the curves illustrate how the distribution varies with different μN values. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Trends:** - For μN = 0, the curve resembles a normal distribution. - As μN increases (1σN, 2σN, 3σN), the peak of the curves shifts, becoming less centralized and more spread out. - **Data Points:** - The graphs indicate a progressive shift and broadening of the distribution as μN increases. #### 13. Graph Numbers - **Data Points:** - Exact numerical values are not provided in the graph itself, but the trend illustrates a continuous and smooth transition in density functions with increasing μN. #### Process Descriptions and Contextual Significance - **Context:** - The diagram and equations provide a mathematical explanation for distribution density functions influenced by null point shifts. - **Process Descriptions:** - The text explains the derivation of mean (μ) and variance (σ²) formulas for the first kind of distribution. - It indicates that as the null point shift increases, the distribution approximates normal distribution properties, showing that for large shifts (μ/σ ≥ 3), the first kind of distribution can be effectively replaced by a normal distribution. #### Conclusion - The attached visual content gives a detailed mathematical and graphical representation of how density functions change with various null point shifts. It is clear that as shifts increase, the distributions adjust in their variance and mean, becoming comparable to regular normal distributions for large shifts. The equations and graph provide a comprehensive understanding of these changes. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 8 Context: # Seite 8 ## VW 101 30: 2005-02 \[ \mu = \int f_{G2}(r) \cdot r \cdot dr \quad (1.16) \] \[ \sigma^2 = 2 \cdot \sigma_N^2 + z^2 - \mu^2 \quad (1.17) \] Für den Fall einer Exzentrizität \( z = 0 \) ergeben sich aus (1.14) und (1.15) Dichtefunktion und Verteilungsfunktion der Weibull-Verteilung mit dem Formparameterwert 2: \[ f_{G2}(r) = \frac{r}{\sigma_N} \cdot e^{-\left(\frac{r}{\sigma_N}\right)^2} \quad (1.18) \] \[ F_{G2}(r) = 1 - e^{-\left(\frac{r}{\sigma_N}\right)^2} \quad (1.19) \] und daraus wiederum Mittelwert und Varianz: \[ \mu = \sigma_N \cdot \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{2}} \quad (1.20) \] \[ \sigma^2 = \left(2 - \frac{\pi}{2}\right) \cdot \sigma_N^2 \quad (1.21) \] Wie Bild 4 zeigt, nähert sich die Betragsverteilung 2. Art mit zunehmender Exzentrizität einer Normalverteilung. Somit kann für den Fall \[ \frac{\mu}{\sigma} \geq 6 \quad (1.22) \] die Betragsverteilung 2. Art mit guter Näherung durch eine Normalverteilung ersetzt werden. ## 3.2 Fähigkeitensermittlung Die Fähigkeitenkennwerte \( c_n \) und \( c_{pk} \) geben an, wie gut die Fertigungsergebnisse das Toleranzintervall eines betrachteten Merkmals einhalten. Dabei wird durch den \( c_n \)-Wert nur die Fertigungsstreuung berücksichtigt. Die Fertigungslage wird durch den \( c_{pk} \)-Wert berücksichtigt. Damit lässt sich einerseits ausdrücken, welcher Wert bei einer idealen Fertigungslage möglich ist, und andererseits lässt sich durch Vergleich der beiden Werte ausdrücken, wie stark die Fertigungslage vom Sollwert abweicht. Je größer die ermittelten Fähigkeitenkennwerte sind, desto besser ist die Fertigung. Zur Ermittlung der Fähigkeitenkennwerte gibt es verschiedene Auswertemethoden, die dem jeweiligen Fall entsprechend auszuwählen sind. Da die Ermittlung der Fähigkeitenkennwerte nur aus Stichproben erfolgen kann, sind die Ergebnisse nur Schätzungen der gesuchten Werte der Grundgesamtheit und sind somit durch ein Dach-Symbol gekennzeichnet. Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: Located at the top of the page. Contains mathematical formulas and text. - **Image 2**: Located at the bottom portion of the page. Contains a section header and a detailed paragraph with some footnotes. #### Text Analysis - **Image 1**: - **Formulas and Equations**: - \( \mu = \int_0^r f_{32}(r) \cdot r \cdot dr \) (1.16) - \( \sigma^2 = 2r_N^2 + z^2 - \mu^2 \) (1.17) - \( f_{32}(r) = \left( \frac{r}{\sigma_N} \right) \cdot e^{-\left( \frac{r}{\sigma_N} \right)^2} \) (1.18) - \( F_{32}(r) = 1 - e^{-\left( \frac{r}{\sigma_N} \right)^2} \) (1.19) - \( \mu = \sigma_N \cdot \sqrt{\frac{\pi}{2}} \) (1.20) - \( \sigma^2 = \left( 2 - \frac{\pi}{2} \right) \cdot \sigma_N^2 \) (1.21) - \( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} \geq 6 \) (1.22) - **Description**: - The text and formulas describe the calculation of the mean (\( \mu \)) and variance (\( \sigma^2 \)) of a distribution, particularly focusing on the case with zero eccentricity. The Weibull distribution with a shape parameter of 2 is utilized, and the resulting density and distribution functions are explained and formulated. The image also notes the approximation to a normal distribution under certain conditions. - **Image 2**: - **Header**: - "3.2 Fähigkeits­ermittlung" (3.2 Capability Determination) - **Paragraph**: - Discusses the capability indices Cp and Cpk, explaining their significance in assessing the conformity of production outcomes with tolerance intervals. The text elaborates on how these indices are calculated and the information they provide about the production process and its adherence to target values. - It mentions that estimated capability indices are marked with a roof symbol and suggests this notation is for theoretical purposes and may not be necessary for practical evaluations. - **Footnotes**: - Die Kennzeichnung der geschätzten Fähigkeitskennwerte durch ein Dach-Symbol ist nur zum Verständnis der Theorie von Bedeutung, so dass bei den Auswertungen in der Praxis darauf verzichtet werden kann. (The marking of estimated capability indices with a roof symbol is only for theoretical understanding, so in practical evaluations, it can be omitted.) #### Contextual Significance - **Mathematical Context**: - The formulas and text in **Image 1** provide a detailed mathematical treatment of the calculation of statistical measures (mean and variance) in specific distribution contexts, emphasizing their approximation to well-known distributions like the normal distribution. - **Practical Context**: - **Image 2** delves into the practical aspects of quality control in manufacturing, specifically addressing how capability indices (\( C_p \), \( C_{pk} \)) are used to assess how well production processes meet specified quality targets. This section is crucial for understanding the practical application of statistical methods in quality management. ### Summary The document page integrates detailed mathematical equations and theoretical explanations of distribution functions, particularly the Weibull distribution, in its upper section. The lower section transitions to a practical discussion on the determination of capability indices, underscoring their importance in the manufacturing process and quality control. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 11 Context: # Streubereichsgrenzen der Betragsverteilung 1. Art Zur Ermittlung der Streubereichsgrenzen für eine Betragsverteilung 1. Art werden zunächst nach Formel (2.6) und (2.7) bzw. (2.9) und (2.10) die Kenngrößen μ und σ geschätzt. Für den Fall μ/σ < 3 werden dann aus den geschätzten Kenngrößen μ und σ die gesuchten Parameterwerte μₑ und σₑ der anzupassenden Betragsverteilung 1. Art in der folgenden Weise geschätzt: Aus Gleichung (1.9) erhält man die Funktion \[ \frac{\mu}{\sigma} = v \cdot \sqrt{\left(\frac{N}{n}\right) \cdot \left(\frac{\partial \mu}{\partial N}\right) - \left(\frac{N - n}{N}\right) \cdot \left(\frac{\partial \mu}{\partial N}\right) + \frac{2}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \cdot \frac{f(a)}{f(b)}} \] Mit Gleichung (1.10) ergibt sich daraus die Funktion \[ \frac{\sigma}{\bar{g}} = \frac{\beta\mu}{\sigma} \cdot \sqrt{\left(\frac{\partial \mu}{\partial N}\right) + \left(\sqrt{\frac{N}{n}}\right) - \left(\frac{N - n}{N}\right) \cdot \left(\frac{\partial \mu}{\partial N}\right)}^2 \] Aus den Gleichungen (1.11) und (1.12) ergibt sich die Bedingung \[ \frac{\mu}{\sigma} = \frac{\sqrt{2}}{\sqrt{n}} = 1,3236 \] Die gesuchten Parameterwerte der Betragsverteilung 1. Art lassen sich somit unter der Bedingung (2.14) durch \[ \sigma_N = \sigma \cdot \frac{1 + \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right)^2}{1 + \left(\frac{\sigma}{\sigma}\right)^2} \] \[ \mu_N = \xi_{B} \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right) \cdot \sigma_N \] schätzen, wobei \[ \xi_{B} \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right) = \text{inverse Funktion von (2.13)} \] Für den Fall, dass das Verhältnis μ/σ aufgrund von Zufallsabweichungen der Stichprobenkenntnissen kleiner ist als der Grenzwert 1,3236 aus der Bedingung (2.14), wird das Verhältnis μ/σ auf diesen Grenzwert gesetzt, bei dem sich die folgenden Parameterwerte ergeben: \[ \mu_N = 0 \quad \text{und nach Formel (1.12)} \] \[ \sigma_N = \frac{\pi}{\sqrt{2}} \cdot 1,659 \] Image Analysis: **Text Analysis:** 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - The content is a single page, labeled "Seite 11," which translates to "Page 11" in English. - The document is identified with "VW 101 30: 2005-02," likely indicating a standard or technical document from February 2005. 2. **Text Analysis:** - The primary heading states: "Streubereichsgrenzen der Betragsverteilung 1. Art," which translates to "Scatter range limits of the absolute distribution of the 1st kind." - The page describes the process of determining the scatter range limits for an absolute distribution of the first kind, using various equations and conditions. 3. **Equations and Mathematical Content:** - Equations labeled (2.12), (2.13), (2.14), (2.15), (2.16), and (2.17) are provided throughout the text, specifying various functions and conditions related to statistical parameters like mean (μ) and standard deviation (σ). 4. **Key Mathematical Concepts:** - The document discusses assessing statistical properties using formulas such as: - \(\frac{\mu}{\sigma} = \sqrt{\frac{2}{\pi}} \cdot \frac{1}{1,3236} \) - \(\sigma_N = \sigma \cdot \sqrt{ \frac{ 1 + \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right)^2}{ 1 + \xi_{gr} \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right)^2} } \) - \(\mu_N = \xi_{gr} \left(\frac{\mu}{\sigma}\right) \cdot \sigma_N\) - \(\frac{\mu}{\sigma} = \frac{\pi}{\sqrt{\pi - 2}} \) for a specific condition \(\frac{\mu}{ \sigma} < 1.659 \) **Conclusion:** This single-page excerpt appears to be from a technical document detailing the parameters and mathematical methods for analyzing statistical distributions, specifically focusing on the first kind of absolute distribution. The provided equations assist in estimating parameters like mean and standard deviation for various conditions. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 13 Context: ``` Zur direkten Ermittlung der Kenngrößen \(\mu\) und \(\sigma\) aus den Kenngrößen \(j\) und \(k\) kann für \(1,3236 < \frac{\sigma}{\hat{j}} < 3\) auch die folgende Näherung als inverse Funktion von (2.13) mit ausreichender Genauigkeit (auf \( \bezüglich \) Fehler kleiner als 0,01) verwendet werden: \[ \hat{\epsilon} = 1,64 \cdot \left(\frac{\hat{j}}{\sigma}\right)^{0.296} + 0,634 \cdot \left(\frac{\hat{j}}{\sigma}\right)^{0.196} \] \[ (2.18) \] Zudem kann die Ermittlung der Streubreitengrenzen für \(1,3236 < \frac{\sigma}{\hat{j}} < 3\) direkt mit Hilfe der folgenden Näherung (auf \( \bezüglich \) Fehler kleiner als 0,02) erfolgen: \[ \hat{\xi}_{0.969} = \widehat{\epsilon} \, \cdot \, \left(\frac{\sigma}{\hat{j}}\right)^{-2.47} \cdot \left( \frac{\hat{j}}{\sigma}\right)^{0.67} + 2.505 \cdot \left( \frac{\hat{j}}{\sigma}\right)^{0.332} + 3,5711 \] \[ (2.19) \] \[ \hat{\xi}_{0.031} = 0.018 \cdot \left(\frac{\hat{j}}{\sigma}\right)^{1.236} + 0.0028 \] Für \(| \frac{j}{\sigma} | \ge 3\) erfolgt die Berechnung der Streubreitengrenzen nach Formel (2.11). ### Streubreitengrenzen der Betragsverteilung 2. Art: Zur Ermittlung der Streubreitengrenzen für eine Betragsverteilung 2. Art (siehe auch Beispiel 2 im Abschnitt 5) werden zunächst nach Formel (2.6) und (2.7) bzw. (2.9) und (2.10) die Kenngrößen \(j\) und \(k\) geschätzt. Für den Fall \(| \frac{j}{\sigma} | < 6\) werden dann aus den geschätzten Kenngrößen \(j\) und \(k\) die gesuchten Parameterwerte \(z\) und \( \alpha \) der anzupassenden Betragsverteilung 2. Art in der folgenden Weise ermittelt: Aus den Gleichungen (1.14) und (1.16) erhält man die Funktion \[ \frac{\hat{\mu}}{\hat{\sigma}} = \frac{z}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \cdot \int_{0}^{\theta} \left(\frac{z}{\sigma}\right) \cdot \left( \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}} e^{-\frac{1}{2} z^2} \right) d\alpha \, dv \] \[ (2.20) \] wobei \[ v = \frac{r}{\sigma} \] \[ (2.21) \] Mit Gleichung (1.17) ergibt sich daraus die Funktion \[ \frac{\hat{\mu}}{\hat{\sigma}} = \sqrt{\frac{z \cdot \hat{j}}{\hat{\sigma}}} \cdot \left( \sqrt{z} - \left(\frac{z}{\hat{\sigma}}\right) \right) \] \[ (2.22) \] Aus den Gleichungen (1.20) und (1.21) ergibt sich die Bedingung \[ \frac{z}{\sigma} = \frac{z}{4 \cdot \pi} = 1,9131 \] \[ (2.23) \] ``` Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Single image**: The page contains one full-page image. - **Image Number**: Image 1. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Objects Identified**: - Blocks of text - Formulas and mathematical equations - **Classification**: - Category: Text and Mathematical expressions - **Key Features**: - The page predominantly features German text and complex mathematical formulas. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Text Detection and Extraction**: - The image contains extensive text written in German. - Example text: - "Zur direkten Ermittlung der Kennwerte..." - "Streebreichsgrenzen der Beitragsverteilung 2. Art:" - **Content Analysis**: - The page appears to be a technical document or manual, possibly related to statistical analysis or engineering. - The text discusses methods to determine certain coefficients and parameters, likely in a scientific or engineering context. - Significant use of mathematical formulas indicates detailed procedural or methodological instructions. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Mathematical Equations**: - Multiple mathematical equations are used throughout. - Examples include integrals and equations involving standard deviations and parameters (e.g., \(\hat{\xi}\), \(\overbar{\sigma}\)). #### 10. Contextual Significance: - **Contribution to Overall Message**: - The image seems to be an excerpt from a technical manual or report. - The detailed formulas suggest it is providing a method for precise calculation or statistical evaluations, potentially for quality control or distribution analysis. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis: - **Analysis of Formulas and Calculations**: - The formulas indicate calculations are precise, aiming for determined accuracy (\( \epsilon \)). - The formulas include complex integrals and mathematical symbols, indicating advanced statistical methods. ### Additional Insights: #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows): - The document outlines specific procedural steps for mathematical determination, suggesting a standardized method for engineers or scientists to follow. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - Detailed descriptions of the mathematical formulas and their appropriate applications are provided, aiming to foster precision in statistical or engineering calculations. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations): - Different types of error terms and statistical boundaries (e.g., relative errors, distribution boundaries) are specified and described. ### Summary: - The page analyzed (Image 1) is part of a technical manual likely focused on statistical methods or engineering principles. It contains detailed German text discussing precise mathematical procedures and methodologies for accurately determining statistical parameters and coefficients. The content is dense with mathematical equations and integrals, indicating it is designed for an audience well-versed in advanced mathematics and related applications. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 14 Context: # Seite 14 VW 101 30: 2005-02 Die gesuchten Parameterwerte der Betragsverteilung 2. Art lassen sich somit unter der Bedingung (2.23) durch \[ \hat{d}_{N} = \hat{d} \cdot \frac{1 + \left( \frac{\hat{\beta}}{\hat{d}} \right)^{2}}{2 + \left( \frac{\hat{\epsilon}}{\hat{d}} \right)^{2}} \quad (2.24) \] \[ \hat{z} = \hat{z}_{2} \cdot \hat{d}_{N} \quad (2.25) \] schätzen, wobei \[ \hat{z}_{2} = \frac{\hat{\beta}}{\hat{d}} : \text{inverse Funktion von (2.22)} \] Für den Fall, dass das Verhältnis \(\hat{\beta} / \hat{d}\) aufgrund von Zufallsabweichungen der Stichprobenkenngrößen kleiner ist als der Grenzwert 1,9131 aus der Bedingung (2.23), wird das Verhältnis \(\hat{\beta} / \hat{d}\) auf diesen Grenzwert gesetzt, bei dem sich die folgenden Parameterwerte ergeben: \[ \hat{z} = 0 \quad \text{und nach Formel (1.21)} \] \[ \hat{d}_{N} = \sqrt{\frac{2}{4 - \pi}} \cdot \hat{d} = 1,526 \cdot \hat{d} \quad (2.26) \] Der Zusammenhang zwischen den Parameterwerten \(z\) und \(\hat{d}\) der Betragsverteilung 2. Art und den statistischen Kennwerten \(\mu\) und \(\sigma\) ist in Bild 7 auf der nächsten Seite grafisch dargestellt. ![Bild 7 - Relative Parameterwerte der Betragsverteilung 2. Art in Abhängigkeit von der relativen Lage](path/to/image) **Bild 7 - Relative Parameterwerte der Betragsverteilung 2. Art in Abhängigkeit von der relativen Lage** relative Lage \( \mu / \sigma \) Image Analysis: **Analysis of the Visual Content** **Image Localization and Attribution:** - There is one image on the page, referred to as Image 1. **Object Detection and Classification:** - Image 1 contains a graph, mathematical equations, and a text explaining the equations and the graph. **Text Analysis:** - **Top of the Page:** - Subtitle: "Seite 14" (Page 14) - Document identifier: "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - **Mathematical Equations:** - The mathematical text appears to be explaining parameter values of a certain distribution. Equations (2.24), (2.25), and (2.26) are referenced. - Supporting text mentions conditions and critical values for parameters µ (mean), σ (standard deviation), and related parameters. - **Graph Caption:** - "Bild 7 - Relative Parameterwerte der Betragsverteilung 2. Art in Abhängigkeit von der relativen Lage" - Translation: "Figure 7 - Relative parameter values of the magnitude distribution of the 2nd kind depending on the relative position." **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Type:** Line graph. - **Axes:** - X-axis labeled "relative Lage µ / σ" (relative position µ / σ), ranges from 1.5 to 6.0. - Y-axis labeled "relativer Verteilungsparameter" (relative distribution parameter), ranges from 0 to 7. - **Data and Trends:** - The graph has two curves representing \( \frac{Z}{\sigma} \) and \( \frac{\sigma_N}{\sigma} \). - \( \frac{Z}{\sigma} \) increases monotonically. - \( \frac{\sigma_N}{\sigma} \) displays a trend starting low and increasing before plateauing at higher values. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - The image is a frontal view of a page, ensuring ease of reading and analysis. - **Composition:** - The text explains the context and equations are placed above the graph. - The graph stands alone at the bottom, clear and uncluttered, making it easy to interpret. **Contextual Significance:** - **In the Document:** - This page, labeled "Seite 14," is part of a larger document, suggesting it is in the middle of a section discussing statistical distribution parameters. - The graph (Figure 7) visually represents the relationship between relative positions and distribution parameters, reinforcing the equations and textual explanations provided above it. **Metadata Analysis:** - No metadata such as capture date or camera settings are available from the image. The content likely originates from a scanned or digital academic or technical document. **Graph Numbers:** - The precise data points on the curves are not explicitly given in the graph but are typically interpolated within the drawn curves. --- This detailed examination should help in understanding the context and significance of the provided page, with a focus on statistical distribution analysis. If there's any more specific aspect or deeper analysis desired, feel free to ask! #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 15 Context: ```markdown Für die angepasste Betragverteilung 2. Art lassen sich dann die Streubereichsgrenzen numerisch ermitteln, deren Abhängigkeiten von der relativen Lage in Bild 8 dargestellt sind. ### Bild 8 - Relative Streubereichsgrenzen der Betragverteilung 2. Art in Abhängigkeit von der relativen Lage | relative Lage \( \mu / \sigma \) | relative Streubereichsgrenze | |-----------------------------------|-------------------------------| | 1.5 | 0.8 | | 2.0 | 2.1 | | 2.5 | 4.0 | | 3.0 | 5.5 | | 3.5 | 7.0 | | 4.0 | 7.5 | | 4.5 | 8.0 | | 5.0 | 9.0 | | 5.5 | 8.0 | | 6.0 | 7.0 | Zur direkten Ermittlung der Kennwerte \( z \) und \( \sigma_N \) aus den Kennwerten \( \mu \) und \( \sigma \) kann für \( 1.9131 \leq \mu / \sigma < 6 \) auch die folgende Näherung als inverse Funktion von (2.22) mit ausreichender Genauigkeit (auf bezogenen Fehler kleiner als 0.02) verwendet werden: \[ \hat{z}_{2,2} \left( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} \right) = 2.1 \left( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} - 1.9131 \right)^{0.343} + 0.466 \left( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} - 1.9131 \right)^{1.22} \tag{2.27} \] Zudem kann die Ermittlung der Streubereichsgrenzen für \( 1.9131 \leq \mu / \sigma < 6 \) direkt mit Hilfe der folgenden Näherung (auf bezogenen Fehler kleiner als 0.03) erfolgen: \[ \hat{x}_{90.865} = 2.6 \exp \left( -\left( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} - 1.7031 \right) \cdot 0.8 \right) + 1.425 \left( \frac{\mu}{\sigma} - 1.9131 \right)^{0.9} - 2.1206 \tag{2.28} \] Für \( \mu / \sigma \geq 6 \) erfolgt die Berechnung der Streubereichsgrenzen nach Formel (2.11). ``` Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Attached Visual Content #### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Position:** There is a single image located at the top of the page, just beneath the text. This image will be referred to as **Image 1** for the purpose of this analysis. #### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text:** - **ToprightText:** - "Seite 15" - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - **Caption Below the Graph:** - "Bild 8 - Relative Streubereichsgrenzen der Betragsverteilung 2. Art in Abhängigkeit von der relativen Lage" - **Main Body Text:** - "Für die angepasste..." - "Zur direkten Ermittlung..." - ... - **Text Significance:** - The text in the image explains the methodology and findings related to the relative scatter band limits for a certain type of distribution, dependent on relative location (\(\mu/\sigma\)). - Mathematical formulas and conditions are provided to calculate the scatter band limits (\(\epsilon\)). #### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Graph Analysis:** - **Axes:** - **X-Axis:** Relative Lage \( \mu / \sigma \) (Relative Location). - **Y-Axis:** Relative Streubereichsgrenze (Relative Scatter Band Limit). - **Scales:** - **X-Axis:** Range from 1.5 to 6.0 in increments of 0.5. - **Y-Axis:** Range from 0 to 9 in increments of 1. - **Legends and Data Points:** - **\( X_{0.8655}/c \):** Represents one set of data points; generally increasing trend. - **\( X_{0.135}/c \):** Represents another set of data points; also generally increasing but slower. - **Key Insights:** - The graph shows how the relative scatter band limits change with the relative location. - Both data sets (\( X_{0.8655}/c \) and \( X_{0.135}/c \)) increase with increasing \( \mu / \sigma \), indicating a positive relationship between these variables. #### 13. **Graph Numbers:** - **Data Points from Graph:** - **\( X_{0.8655}/c \):** - At \( \mu / \sigma = 2.0 \): Approx. 4 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 3.0 \): Approx. 6 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 4.0 \): Approx. 6.5 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 5.0 \): Approx. 7.5 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 6.0 \): Approx. 8 - **\( X_{0.135}/c \):** - At \( \mu / \sigma = 2.0 \): Approx. 1 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 3.0 \): Approx. 2 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 4.0 \): Approx. 2.5 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 5.0 \): Approx. 3 - At \( \mu / \sigma = 6.0 \): Approx. 4 #### **Additional Aspects to Include:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The flow from calculating scatter band limits using direct measurements and approximations is depicted with conditions and formulas, showing a methodological approach to derivations. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - Detailed process descriptions are provided for calculating the scatter band limits, emphasizing on different conditions and respective formulas to use. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Types or categories described in the formulas, such as \(\epsilon_{BZ}\) and data points like \( X_{0.8655}/c \) and \( X_{0.135}/c \). - **Trend and Interpretation:** - The trend shows increasing scatter band limits with increasing relative location, suggesting variability depends significantly on the location within the distribution. ### Conclusion: The visual content primarily revolves around the analysis of relative scatter band limits against the relative location for a type of distribution. The graph displays a clear positive relationship between these two variables, supported by detailed formulas and procedural descriptions in the text to compute these limits. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 17 Context: ``` x_c = \frac{x_{max} + x_{min}}{2} \tag{2.36} R = x_{max} - x_{min} \quad \text{Spannweite} \tag{2.37} x_{max}, x_{min} : \text{maximaler bzw. minimaler Messwert der effektiven Gesamtstichprobe} Durch den Korrekturfaktor k = \frac{6}{d_n} \tag{2.38} wird dabei der effektive Stichprobenumfang n_e berücksichtigt, wobei d_n : \text{Erwartungswert der w-Verteilung}^6 Für einige Stichprobenumfänge n_e ist der Wert d_n in Tabelle 1 angegeben. # Tabelle 1 - Erwartungswert der w-Verteilung in Abhängigkeit von n_e | n_e | d_n | |-----|------| | 20 | 3,74 | | 25 | 3,93 | | 30 | 4,09 | | 35 | 4,21 | | 40 | 4,32 | | 45 | 4,42 | | 50 | 4,50 | Für Stichprobenumfänge, die größer als 20 sind, können die Erwartungswerte der w-Verteilung nach der folgenden Näherungsformel ermittelt werden: d_n = 1,748 \cdot \left(\ln(n_e)\right)^{0.63} \tag{2.39} Im Fall einer Häufigkeitsverteilung klassierter Messwerte ist \bar{x}_{0.95} = \bar{x}_k + \frac{n_e/2 - A_k}{a_k} \cdot \Delta x \quad \text{für} \quad A_k < \frac{n_e}{2} \quad \text{und} \tag{2.40} wobei x_{L_k} : \text{untere Grenze der k-ten Klasse} \Delta x : \text{Klassenbreite} a_k : \text{absolute Häufigkeit der Messwerte in der k-ten Klasse} A_k : \text{absolute Summenhäufigkeit der Messwerte bis zur unteren Grenze der k-ten Klasse} ``` Image Analysis: ### Image 1 Analysis #### Localization and Attribution: - **Numbering & Location:** There is only one image on the page, so it will be referred to as **Image 1**. #### Text Analysis: 1. **Mathematical Equations and Variables:** - Multiple equations are shown, including formulas for calculating statistical values such as span (R), maximum and minimum values (\(x_{max}, x_{min}\)), and the correction factor (k). - An equation for \( k = \frac{6}{d_n} \) (2.38) is used considering the sample size. - The formula \(d_n = 1.748 - (\ln(n_e))^{0.663}\) (2.39) is given for expected values when \(n_e > 20\). 2. **Content and Significance:** - Descriptions and mathematical derivations are given to assist in statistical analysis, specifically focusing on sample ranges (\(x_{max}, x_{min}\)), and corrections. - Formulae are tailored to aid in understanding the expected values distribution in statistical samples and aid in their adjustments. 3. **Table of Expected Values:** - **Table Title:** Erwartungswert der w-Verteilung in Abhängigkeit von \(n_e\). - **Columns:** - \(n_e\): representing the effective sample size. - \(d_n\): denoting the expected value for the w-distribution. - **Data Points in Table:** - \( n_e = 20, d_n = 3.74 \) - \( n_e = 25, d_n = 3.93 \) - \( n_e = 30, d_n = 4.09 \) - \( n_e = 35, d_n = 4.21 \) - \( n_e = 40, d_n = 4.32 \) - \( n_e = 45, d_n = 4.42 \) - \( n_e = 50, d_n = 4.50 \) #### Table Analysis: 1. **Data Points:** - The table clearly lists effective sample sizes \(n_e\) alongside their corresponding expected values \(d_n\). - **Insight:** The table demonstrates that as the effective sample size (\(n_e\)) increases, the expected value (\(d_n\)) also increases. 2. **Formula Application:** - For samples larger than \(n_e > 20\), the expected value \( d_n \) can be recalculated using the provided logarithmic formula. ### Additional Notes: - The document appears to be a technical or scientific text, possibly a manual or a statistical reference, providing detailed formulae and tables for statistical analysis. - The page label 'Seite 17' and 'VW 101 30: 2005-02' suggests it's from a technical or academic publication, indicating a systematic and highly detailed approach typical of such documents. ### Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** The perspective is a straightforward, document-style capture of a page, likely from a textbook or an academic paper. - **Composition:** The page is neatly organized with sections clearly delineated by numbers, equations, and tables. ### Contextual Significance: - This image appears to be part of a larger document focused on providing detailed statistical and mathematical information. Its well-structured format aims to aid readers in understanding and applying statistical methodologies. ### Trend and Interpretation: - **Trend:** The presented analyses suggest a systematic increase in expected values with increasing sample size, a common trend in statistical sampling and analysis. - **Interpretation:** The data and equations provided help in precise modeling and calculation, essential for accurate statistical analysis and decision-making. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 18 Context: ``` ## 3.3 Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit Zur Erlangung der Maschinenfähigkeit für ein betrachtetes Merkmal müssen die ermittelten Fähigkeitsschätzungen folgende Forderung bezüglich festgelegter Grenzwerte \( c_{\text{max},\text{grenz}} \) und \( c_{\text{min},\text{grenz}} \) erfüllen: - **zweiseitig toleriertes Merkmal:** \[ \hat{c}_{\text{max}} \geq c_{\text{max},\text{grenz}} \quad \text{und} \quad \hat{c}_{\text{min}} \geq c_{\text{min},\text{grenz}} \tag{3.1} \] - **einseitig toleriertes Merkmal** (7): \[ \hat{c}_{\text{max}} \geq c_{\text{max},\text{grenz}} \tag{3.2} \] bei einem effektiven Stichprobenumfang von \( n_e \geq 50 \). Sofern nichts anderes vereinbart, gelten folgende Fähigkeitsschätzwerte: \[ c_{\text{max},\text{grenz}} = 2,0 \] \[ c_{\text{min},\text{grenz}} = 1,67 \] In Fällen, in denen unter vertretbarem Aufwand nur eine Untersuchung mit einem kleineren effektiven Stichprobenumfang als 50 möglich ist, muss der daraus folgenden größeren Unsicherheit der ermittelten Fähigkeitsschätzwerte durch entsprechend größere Grenzwerte wie folgt Rechnung getragen werden. Die Ermittlung der Grenzwerte für effektive Stichprobenumfänge kleiner als 50 wird dabei auf die Grenzwerte bezogen, die sich aus der Forderung (3.1) oder (3.2) für die zu untersuchende Grundgesamtheit mit 95%-iger Wahrscheinlichkeit einhalten lassen (unter Vertrauensbereichsgrenzen). Diese ergeben sich unter der Annahme einer normalverteilten Grundgesamtheit aus der oberen Vertrauensbereichsgrenze der Standardabweichung \[ \sigma_s = \frac{\hat{c} - \bar{c}}{\sqrt{\frac{2}{n_e}}} \tag{3.3} \] und dem statistischen Anteilebereich für die Fertigungsstreuung \[ X_{90.965\%} \quad \text{bis} \quad X_{10.135\%} = \bar{c} \pm t_{0.965\%} \cdot \frac{1 + 1}{2 \cdot 50} \cdot \frac{49}{2 \cdot 5.49} \tag{3.4} \] wobei \[ t_{0.965\%} = 3,0: \quad \text{Quantil der standardisierten Normalverteilung} \] \[ \chi^2_{0.965\%} = 33,93: \quad \text{Quantil der Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung bei einem Freiheitsgrad von} \quad f = 49 \quad \text{(siehe auch [1])} ``` Image Analysis: 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - There is one image on the page, which I will refer to as Image 1. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - Image 1 contains text. 4. **Text Analysis:** - The text in Image 1 is in German and consists of a section from a document discussing the limits for machine capability. This includes mathematical formulas and conditions for determining capability indexes (\(c_{m,\text{Grenz}}\) and \(c_{mk,\text{Grenz}}\)). - The text is structured as follows: - Section header 3.3: "Grenzwerte zur Maschinenfähigkeit" ("Limits for Machine Capability"). - Several formulas for different types of capability measures (e.g., for two-sided and one-sided toleranced characteristics). - Conditions for the sample sizes and required capability indices if not otherwise agreed upon (\(c_{m,\text{Grenz}} = 2.0\) and \(c_{mk,\text{Grenz}} = 1.67\)). - Descriptions of the statistical basis for calculating these values, including quantiles from the normal distribution (\(U_{99.865\%} = 3.0\)) and chi-square distribution (\(\chi_{49;2.5\%}^2 = 33.9\)). 8. **Color Analysis:** - The document is primarily black and white with different sections possibly highlighted using bold text and underlining for emphasis. 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - The image is a photographed or scanned single-page document from a manual or technical report. The text is structured into sections with subsections and formulas dispersed throughout. 10. **Contextual Significance:** - This image appears to be part of a technical guideline or standard, possibly for quality assurance in manufacturing. The detailed text and formulas are intended to set guidelines for assessing and maintaining machine capability. 11. **Metadata Analysis:** - The only metadata visible in the image is the document identifier "VW 101 30: 2005-02", suggesting it might be related to Volkswagen or a similar organization’s standard documentation. ### Summary: Image 1 contains detailed text from a technical document discussing thresholds for machine capability, including formulas and conditions for evaluating capability indices. The document appears to establish certain statistical measures and standards necessary for consistent quality control in manufacturing processes. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 29 Context: 4.7 Maschinenoptimierung Für den Fall, dass die Maschinenfähigkeit bezüglich des untersuchten Merkmals nicht nachgewiesen werden konnte, sind Maßnahmen zur Maschinenoptimierung erforderlich. Dazu sind die entsprechend Einfluss nehmenden Faktoren zu identifizieren (z. B. mittels statistischer Versuchs-methodik (DOE)) und zu beseitigen. 4.8 Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen Lässt sich die Maschinenfähigkeit mit wirtschaftlich vertretbaren Maschinenoptimierungen nicht erreichen, so sollte zunächst mit Hilfe der statistischen Toleranzenrechnung nach VW 01057 untersucht werden, ob eine Toleranzerweiterung zur Erreichung der Maschinenfähigkeit möglich ist. Ist auch durch diese Maßnahmen keine Maschinenfähigkeit zu erreichen, so ist zu entscheiden, ob die Maschine nach schriftlich vereinbarten Sonderregelungen abgenommen wird oder nicht. Diese Sonderregelungen sollten folgende Punkte enthalten: - Begründungen für die Abnahme - Risiko- und Kostenbetrachtungen - gegebenenfalls einschränkende Fertigungs- und zusätzliche Prüfbedingungen - Angabe der Verantwortlichkeit Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis **Localization and Attribution:** - **Position Identification:** - This document appears to be a single-page text document. - No images are present on this page. ### Text Analysis: - **Detected Text:** - Main Text Sections: - **Heading:** - "Maschinenoptimierung" (4.7) - "Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen" (4.8) - **Body Text:** - "Bei einem ermittelten Fähigkeitskennwert c_mk ≥ 2,33 ..." - "Für den Fall, dass die Maschinenfähigkeit bezüglich des untersuchten Merkmals nicht nachgewiesen werden konnte, sind Maßnahmen zur Maschinenoptimierung erforderlich..." - "Lässt sich die Maschinenfähigkeit mit wirtschaftlich vertretbaren Maschinenoptimierungen nicht erreichen, so sollte zunächst..." - Subpoints under “Behandlung nicht fähiger Maschinen” include: - Begründungen für die Abnahme - Risiko- und Kostenbetrachtungen - gegebenenfalls einschränkende Fertigungs- und zusätzliche Prüfbedingungen - Angabe der Verantwortung - **Text Analysis:** - The text pertains to machine optimization and dealing with machines that do not meet capability requirements. - Section 4.7 outlines steps for machine optimization if the machine capability could not be demonstrated. - Section 4.8 details steps to address non-capable machines when optimization is economically unfeasible, suggesting statistical tolerance adjustments and other economic considerations. - Points to consider when accepting machines with special arrangements include justification for acceptance, risk and cost considerations, potential restrictive manufacturing conditions, and specifying responsibility. ### Color Analysis: - **Dominant Colors:** - The document is primarily black and white. - The text is black on a white background, maintaining high contrast and readability. ### Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** - The document is presented in a standard block text format typical of technical documents and instructions. - **Composition:** - The layout is straightforward, with headings, numbered sections, and bullet points to organize information efficiently. - The headings are clearly defined in bold, making it easy to discern different sections at a glance. ### Contextual Significance: - **Overall Document Context:** - The document is part of a technical instruction manual or specification guide likely dealing with machine operational standards and optimization protocols. - **Contribution to Message:** - The text contributes to the overall message by providing detailed guidelines and procedures for ensuring machine capability and steps to take when machines do not meet required standards. ### Tables and Diagrams: - **Presence:** - None are present in the provided page. ### Process Flow (Ablaufprozesse): - **Described Processes:** - The process for determining machine capability and subsequent optimization steps if initial capability is not demonstrated. - The process for managing machines that are not capability-compliant, including tolerance adjustments and special agreement approvals. ### Trend and Interpretation: - **Trends:** - Emphasis on systematic evaluation and optimization of machine capabilities. - Consideration of economic feasibility and pragmatic solutions when direct optimization is not viable. ### Summary: The document provides detailed procedural guidance on machine optimization and handling non-capability machines, emphasizing statistical methods, economic considerations, and clear responsibility delineation. The structured composition enhances clarity, making it a practical reference for technical personnel in manufacturing or quality assurance roles. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 34 Context: - **Middle Column (I to N):** | Stichwort | Seite(s) | |------------------------------------|----------| | Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit α | 20 | | Klassenbreite Δx | 20 | | klassierte Messwerte | 20 | | Korrekturfaktor k | 17 | | Lage | 3 | | Maschinenoptimierung | 29 | | Maschinenstörungen | 24 | | Medianwert | 16 | | Merkmalsart | 4, 25 | | Merkmalswert | 3 | | Messmethode | 24 | | Mindestmaß Gu | 3, 9 | | Mischverteilung | 26, 32 | | Mittelwert μ | 4, 10 | | Normalverteilung | 4, 10 | | Nullhypothese | 20 | | Nullpunktsverschiebung | 6 | | Parameter einer Verteilung | 3 | | Prüfgröße | 20 | | Prüfwert | 20 | | Prüfmitteleinwendung | 24 | | Quantil | 9 | | - der standardisierten Normalverteilung | 18 | | - der Chiquadratverteilung | 18 | - **Right Column (N to Z):** | Stichwort | Seite(s) | |--------------------------------|-----------| | Rayleigh-Verteilung | 7 | | radiale Abweichung r | 24 | | Rohteilcharge | 24 | | Rundung von Fähigkeitswerten | 18 | | Run-Test | 20 | | Streuparameter γ | 6 | | Streuung U | 41 | | technische Kenngrößen | 121 | | Teststatistik | 8 | | Trennschärfe ß | 29 | | Varianz σ² | 15 | | - der Normalverteilung | 14 | | Varianzparameter | 10 | | Verfahrensfähigkeit | 17 | | Verteilungspareto und Paretoprinzip|13 | | Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion P(x) | 8 | | This visual content appears as the keyword index section of a technical document or manual. It is structured to allow readers to quickly locate topics of interest within the broader document using page numbers. This is a common feature in detailed technical manuals, quality control guides, or educational textbooks. #################### File: VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 35 Context: # Stichwortverzeichnis | Stichwort | Seite | |---------------------------------------------|-------| | S | | | Schätzung / Schätzwert | 8, 9 | | Schwellenwert | 20 | | Serienbedingungen | 24 | | signifikante Änderung / Abweichung | 17 | | Spannweite R | | | Standardabweichung σ | 4, 10 | | standardisierte Normalverteilung | 5 | | - U-Transformation | | | - Verteilungsfunktion Φ(μ) | | | - Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichtefunktion f(x) | | | statistische Tests | | | statistische Toleranzrechnung | | | statistischer Anteilsbereich | | | Stichprobenahme | 24 | | Stichprobenumfang | 24 | | Streuungsgrenzen | 3, 10 | | Swed-Eisenhard-Test | 20 | | T | | | Test | | | - auf Ausreißer | 20, 26 | | - auf festgelegtes Verteilungsmodell | 20, 26 | | - auf Änderung der Fertigungslage | 20, 26 | | Toleranzerweiterung | 29 | | Toleranzintervall | 3, 8 | | toleriertes Merkmal | 4 | | - einseitig nach oben | 9, 16 | | - einseitig nach unten | 9, 16 | | - zweiseitig | 9, 16 | | Trendverlauf | 26 | | V | | | Varianz σ² | 4 | | Verteilung | 4 | | Verteilungsfreie Schätzung | 16, 27 | | Verteilungsfunktion F(x) | | | Verteilungsmodell | 4 | | Vertrauensbereichsgrenze | 18 | | Verbesserungsgüte | | | W | | | Wahrscheinlichkeit p | 5 | | Wahrscheinlichkeitsdichtefunktion f | | | Wahrscheinlichkeitnetz | 27 | | Publizitätverteilung | 28 | | Werkzeugwechsel / -verstellung | 24 | | Z | | | Zufallseinflüsse | 3 | Image Analysis: ## Comprehensive Examination Report: ### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** This is the single image provided for analysis. It spans the entire page. ### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Detected Objects:** - The image contains text, which appears to be an index or a list. - Objects: Columns of text. ### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description:** - The scene consists of a neatly organized document page featuring an index or table of contents. - **Activities:** - No human activity is depicted. The action here is the informational purpose of the index. ### 4. Text Analysis - **Text Extraction:** - The page contains several keywords and their corresponding page numbers. - Column Headers: "Stichwort" (Keyword), "Seite" (Page). - Keywords: Various terms listed alphabetically with their page numbers. - Keywords span letters S to Z, with different associated numerical entries. - **Content Significance:** - The text appears to be from an index of a document or book, helping users find specific topics or terms. It's part of a larger document identified by "VW 101 30: 2005-02" on page 35. ### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Possible Anomalies:** - None detected. The index appears standard and formatted correctly. ### 8. Color Analysis - **Color Composition:** - Dominant Color: Black text on a white background. - The lack of other colors ensures clear readability and high contrast, aiding user navigation. ### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** - The image is taken from a direct, head-on perspective typical for a document scan. - **Composition:** - The text is organized in two main columns with keywords on the left and corresponding page numbers on the right. The format is clean and structured, allowing easy navigation. ### 13. Graph Numbers - **Data Points:** - Keywords and page numbers are listed as follows: - **S:** - Schätzung: 8, 9 - Schätzwert: 8, 9 - Schwellenwert: 20 - Serienbedingungen: 24 - signifikante Änderung / Abweichung: 16 - Spannweite R: 17 - Standardabweichung: 4, 10 - standardisierte Normalverteilung: 5 - U-Transformation: 20 - Verteilungsfunktion: 16, 27 - Wahrscheinlichkeit: 4, 5 - statistische Toleranzrechnung: 29 - Werkzeugwechsel - verstellung: 24 - Zufalls einflüsse: 3 ### Additional Aspects - **Process Flows and Descriptions:** - Not applicable. This index page does not depict specific process flows or detailed process descriptions. - **Trend and Interpretation:** - Trends are not applicable because the image is an index page, not presenting trends or data variations. ### Summary - The image consists of page 35 from a larger document, labeled "VW 101 30: 2005-02." - It provides an alphabetical index of terms starting from "S" to "Z" and their associated page numbers. - The clean layout is functional, enhancing the ease with which users can locate topics within the document. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 2 Context: # VW 101 30: 2005-02 ## Introduction An evaluation of the machine capability regarding observable measurable production characteristics is an important prerequisite for fulfillment of the specified quality requirements. However, for many practical cases of the capability investigation, to date no standards or uniform group regulations exist, so in identical cases completely different capability evaluations could result. This standard was developed in order to make it possible to carry out the capability investigation under uniform rules for all practical cases and thus ensure the comparability of the results in the Volkswagen Group. This standard contains all of the theoretical principles, as a self-contained whole, that are needed for use and understanding. Only the statistical tests that are already described in detail in standards or standard works in the literature of statistics will be indicated with references. To carry out a machine capability investigation according to this standard, a computer program is required in which the algorithms described are implemented. If such a computer program is available, the user can basically concentrate on the rules described in Section 4 and look up theoretical principles if necessary. The most important sub-sections in it are: - 4.2 Sampling - 4.5 Documentation - 4.6 Results evaluation Section 5 also lists examples that can be used to help with the results evaluation. ## 1 Purpose and scope The goal of a machine capability investigation is a documented evaluation of whether the machine to be tested makes possible secure production of a characteristic considered within defined limit values. Ideally, in this process, only machine-related influences should have an effect on the production process. How and under what requirements machine capability investigations are to be carried out is the object of this standard. It is applicable to any continuous² (measurable) production characteristics. --- ¹ In the following, the designation "measurable characteristics" is used for this characteristic type instead of the designation recommended by DIN "continuous characteristics", since this has become established at Volkswagen. Image Analysis: ### Text Analysis (Image 1): #### Extracted Text: This is a page from a document detailing the evaluation of machine capability within the Volkswagen Group, specifically document VW 101 30: 2005-02. Below is the summary of each section present on the page: #### **Introduction:** This section begins by explaining the importance of evaluating machine capability to ensure it meets specified quality requirements. It notes the absence of uniform standards for capability investigations and states that this standard has been developed to ensure comparability of results within the Volkswagen Group. Key points mentioned: - Self-contained theoretical principles for use and understanding. - Statistical tests detailed in related standards or literature. - Role of a computer program to carry out capability investigations. - Important sub-sections include Sampling, Documentation, and Results evaluation. #### **1 Purpose and Scope:** This section outlines the goal of machine capability investigations, which is to document whether a machine's test results comply with the production of a characteristic within defined limits and ideally, rule out influences other than those related to the machine. It emphasizes applicability to continuous (measurable) production characteristics. #### **Footnote:** A clarifying footnote is provided that "measurable characteristics" is used in the document following Volkswagen's established terminology, instead of the term "continuous characteristics" recommended by DIN. ### Contextual Significance: The document aims to provide a standardized methodology for evaluating machine capabilities, ensuring that results are consistent and comparable within the Volkswagen Group. It stresses the importance of statistical analysis, proper documentation, and a computer program to assist in the evaluations. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis: There are no diagrams or charts present on this page. ### Scene and Activity Analysis: This page does not contain any images depicting activities or scenes. ### Object Detection and Classification: There are no distinct objects, as this is purely a text-based page. ### Anomaly Detection: There are no noticeable anomalies on this page. ### Color Analysis: The entire page appears to be black and white. There is no particular color composition that impacts perception; it is a standard printed text page. ### Perspective and Composition: The image appears to be a straight-on, flat scan or photo of a document page. The text is formatted in a typical document layout with headings and sub-sections clearly distinguished, making it easy to read and comprehend. ### Metadata Analysis: No metadata is available from the image to assist in the analysis. ### Process Flow (Ablaufprozesse) and Process Descriptions (Prozessbeschreibungen): The image provides a high-level overview of the process involved in machine capability investigation, divided into essential sub-sections including sampling, documentation, and evaluation of results. ### Summary: The document page details the standards and procedures for conducting machine capability evaluations within the Volkswagen Group, providing a theoretical framework and practical guidelines to ensure consistent and reliable results across the company’s production processes. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 3 Context: # Principle of the Machine Capability Investigation Basically, different values of a considered characteristic result during the production of the same type of parts with the machine to be tested due to random influences. These characteristic values disperse around a location caused by systematic influences, depending on the production quality. Therefore, there is a test of how well the distribution of the characteristic values fits into the tolerance zone defined by the designer (Figure 1). The evaluation of this is expressed by the capability indexes \(C_{p}\) and \(C_{pk}\) (as in capability), whereby only the production dispersion is taken into consideration in the \(C_{p}\) value and the process location is additionally taken into consideration in the \(C_{pk}\) value. These statistics must be at least as great as the defined limit values in order to meet the requirement for a capable machine. To determine the capability indexes with respect to the considered characteristic, an adequately large random sample of produced parts (generally \(n = 50\)) is taken in direct sequence. So that essentially only the machine influence is recorded, the samples shall be taken under conditions that are as ideal as possible regarding the influence operators: material, human method, and environment. From this random sample, the location \(X_{0.135}\) and dispersion range limits \(X_{0.865}\) and \(X_{99.865}\) are estimated for the population of the characteristics values (theoretically infinite quantity) and compared to the tolerance zone \([G_{L}, G_{U}]\) (Figure 1). In this case, the dispersion range limits are specified in such a way that the percentage of characteristic values outside the dispersion range is \(p_{e} = 0.135\%\) on both sides. In addition, there is a test of whether the distribution of the characteristic values corresponds to an expected regularity. --- ### Figure 1 - Example of a Distribution of Characteristic Values Within a Defined Tolerance Zone | Characteristic Value | Frequency | |----------------------|-----------| | \(G_{L}\) | | | \(X_{0.135}\) | | | \(\mu\) | | | \(X_{99.865}\) | | | \(G_{U}\) | | *Note: The term characteristic value should not be confused with the term measured value, since in contrast to the first, the latter contains an uncertainty.* Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: Located at the top of the page, consisting of a diagram and significant textual information. - **Image 2**: Located at the bottom of the page, consisting of a diagram labeled "Figure 1". #### 2. Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1**: Contains textual content discussing the principles of machine capability investigation. - **Image 2**: Contains a line graph depicting the distribution of characteristic values within a defined tolerance zone. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 2**: The scene shows a bell-shaped curve representing the frequency distribution of characteristic values against the defined tolerance zone. Activities involve statistical analysis and quality control of produced parts. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Image 1**: - Title: "Principle of the machine capability investigation". - Main text discusses how different characteristic values are distributed during production. It emphasizes the importance of capability indices (\(c_m\) and \(c_{mk}\)) and how a sample of produced parts is analyzed to determine these indices. - **Image 2**: - Figure label: "Figure 1 - Example of a distribution of characteristic values within a defined tolerance zone". - In the diagram, annotation \(p_e = 0.135\%\) indicates the probability that a characteristic value falls outside the dispersion range on either side of the tolerance limits \(G_L\) and \(G_L\). - The axis labels indicate "Frequency" (vertical) and "Characteristic value" (horizontal), with specific points noted such as \(\mu\) (mean), \(X_{0.135%\) (0.135% quantile), and \(X_{99.865%}\) (99.865% quantile). #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Image 2**: - The graph features a normal distribution curve (bell curve) with the defined tolerance range area shaded. - The horizontal axis represents the characteristic value, and the vertical axis represents frequency. - Key points on the graph include mean (\(\mu\)), lower tolerance limit (\(G_L\)), upper tolerance limit (\(G_L\)), and the respective quantiles \(X_{0.135%}\) and \(X_{99.865%}\). #### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Image 2**: There are no apparent anomalies within the diagram. The graph appears to be a standard illustration of a normal distribution within specified limits. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Image 2**: - The diagram uses black and white for clear representation. - The predominant colors are black (lines and text) and white (background), which emphasizes clarity and readability. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Image 2**: - The graph is presented in a front-facing view, typical for statistical illustrations. - The elements are arranged logically, with the curve centrally placed and annotations clearly marking key points and tolerance limits. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Image 2**: - The normal distribution (bell curve) suggests that most characteristic values fall within the specified tolerance range. - The graph suggests that 0.135% of values are expected to fall outside the tolerance zone on each side, which may indicate a standard acceptable deviation in production quality. #### 13. Graph Numbers - **Image 2**: - \(p_e = 0.135\%\), \(G_L\), \(G_L\), \(\mu\), \(X_{0.135%}\), \(X_{99.865%}\). #### Additional Aspects - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**: The text in Image 1 details a process flow for determining the capability indexes based on sampling and analysis. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**: The document describes the process for evaluating the distribution of characteristic values and the calculation of capability indexes (\(c_m\) and \(c_{mk}\)). - **Trend and Interpretation**: The bell curve in Image 2 indicates a typical distribution of characteristic values, suggesting the process is statistically controlled within the predefined tolerance zone. This analysis covers the key aspects you requested and provides a detailed examination of the attached visual content. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 4 Context: # Theoretical principles ## Distribution models The distribution of characteristic values can be described by a distribution model for most types of production characteristics. This means that most production characteristics with two-sided tolerance zones, e.g., length dimensions, diameters, and torques can be based on a normal distribution. In contrast, the variation behavior of production characteristics with upper limited tolerance zones can only be described by absolute value distributions of type I or type II. For example, the type I absolute value distribution can be used as the basis for the characteristic types parallelism and asymmetry, and the type II absolute value distribution can be used for the characteristic types position and coaxiality. ### Normal distribution The function of the probability density (density function for short) of a normal distribution that is shown graphically in Figure 2 is: $$ f_{X}(x) = \frac{1}{\sigma \sqrt{2 \pi}} e^{-\frac{(x - \mu)^{2}}{2 \sigma^{2}}} $$ with the parameters mean value \( \mu \) and standard deviation \( \sigma \), that identify the location and width of a distribution, whereby the square of the standard deviation \( \sigma^{2} \) is identified as variance. ![Function of the probability density of a normal distribution](image_link) Figure 2 – Function of the probability density of a normal distribution *Illustrations, graphics, photographs, and flow charts were adopted from the original German standard, and the numerical notation may therefore differ from the English practice. A comma corresponds to a decimal point, and a period or a blank is used as the thousands separator.* Image Analysis: ## Detailed Analysis of the Visual Content ### 1. **Localization and Attribution** - **Image Placement on the Page:** - There is one image on the page. - **Numbering:** - The image is referred to as Image 1. ### 2. **Object Detection and Classification** - **Objects Identified:** - **Object Category:** Diagram - **Key Features:** - **Graph Components:** Probability density curve, x-axis, y-axis, turning points. - **Labels and Annotations:** μ (mean value), σ (standard deviation), probability density, characteristic value. ### 4. **Text Analysis** - **Detected Text:** - **Title:** "Theoretical principles" - **Section Number:** "3.1 Distribution models" - **Subsection:** "3.1.1 Normal distribution" - **Formula and Description:** ``` The function of the probability density (density function for short) of a normal distribution that is shown graphically in Figure 2 is: f_v(x) = \frac{1}{\sigma \sqrt{2 \pi}} e^{\frac{-1}{2}(\frac{x - μ}{σ})^2} (1.1) ``` - Parameters: mean value (μ) and standard deviation (σ). - Note: Distribution variance is identified by the square of the standard deviation (σ²). - **Significance:** - Provides theoretical understanding of normal distribution. - Defines important statistical parameters and their roles in describing a normal distribution. ### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis** - **Chart Analysis:** - **Title:** "Figure 2 – Function of the probability density of a normal distribution" - **Axes:** - **Y-axis:** Probability density. - **X-axis:** Characteristic value. - **Scales and Labels:** μ - 4σ, μ - 3σ, μ - 2σ, μ - σ, μ, μ + σ, μ + 2σ, μ + 3σ, μ + 4σ. - **Key Insights:** - The probability density function (pdf) of the normal distribution is a bell-shaped curve. - Majority of the data falls within ±1σ (standard deviation) from the mean (μ). - From μ - 4σ to μ + 4σ, the probability density decreases symmetrically. - Turning Points: μ - σ and μ + σ mark where the concavity of the curve changes. - Points of interest: The areas under the curve at ±3σ from the mean encompass a large proportion of the distribution (~99.73%). ### 13. **Graph Numbers (for key annotations)** - **Data Points:** - Probability at Turning Points: p = 0.135% - Characteristic Values: Including μ - 4σ, μ - 3σ, μ - 2σ, μ - σ, μ, μ + σ, μ + 2σ, μ + 3σ, μ + 4σ. ### 6. **Product Analysis** - **Description:** N/A (No product is depicted). ### 7. **Anomaly Detection** - **Detection:** N/A (No anomalies detected). ### 8. **Color Analysis** - **Colors Detected:** - **Dominant Colors:** Black for text and lines. - **Impact on Perception:** Clear contrast aids in readability of the diagram and text. ### 9. **Perspective and Composition** - **Perspective:** Direct front view. - **Composition:** - Text is above the diagram with smooth separation for detailed explanations. - Diagram is centrally placed under relevant explanatory text providing logical flow. ### 10. **Contextual Significance** - **Contribution to Document:** - Provides a foundational understanding of statistical distribution models. - Essential in engineering and quality control settings to describe the behavior of production characteristics. ### 11. **Metadata Analysis** - **Date and Source:** - Page 4 of VW 101 30: 2005-02. - Emphasizes standards and guidelines likely related to vehicle production or similar processes. ### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis** - **Trends:** - Symmetrical distribution around the mean. - Data clustering around mean μ with decreasing probability towards the distribution tails. ### **Ablaufprozesse and Prozessbeschreibungen** - **Processes:** - Describes the process of defining and understanding normal distribution in the context of statistical analysis. ### **Typen Bezeichnung, Trend, and Interpretation** - **Types and Trends:** - Distribution models, specifically normal distribution. - Clear pattern indicating central clustering of data and diminishing density outward. ### **Tables** - **Tables:** N/A (No tables are included). This detailed analysis covers the visual content comprehensively, interpreting the diagram, text, and overall context effectively for the reader's understanding. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 5 Context: The portion of the area below the graph in Figure 2 within a considered time interval can be interpreted as probability. The probability of finding a characteristic value \( x \) in a population that is at most as high as a considered limit value \( x_k \) is thus specified by the integral function (distribution function). For normal distribution, this is \[ F_{f_X}(x_k) = \int_{-\infty}^{x_k} f_{f_X}(x) \, dx \tag{1.2} \] where \[ \int_{-\infty}^{\infty} f_{f_X}(x) \, dx = 1 \tag{1.3} \] and \( f_{f_X}(x) \geq 0 \) for all values \( x \). With the transformation \[ u = \frac{x - \mu}{\sigma} \tag{1.4} \] produces the probability density of the standardized normal distribution \[ \phi(u) = \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}} e^{-\frac{1}{2}u^2} \tag{1.5} \] and the distribution function \[ \Phi(x) = \int_{-\infty}^{u} \phi(u) \, du \tag{1.6} \] with the standard deviation \( \sigma = 1 \). ### 3.1.2 Absolute Value Distribution, Type I The type I absolute value distribution results from convolution of the density function of a normal distribution at the zero point, where the function values on the left of the convolution are added to those on the right. The density function and the distribution function of the type I absolute value distribution are thus \[ f_{f_B}(x) = \frac{1}{\sigma_N \sqrt{2\pi}} \left( e^{-\frac{(x - \mu_N)^2}{2\sigma_N^2}} + e^{-\frac{(x + \mu_N)^2}{2\sigma_N^2}} \right) \quad \text{for } x \geq 0 \tag{1.7} \] \[ F_{f_B}(x_k) = \Phi \left( \frac{x_k - \mu_N}{\sigma_N} \right) + \Phi \left( \frac{x_k + \mu_N}{\sigma_N} \right) - 1 \tag{1.8} \] where - \( \mu_N \): mean value of the original normal distribution that identifies a systematic zero point shift - \( \sigma_N \): standard deviation of the original normal distribution - \( \Phi \): distribution function of the standardized normal distribution Image Analysis: ### Detailed Examination: #### **Text Analysis:** - **Content Extraction and Significance:** - **Page Header:** - "Page 5" - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - This indicates it is the fifth page of a document numbered VW 101 30, dated February 2005. - **Paragraph Content:** - **Section Title:** - "3.1.2 Absolute value distribution, type I". - **Explanation:** - The text explains the concept of probability density functions and distribution functions, focusing on normal distributions and absolute value distributions (Type I). It describes the mathematical formulations and transformations used. - **Equations:** - Several equations are provided to mathematically represent the concepts discussed: Equations (1.2) to (1.8). - Key equations include the integral representations of probability density functions and the use of standard normal distribution functions. - **Mathematical Notations:** - Various symbols and notations such as \( F_{n}(x_{g}) \), \( f_{n}(x)\), \( \Phi(u) \), and standard normal distribution formulas. - **Definitions and Variables:** - \( \mu_N \): Mean value of the original normal distribution. - \( \sigma_N \): Standard deviation of the original normal distribution. - \( \Phi \): Distribution function of the standardized normal distribution. #### **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Relevance:** - This page serves an educational purpose, likely within a technical or statistical manual. It aims to educate readers on the mathematical foundations of probability distributions and their associated functions. It contributes detailed theoretical discussions relevant for applications in statistics, engineering, or quality control processes. #### **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Absence of Diagrams and Charts:** - This document page does not contain any diagrams, charts, or graphical data. The analysis is purely textual and mathematical. #### **Process Descriptions:** - **Described Processes:** - The text details the process of deriving and using the probability density function for the standardized normal distribution. - It also describes the convolution process used to obtain the Type I absolute value distribution. #### **Perspective and Composition:** - **Textual Layout:** - The text is structured in a formal and precise layout, typical of academic or technical documentation. - Equations are numbered sequentially and embedded within the flowing explanatory paragraphs. #### **Localization and Attribution:** - **Single Image Analysis:** - This document comprises a single page and therefore is treated as 'Image 1'. - All text and mathematical content are attributed to this single image. ### Summary: The document page analyzed is a technical or academic text focused on probability distributions, specifically the normal distribution and Type I absolute value distribution. It includes detailed mathematical explanations and formulas, providing an in-depth educational resource for understanding these statistical concepts. The text layout is clear and formal, suitable for readers with some background in mathematics or statistics. This analysis showcases the document's role in conveying complex mathematical ideas with precision and clarity. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 6 Context: # Figure 3 - Density Function of the Type I Absolute Value Distribution with Different Zero Point Shifts Figure 3 shows density functions that result from convolution of the density of the normal distribution at different zero point shifts. ![Figure 3](image_link) ## Mean Value and Variance of the Type I Absolute Value Distribution The mean value and variance of the type I absolute value distribution are: \[ \alpha = x_N \left( \frac{ \xi_N }{ \sigma_N } - \frac{ \xi_N }{ \sigma_N } \right) \cdot \frac{2 \cdot \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \cdot e^{-\frac{ \xi_N^2 }{2}} \tag{1.9} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \sigma_N^2 + \kappa_N^2 \tag{1.10} \] For the case of a zero point shift \(\mu_N = 0\), the following results from (1.9) and (1.10): \[ \alpha = \frac{2 \cdot \sigma_N}{\sqrt{2\pi}} \tag{1.11} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \left( \frac{ t - 2 }{t} \right) \sigma^2_h \tag{1.12} \] As Figure 3 shows, with increasing zero point shift, the type I absolute value distribution approaches a normal distribution. Thus for the case \[ \frac{\alpha}{\sigma} \approx 3 \tag{1.13} \] the type I absolute value distribution can be replaced with a normal distribution with good approximation. Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Visual Content: **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Number:** Image 1 - **Position:** Singular image on the provided page. **Text Analysis:** - **Text Detected:** - **Page Header:** "Page 6 VW 101 30:2005-02" - **Title and Figure Description:** - "Figure 3 shows density functions that result from convolution of the density of the normal distribution at different zero point shifts." - "Figure 3 - Density function of the type I absolute value distribution with different zero point shifts" - **Mathematical Equations:** - Mean value and variance equations: \[ \alpha = x_{N} \left( \Phi \left( \frac{x_{N}}{\sigma_{N}} \right) - \Phi \left( \frac{- x_{N}}{\sigma_{N}} \right) \right) + 2 \cdot \sigma_{N} \cdot \frac{e^{\left( \frac{- x_{N}^2}{2 \cdot \sigma_{N}^2} \right)}}{\sqrt{2 \pi}} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \sigma_{N}^2 + x_{N}^{2} - \alpha^2 \] - For zero point shift \( \mu_N = 0 \): \[ \alpha = 2 \cdot \frac{\sigma_{N}}{\sqrt{2 \pi}} \] \[ \sigma^2 = \left( 1 - \frac{2}{\pi} \right) \cdot \sigma_{N}^2 \] - Approximation as a normal distribution: \[ \frac{\alpha}{\sigma} \approx 3 \] - **Paragraph:** - "As Figure 3 shows, with increasing zero point shift, the type I absolute value distribution approaches a normal distribution. Thus for the case \(\alpha / \sigma \approx 3\), the type I absolute value distribution can be replaced with a normal distribution with good approximation." **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Chart Type:** Line graph - **Axes:** - **Y-Axis:** Probability density - **X-Axis:** Characteristic value - **Curves:** - Labeled \( \mu_N = 0 \) - Labeled \( \mu_N = 10_N \) - Labeled \( \mu_N = 20_N \) - Labeled \( \mu_N = 30_N \) - **Key Insight:** With increasing zero point shift (\(\mu_N\)), the distribution of the type I absolute value approaches that of a normal distribution. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - **Trends:** - **Probability Density:** Changes as the characteristic value increases. - **Zero Point Shift Effects:** As the zero point shift (\(\mu_N\)) increases, the curve's shape transitions towards that of a normal distribution. - **Data Points & Observations:** - For \( \mu_N = 0 \), the graph shows a higher peak at lower characteristic values. - For \( \mu_N = 30_N \), the graph peak flattens out, indicating more spread out values, which aligns with the transition toward a normal distribution. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** Black and white. The lines representing different \(\mu_N\) values are black, while the background is white. - **Impact:** The high contrast makes the graph easy to read and interpret. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** Straightforward view of the graph, head-on perspective. - **Composition:** The graph is centrally placed with titles, descriptions, and equations positioned around it. This arrangement aids in easy reference and comprehension. **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Message:** The image contributes to explaining how the type I absolute value distribution, typically non-normal, can approximate a normal distribution with increasing zero point shift. - **Relevance:** This is likely part of a mathematical or statistical analysis document explaining different types of probability distributions and their properties. ### Summary: The provided image is a detailed graph illustrating how the density functions of a type I absolute value distribution change with different zero point shifts (\(\mu_N\)). Text explanations and mathematical equations help further elucidate the relationship between these shifts and the distribution's behavior. With increasing \(\mu_N\), the distribution approximates a normal distribution, a significant point emphasized both in the graph and supporting text. The document appears to be highly technical, targeting an audience with knowledge in mathematics or statistics. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 10 Context: # 3.2.1.2 Estimation of the statistics The statistics mean value \( \bar{x} \) and standard deviation \( \sigma \) of a population can be estimated, independently of the distribution model, from the measured values of a random sample according to expectation, by \[ \bar{x} = \frac{1}{n_e} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} x_i \tag{2.6} \] \[ \sigma^2 = s^2 = \frac{1}{n_e - 1} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} (x_i - \bar{x})^2 \tag{2.7} \] where - \( n_e = n - n_a \): effective random sample size - \( n \): defined random sample size - \( n_a \): number of outliers - \( x_k \): k-th characteristic value In the case of data to be evaluated in the form of a frequency distribution of classified measured values (e.g., from manual recordings (tally) in a class subdivision of the value range), the statistics \( \mu \) and \( \sigma \) can be estimated by \[ \bar{x} = \frac{1}{n_e} \sum_{k=1}^{K_{max}} a_k \cdot x_k \tag{2.9} \] \[ \bar{s} = \sqrt{\frac{1}{n_e - 1} \sum_{k=1}^{K_{max}} a_k \cdot (x_k - \bar{x})^2} \tag{2.10} \] where - \( x_k \): mean value of the k-th class - \( a_k \): absolute frequency of the measured values in the k-th class (without outliers) - \( K \): maximum number of measured value classes # 3.2.1.3 Estimation of the dispersion range limits The dispersion range limits depend on the distribution model and are estimated as follows: ## Dispersion range limits for normal distribution: If the normal distribution model is the fitting distribution model, the values \( \bar{x} \) and \( \sigma \) determined according to (2.6) and (2.7) or (2.9) and (2.10) respectively result as estimated values for the dispersion range limits \[ \hat{x}_{0.965} \quad \hat{x}_{0.0135} = \bar{x} \pm 3\sigma \tag{2.11} \] which, when used in formulas (2.1) and (2.2), result in the classical formulas for calculating the capability indexes (see also example 1 in Section 5). Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** The entire page appears to be a single image where text and mathematical formulas dominate. #### Text Analysis - **Text Content:** - **Section Heading:** "3.2.1.2 Estimation of the statistics" - **Explanatory Text:** The text explains methods to estimate statistics, like the mean value (x̅) and standard deviation (σ), using measured values from a random sample. - **Mathematical Formulas:** - \[ \hat{x} = x̅ = \frac{1}{n_e} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} x_i \] (Equation 2.6) - \[ \hat{\sigma^2} = s^2 = \frac{1}{n_e - 1} \sum_{i=1}^{n_e} (x_i - x̅)^2 \] (Equation 2.7) - Descriptive variables n_e, n, n_A, x_i are explained. - **Frequency Distribution:** Methods involving frequency distribution of classified measured values and calculating mean and standard deviation. - Additional formulas: Equations (2.9) and (2.10) for estimating statistics using frequency distribution. - **Section 3.2.1.3:** Estimation of dispersion range limits. - **Dispersion Range Limits for Normal Distribution:** Formula: - \[ \hat{x}_{0.99865 \text{ to } 0.00135} = \hat{x} \pm 3\hat{\sigma} \] (Equation 2.11) #### Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Diagrams:** No diagrams or charts are present on the page. #### Scene and Activity Analysis - No specific scene or activity is depicted beyond the presentation of formulas and explanatory text. #### Metadata Analysis - No metadata information is provided or extracted from the image. #### Content Analysis - The content is highly technical and related to statistical estimations in quality control and process management, indicating an instructional or procedural document related to measurement systems or data evaluation. ### Conclusion The image is a technical document page explaining statistical methods for estimating mean value and standard deviation from a random sample, and how to estimate dispersion range limits based on normal distribution. The principal focus is on mathematical formulas and their explanation. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 13 Context: For direct determination of the statistics μ_N and σ_N from the statistics μ and σ, for \(1.3236 \leq \frac{σ}{d} < 3\) the following approximation can also be used as an inverse function of (2.13) with adequate precision (error related to less than 0.01): \[ \hat{σ}_{\bar{d}} = 1.64 \left( \frac{d}{\bar{d} - 1.3236} \right)^{0.268} + 0.634 \left( \frac{d}{\bar{d} - 1.3236} \right)^{1.105} \tag{2.18} \] In addition, the determination of the dispersion range limits for \(1.3236 \leq \frac{σ}{d} < 3\) is carried out directly with the use of the following approximation (error related to less than 0.02): \[ \hat{X}_{0.8696} = -2.47 \left( \frac{σ}{\bar{d} - 1.3236} \right)^{0.67} + 2.505 \left( \frac{σ}{\bar{d} - 1.3236} \right) + 5.3711 \tag{2.19} \] \[ \hat{X}_{0.1316} = 0.018 \left( \frac{σ}{\bar{d} - 1.3236} \right) + 0.0028 \] For \(\frac{σ}{d} \geq 3\) the calculation of the dispersion range limits is carried out according to formula (2.11). ## Dispersion Range Limits of the Type II Absolute Value Distribution: To determine the dispersion range limits for a type II absolute value distribution (see also example 2 in Section 5) first the statistics μ and σ are estimated according to formulas (2.6) and (2.7) or (2.9) and (2.10) respectively. For the case \(\frac{σ}{d} < 6\), the estimated statistics μ and σ are then used to estimate the parameter values z and σ_θ to be determined of the type II absolute value distribution to be fitted, in the following manner: Equations (1.14) and (1.16) yield the function: \[ \frac{σ}{\bar{d}} = \Psi_{g2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right) \frac{1}{\sqrt{2\pi}} e^{-\frac{1}{2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right)^2} \int_0^{z} v^2 e^{- \frac{1}{2} v^2} \frac{2}{σ} e^{-\frac{z^2}{2}} dα \, dv \tag{2.20} \] where \[ v = \frac{σ}{d_N} \tag{2.21} \] With equation (1.17), this yields the following function: \[ \hat{σ} = \Psi_{g2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right) \frac{\Psi_{g2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right)}{\sqrt{2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right)^2 - \Psi_{g2} \left( \frac{σ}{d_N} \right)} \tag{2.22} \] Equations (1.20) and (1.21) result in the condition: \[ \frac{σ}{\bar{d}} = \frac{\pi}{4 - π} = 1.9131 \tag{2.23} \] Image Analysis: 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - The document contains one image, located in the entirety of the page. It will be referred to as **Image 1**. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Image 1** contains textual content, mathematical equations, and notations. 3. **Text Analysis:** - **Image 1** contains the following notable text segments: - **Top Header**: "Page 13 / VW 101 30: 2005-02" - **Section Title**: "For direct determination of the statistics μ_N and σ_N... (error related to less than 0.01)" - **Equations**: A total of eight equations, labeled (2.18) to (2.23). - **Subsection Heading**: "Dispersion range limits of the type II absolute value distribution" - **Additional text** discussing the process of determining dispersion range limits and related calculations. - Significant Textual Content: - **Equations (2.18) - (2.23)** present various mathematical models and formulas related to the dispersion range limits and calculations of statistics μ_N and σ_N. - **Contextual Explanation**: Details regarding error approximation and calculations for different scenarios based on the parameter range of ξ/δ. 4. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - There are no diagrams or charts in this image. 5. **Product Analysis:** - There are no products depicted in this image. 6. **Anomaly Detection:** - No noticeable anomalies or unusual elements are present in the textual and mathematical content. 7. **Color Analysis:** - The image is in black and white, adding a professional and formal look. 8. **Perspective and Composition:** - The perspective is a straight-on view typical for document scans. - The composition is methodical and neatly organized with headings, subheadings, and equations in sequential order. 9. **Contextual Significance:** - The text and equations are part of a technical document concerning statistical methods and distribution calculations. It contributes to explaining complex statistical procedures and their precise determination, likely intended for an audience with a background in statistics or related fields. 10. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - No graphs are present in this image. 11. **Tables:** - There are no tables included in this image. 12. **Additional Aspects:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)**: The process described involves calculating statistical parameters and dispersion limits. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)**: Detailed steps for determining statistics μ_N and σ_N and dispersion range limits are provided. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations)**: The document references "type II absolute value distribution," indicating a particular statistical distribution type. - **Trend and Interpretation**: No specific trends are described, but the detailed equations and explanations suggest a robust theoretical approach to statistical analysis. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 17 Context: ```markdown x_c = \frac{x_{\text{max}} + x_{\text{min}}}{2} (2.36) R = x_{\text{max}} - x_{\text{min}} : \text{ range} (2.37) x_{\text{max}}, x_{\text{min}} : \text{ maximum and minimum measured value, respectively, of the effective total random sample} By the correction factor k = \frac{6}{d_n} (2.38) the effective random sample size n_e is taken into consideration, where d_n : \text{ expected value of the } w \text{ distribution } ^{5} The value d_n is given in Table 1 for a few random sample sizes n_e. | n_e | d_n | |-----|------| | 20 | 3.74 | | 25 | 3.93 | | 30 | 4.09 | | 35 | 4.21 | | 40 | 4.32 | | 45 | 4.42 | | 50 | 4.50 | For random sample sizes that are greater than 20, the expected values of the w distribution can be determined according to the following approximation formula: d_n \equiv 1.748 \cdot \ln(n_e)^{6.63} (2.39) In the case of a frequency distribution of classified measured values \hat{x}_0, \hat{x}_d \text{ are the upper limit, lower limit, respectively, for the top/bottom occupied class} and \hat{x}_{90\%} = \hat{x}_k + \frac{n/2 - A_k}{a_k} \cdot \Delta x \text{ for } A_k < \frac{n}{2} \leq A_k + a_k (2.40) where x_k : \text{ lower limit of the } k^{th} \text{ class} \Delta x : \text{ class width} a_k : \text{ absolute frequency of the measured values in the } k^{th} \text{ class} A_k : \text{ absolute cumulative frequency of the measured values to the lower limit of the } k^{th} \text{ class} ``` Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Identification:** - Single image on the page identified as **Image 1**. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Text Detected:** - Page details: "Page 17, VW 101 30: 2005-02". - Mathematical notations and formulae. - Table titled "Expected value of the w distribution in relationship to nₑ". - Linguistic content explaining how to interpret the values in the table. - **Mathematical Formulae and Content:** - Several mathematical expressions are presented: - \( x_c = \frac{x_{\max} + x_{\min}}{2} \) - \( R = x_{\max} - x_{\min} \) - \( \frac{6}{d_n} \) - Description explaining the different symbols: - \( x_{\max}, x_{\min} \): Maximum and minimum measured values. - \( R \): Range. - \( k = \frac{6}{d_n} \): A correction factor involving expected value of the \( w \) distribution \((d_n)\). #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Table Content Analysis:** - Title: "Expected value of the w distribution in relationship to nₑ". - Columns: - \( nₑ \): Represents the effective random sample size. - \( d_n \): Represents the expected value of the \( w \) distribution. - Data presented in the table: - \( nₑ = 20, d_n = 3.74 \) - \( nₑ = 25, d_n = 3.93 \) - \( nₑ = 30, d_n = 4.09 \) - \( nₑ = 35, d_n = 4.21 \) - \( nₑ = 40, d_n = 4.32 \) - \( nₑ = 45, d_n = 4.42 \) - \( nₑ = 50, d_n = 4.50 \) #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis: - **Formulae and Trends:** - For \( nₑ > 20 \), the expected value of the \( w \) distribution is calculated with the formula: - \( d_n \approx 1.748 - (\ln(n_e))^{0.602} \) - Additional formula for frequency distribution of classified measured values: - Upper limit and lower limit represented as \( x_{0}, x_{u} \), respectively. - The formula for the highest value in frequency distribution involves additional parameters including class width, frequency, and cumulative frequency. #### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Numerical Data points:** - For \( nₑ \): - 20 - 25 - 30 - 35 - 40 - 45 - 50 - For \( d_n \): - 3.74 - 3.93 - 4.09 - 4.21 - 4.32 - 4.42 - 4.50 ### Summary: - **Content Overview:** - The page seems to discuss statistical measures for sample sizes. - Provides mathematical formulas and a table to understand the expected value of a specific w distribution. - Detailed descriptions and formulae help in calculating these values for different sample sizes. - **Significance:** - The information is crucial for statistical analysis and understanding distribution expectations for various sample sizes. - Helps in making informed decisions based on statistical data. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 19 Context: By transformation and substitution in the evaluation formulas (2.1) and (2.2), this results in the **capability limit values for the population** \[ c_r \geq c_{r,\text{limit}} \cdot \sqrt{\frac{X_{r,\text{max}}}{49}} = 0.832 \cdot c_{\text{limit}} \tag{3.5} \] \[ c_{mk} \geq c_{k,\text{limit}} \cdot \frac{1}{1 + \sqrt{100}} \cdot \sqrt{\frac{X_{k,\text{max}}}{49}} = 0.824 \cdot c_{k,\text{limit}} \tag{3.6} \] For effective random sample sizes \( n_e < 50 \), this results in the following **fitted capability limit values**: \[ \hat{c}_r \geq c_{r,\text{limit}} \cdot 0.832 \cdot \sqrt{\frac{f}{X_{r,k}}} \tag{3.7} \] \[ \hat{c}_{mk} \geq c_{k,\text{limit}} \cdot 0.824 \cdot \left(1 + \frac{1}{2 n_e}\right) \cdot \sqrt{\frac{f}{X_{k,m}}} \tag{3.8} \] with the degree of freedom \[ f = n_e - 1 \tag{3.9} \] **Example:** For specified capability limit values of \( c_{r,\text{limit}} = 2.0 \), \( c_{k,\text{limit}} = 1.67 \) and an effective random sample size of \( n_e = 20 \), according to the formulas (3.7) to (3.9) the following fitted limit values result for characteristics with two-sided tolerance zones: \[ \hat{c}_r \geq 2.0 \cdot 0.832 \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20 - 1}{10.1}} = 2.28 \] \[ \hat{c}_{mk} \geq 1.67 \cdot 0.824 \cdot \left(1 + \frac{1}{2 \cdot 20}\right) \cdot \sqrt{\frac{20 - 1}{10.1}} = 1.93 \] --- 7. The determination of the adapted capability limit values using formulas (4.7) to (4.9) is also used for populations without normal distribution, since there are no other methods for these at this time and thus at least a usable consideration of a random sample size that is less than 50 is carried out. Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content #### Localization and Attribution: - **Single Image**: - The document contains only one image. - **Image Number**: Image 1 #### Text Analysis (Image 1): - **Extracted Text**: The content includes well-structured mathematical formulas and a textual description explaining capability limit values for the population and effective random sample sizes. **Text Content**: - **Page Header**: - Page 19 - VW 101 30:2005-02 - **Main Text**: ``` By transformation and substitution in the evaluation formulas (2.1) and (2.2), this results in the capability limit values for the population. Equation 3.5: c_{m)>=c{mk,limit}\sqrt{\frac{K_{l,\delta}{2}}{49}} =0,832 * c_{mk,limit} Equation 3.6: c_{mk}>c_{mk,\limt}\frac(1)(1+\frac{1}{100}) * \sqrt{\frac{K^2_{l,delta}}{49}} = 0,824 * c_{mk,limit} For effective random sample sizes n-.... <50, the results in the following fitted capability limit values Equation 3.6: ĉ_{m)>=c{mk,limit} 0,832 * \sqrt{\frac(f}{K^2_{l, delta}} Equation 3.7: ĉ_{mk}>{cap,limit} \cdot 0,.824 * \sqrt{\frac{l+\frac{1}{2}\cdot l){*f}{K_{l,delta}}l{\sqrt{f}{n-1}} .... As relative random size for n = <... \cdot Example: For specific cap limit value of c_{cm,limit}=2,0 c_{m\=limit = 1,67} and effective random joint sample size of \cdot n_{e} = 2.... according to form... Equation 4.9-.....Given the following fitted .... C_{m}=2',03 * C) .....[complex formulay] \sqrt(20-1)(cm200)= (m=1,67c incurred indicated \sqrt{\frac(f}{K^2_{4...osure followable '' **Footnote**: The determination of the adapded capability limit values using formula f={ 1 to 0.1th is also used for populations without normal attributes #### Scene and Activity Analysis (Image 1): - **Scene Description**: The entire image is a page from a technical or academic text. It primarily features complex mathematical content related to capability limit evaluation formulas. - **Activities**: The primary activities involve mathematical transformations, substitutions, and evaluations of capability limit values. #### Color Analysis (Image 1): - **Dominant Colors**: Predominantly black text on a white background. - **Impact on Perception**: The contrast between black text and white background makes the text highly readable and professional, suitable for academic and technical documentation. #### Perspective and Composition (Image 1): - **Perspective**: The image is a scanned or photographed page from a document, seen from a top-down or direct perspective. - **Composition**: The layout is similar to a standard academic page, with header, main content, numbered formulas, and a footnote. - **Elements Arrangement**: Clear hierarchical structuring of formulas and supporting text for easy understanding and reference. #### Contextual Significance (Image 1): - **Document Context**: Given the technical and formulaic content, it is likely part of a larger document on statistical analysis or quality control. - **Contribution to Message**: The page contributes to explaining the methodology for calculating capability limits within a given statistical context. ### Conclusion: The image analyzed is a page from a technical document related to statistical evaluation formulas for capability limits. It involves detailed mathematical expressions aimed at professionals or academics in fields such as quality control, statistics, or engineering. The text is well-organized, with clear structuring and notation to facilitate understanding of the complex formulas presented. The page is designed to be informative and easily readable, using a simple black-and-white color scheme. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 23 Context: # 4.6 Results Evaluation ```mermaid flowchart TD A[Outliers present?] -->|yes| B[Outliers due to incorrect measurements?] A -->|no| C[Change of production location?] B -->|yes| D[Evaluation repeat
Continued at 4] B -->|no| E[Cause known and effect acceptable?] C -->|yes| F[Deviation from distribution model?] C -->|no| E F -->|yes| G[Other distribution model possible?] F -->|no| E G -->|yes| D G -->|no| E E -->|yes| H[Capability indexes less than limit values?] E -->|no| I[Machine incapable
Continued at 4] H -->|yes| J[Machine capable
Continued at 4] H -->|no| I ``` **Figure 11 - Sequence of the results evaluation** Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Position**: Only one image is present on the page. - **Image Number**: Image 1 #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description**: The image is a flowchart depicting the process flow for the sequence of results evaluation. - **Activity Description**: It shows the decision-making steps in evaluating results, starting from checking for outliers, changes in production location, deviations from distribution models, and evaluating machine capability. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Detected Text**: - "4.6 Results evaluation" - "Outliers present" - "Outliers due to incorrect measurements" - "Change of production location" - "Deviation from distribution model" - "Other distribution model possible" - "Evaluation repeat Continued at 4" - "Cause known and effect acceptable" - "Capability indexes less than limit values" - "Machine capable Continued at 4" - "Machine incapable Continued at 4" - "Figure 11 - Sequence of the results evaluation" - "Page 23" - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - **Text Analysis**: This text defines the steps and decisions needed to evaluate results systematically. #### 6. Product Analysis - **Product Description**: Not applicable as the image does not depict a product but a flowchart. #### 7. Anomaly Detection - **Anomalies**: No noticeable anomalies. The flowchart appears to be standard and designed correctly without any unusual or unexpected elements. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Color Composition**: The flowchart is in black and white. - **Dominant Colors**: Black and white. - **Impact on Perception**: The use of black and white is conventional for technical diagrams, ensuring clarity and readability. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: The image is viewed from a straight, eye-level perspective typical for diagrams. - **Composition**: The elements are arranged logically from the top to the bottom, with decision points leading to different paths, indicating a structured process flow. #### 10. Contextual Significance - **Context Analysis**: This image likely belongs to a technical or procedural document related to evaluating machine capabilities or production processes. - **Contribution to Overall Message**: The flowchart helps the reader or user understand the sequence and decision points involved in result evaluation, contributing to a methodical approach. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Graph Description**: The flowchart represents decision branches and corresponding actions based on specific evaluation criteria. - **Trend Interpretation**: The flow suggests a structured approach to handling deviations and ensuring machine capabilities are within acceptable limits. #### Additional Aspects #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Process Flow Description**: - **Step 1**: Check for outliers. - **Step 2**: If outliers are present, determine if due to incorrect measurements. - **Step 3**: If no incorrect measurements, check for change in production location. - **Step 4**: If no change in production location, check for deviation from distribution model. - **Step 5**: If deviation exists, evaluate if other distribution models are possible. - **Step 6**: Repeat evaluation if needed. - **Step 7**: If cause of deviation is known and acceptable, and capability indexes are within limits, the machine is capable. If not, the machine is deemed incapable. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - **Process Description**: The process involves several decision points at which specific actions are taken based on the data evaluation, ensuring a systematic and comprehensive approach to result evaluation. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Type Designations**: Not explicitly mentioned but implied types include result status (outliers, correct measurements), process elements (distribution models, capability indexes), and outcomes (machine capable/incapable). #### Tables - **Table Analysis**: Not applicable as no tables are included in the image. This comprehensive examination identifies the logical flow and decision points crucial for evaluating results in a systematic manner. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 24 Context: # 4.1 Test Equipment Use Test equipment shall only be used for the MFI that has been released by the responsible department for the planned test process. ## 4.2 Sampling An MFI relates to only one production characteristic or one machine parameter. Generally, the single measurements of the random samples are recorded for evaluation. In the case of minimally recorded measurements in a class subdivision of the value range (tally), the frequency distribution of the classified measurements can also be recorded instead. So, essentially only the machine influence is recorded in an MFI, the following conditions shall be complied with in the production of random sample parts: - A uniform blank batch and a uniform preparation (supplier, material) shall be ensured during the investigation. During the MFI, the machine or system shall always be operated by the same operator. - The premanaging quality of the characteristics to be evaluated must correspond to the required production specifications. - The number of parts to be produced (random sample size) should generally be 50. If this random sample size is difficult to obtain for economic or technical reasons, a smaller one is also permissible. Then the corresponding higher limit values according to Table 3 or the formulas (3.7) and (3.8) have to be complied with. However, the random sample size (i.e. without outliers) must be at least 20. - The parts shall be produced immediately after each other and numbered according to the manufacturing sequence. All specified characteristics shall be tested on each part. - The MFI shall only be carried out with the machine at operating temperature. "Operating temperature" is to be defined for each use case. - The test parts are to be produced under the standard production conditions required for the machine (i.e. with the cycle time and the machine adjustment parameters as in standard production). - Depending on the project, special specifications shall be set so that at the beginning of the MFI, it is ensured that, e.g., the tooling is broken in and that the end of the tooling lifetime does not lie within the MFI. - Tooling change, manual tooling adjustments or other changes of machine parameters shall not be carried out during the MFI. Automatic tooling corrections due to integrated measuring controls are excepted from this. - If there are machine malfunctions during the MFI that influence the characteristic to be investigated, the MFI must be started over again. - The measuring method must be specified before the investigation and agreed upon between supplier and customer. During the production of different parts (different part numbers, e.g., steel shaft / cast iron shaft) on one machine that can additionally have different characteristics, MFIs are to be carried out for all these parts. Image Analysis: ## Comprehensive Examination of the Attached Visual Content ### 1. Localization and Attribution: - The document comprises a single page containing textual content divided into sections with headings and paragraphs. ### 2. Text Analysis: - The document contains text in English and is structured into sections. - **Heading:** "4.1 Test equipment use" and "4.2 Sampling" - **Subsections:** Bulleted and numbered lists describing processes and conditions. - **Footnote:** A small section at the bottom of the page with additional information. #### Detailed Breakdown of Text Content: - **Section 4.1: Test equipment use** - **Content:** - The test equipment is specified for use only with the MFI (Machine Function Investigation) that has been approved by the responsible department for the planned test process. - **Section 4.2: Sampling** - **Content:** - AMFI relates to only one production characteristic or machine parameter. Measurements of random samples are recorded. - Specific conditions for the production of random sample parts are detailed. - Uniform blank batch and preparation must be ensured. - The premachining quality must meet production specifications. - Number of parts, random sample size should be 50 (with exceptions and minimums). - The parts must be produced immediately and numbered according to the manufacturing sequence. - Tests must be carried out with the machine at operating temperature defined for each use case. - Test parts are to be produced under standard production conditions. - Special specifications if tooling is broken in, ensuring tooling lifetime. - Tooling change and other adjustments during MFI are not allowed unless integrated automatic corrections are involved. - Handling machine malfunctions during MFI, which requires restarting the test. - Specifying the measuring method before investigation, agreed upon by supplier and customer. - Conducting MFI during the production of different parts which may have different characteristics. - **Footnote:** - Indicates the consideration of manual data recording forms' occurrence in practice, mentioning the limitations in such procedures. ### 8. Color Analysis: - The document comprises black text on a white background, facilitating ease of reading with no additional colors present. ### 9. Perspective and Composition: - The layout consists of a standard document format with headings and sections aligned in a readable manner. The information is broken down into sub-sections with clear headings and bullet points for better readability. ### 10. Contextual Significance: - This document likely serves as part of a larger set of guidelines or a standard manual, possibly related to the operation and quality assurance in manufacturing processes. #### Summary: The document provides guidelines for the use of test equipment and sampling procedures in a manufacturing or production quality control setting. Sections are clearly outlined to ensure that all steps and conditions are understandably documented and enforceable. The main content emphasizes the precision, consistency, and specified methodologies necessary for maintaining high production standards. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 26 Context: # 4.4.2 Test for outliers First, a determination of whether the measured values recorded contain outliers is made using the distribution-free detector test according to VW 101 33. Outliers are measured values that lie so far from the other measured values that it is highly probable that they do not come from the same population as the remaining values, e.g., erroneous measurements. The outlier test shall be carried out with a confidence level of 99%. ## 4.4.3 Take outliers out of the calculation of statistics If outliers are identified, these are not considered in the calculation of the statistics. However, the outliers shall not be deleted. Rather, they shall be marked accordingly in the graphic representation of the single value curve and their number shall be indicated in the documentation. ### 4.4.4 Test for change of the production location Using the distribution-free Run Test according to Swed-Eisenhard (see [1]), a determination shall be made of whether the production location has changed systematically during the sampling. A systematic change of the production location can occur, e.g., due to the influence of temperature or due to tooling wear (trend curve). This test shall be carried out with a confidence level of 95%. If only the frequency distribution of classified measured values was recorded, this test cannot be used. #### 4.4.5 Test for deviation from the specified distribution model The recorded measured values are to be tested to see whether they exhibit a significant deviation from the distribution model that was defined for the characteristic involved. To do this, in the case of a specified normal distribution, the Epps-Pulley test (see ISO 5479) shall be used and in the case of a different specified model, e.g., with a type I or II absolute value distribution, the chi-square test (see [1]) shall be used with a confidence level of 95%. A deviation from the specified distribution model can occur, e.g., due to different material batches during the sampling (mixed distribution, see example 3 in Section 5). A deviation from the specified distribution model can occur, e.g., due to sampling from different tools (mixed distribution, see also Section 3, in Figure 5). ##### 4.4.6 Evaluation according to normal distribution In the case of a specified normal distribution or one that is approximated according to criteria (1.13), (1.22), in which the measured values do not exhibit any significant deviation from the distribution model, the calculation of the capability indices is carried out according to formulas (2.1) to (2.5), depending on the tolerancing, whereby the dispersion range limits are determined according to (2.6). ###### 4.4.7 Evaluation according to specified model In the case of a different specified distribution model, e.g., type I or II absolute value distribution, in which the measured values do not exhibit any significant deviation from the distribution model, the calculation of the capability indexes are carried out according to formulas (2.1) to (2.5), whereby the statistics of the distribution to be fitted are determined according to formulas (2.15) and (2.16) or (2.24) and (2.25) respectively with the use of the approximated function (2.18) or (2.27) respectively and the dispersion range limits can be calculated according to the approximated functions (2.19) or (2.28) respectively. Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Visual Content **Aspect 1: Localization and Attribution** - The provided content appears to be a page from a document, labeled as "Page 26," and originates from "VW 101 30: 2005-02." **Aspect 4: Text Analysis** - The document includes several textual sections, each elaborating on different aspects of statistical tests relevant to quality assessments in manufacturing or engineering contexts. The identified sections are: 1. **Test for outliers (4.4.2):** - Discusses how to determine if measured values contain outliers using a distribution-free test method according to VW 101 33. - Outliers are measured values that significantly differ from others, indicating possible errors. 2. **Take outliers out of the calculation of statistics (4.4.3):** - States that outliers should not be removed but marked accordingly in graphic representations. 3. **Test for change of the production location (4.4.4):** - Indicates the use of the distribution-free Run Test to determine if the production location has changed systematically due to sampling. - The test checks for changes due to various factors like tooling wear or temperature influence. 4. **Test for deviation from the specified distribution model (4.4.5):** - Describes a process to test if values deviate significantly from a specified distribution model. - Different methodologies are noted, such as the Epps-Pulley test for normal distribution and the chi-square test for other models. 5. **Evaluation according to normal distribution (4.4.6):** - Specifies the evaluation of capability indexes when values don't significantly deviate from a specified normal distribution. 6. **Evaluation according to specified model (4.4.7):** - Details on evaluating capability indexes when values don't significantly deviate from a specified model different from the normal distribution. **Aspect 11: Metadata Analysis** - The metadata reveals the document type and standardized reference, indicating it is likely part of a technical or industrial standard specific to VW (Volkswagen) for quality assessment or testing procedures, dated 2005-02. **Aspect 12: Graph and Trend Analysis** - Although the page analyzed does not contain any graphical elements or data trends, it provides a detailed explanation of how such analyses should be carried out per the described methods. **Aspect 13: Graph Numbers** - There are references to various formulas and sections that seem to contain mathematical formulations/details about the mentioned tests: - Formulas (2.1) to (2.5), (2.15), (2.16), (2.18), (2.19), (2.24), (2.25), (2.27) and (2.28). - Example references can be found in sections 3 and 5, as well as Figure 5. **Aspect: Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)** - The document describes specific statistical testing flows: - Identification of outliers. - Inclusion/exclusion in statistical calculations. - Testing for production location changes. - Assessing deviations from distribution models. - Evaluation based on normal distribution and specific models. **Aspect: Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)** - **Test for outliers:** Process of identifying outliers using VW standard methods. - **Run Test for production location:** A statistical test to identify systematic changes in production settings. - **Epps-Pulley/Chi-square Tests:** Specific statistical tests to identify deviations from distribution models. - **Evaluation Processes:** Methods for evaluating using normal distribution models and specified non-normal distribution models. **Conclusion** The provided text is highly technical, focusing on methods for identifying and analyzing statistical anomalies and testing in the production and manufacturing context. The detailed descriptions and references to specific statistical processes imply its usage for quality control and ensuring product consistency. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 28 Context: # 4.6 Results Evaluation Whether a machine can be evaluated capable with respect to production of a considered characteristic depends on the following result evaluation: - If outliers occur during an evaluation, their cause has to be clarified. Outliers shall only be caused by incorrect measurements or be wrongly identified as such using the outlier test based on the specified probability of error of 1%. Otherwise, the machine shall be evaluated as incapable. If more than 5% of the recorded measured values or more than 2 values are identified as outliers, there shall be a test of whether the test process is faulty. Then the MFI is to be repeated if necessary. - If the production location has changed significantly during the sampling, generally its cause has to be known and the effect has to be acceptable in order to meet the requirement for machine capability (see last paragraph of this section for exception). - If a distribution-free evaluation exists due to a significant deviation from the specified distribution model and if no other distribution model can be assigned to the considered characteristic without contradiction, the cause must be known and the effect must be acceptable³, in order to meet the requirement for machine capability (see last paragraph of this section for exception). Unless otherwise agreed, the capability indexes determined with an effective random sample size of \( n_e \geq 50 \) (i.e. without outliers) must meet the requirement: \[ \bar{C}_m \geq 2.0 \quad \text{and} \quad \bar{C}_{pk} \geq 1.67 \quad \text{for a characteristic with two-sided tolerance zones} \] \[ \bar{C}_{pk} \geq 1.67 \quad \text{for a characteristic with one-sided tolerance zone only} \] in order for the machine to be evaluated as capable. In this case, for comparison to the limit values, the capability indexes determined are to be rounded to two digits after the decimal so that, e.g., a determined value of \( \bar{C}_{pk} = 1.66545 \) will still meet the requirement after the resulting rounding to 1.67. With an effective random sample size of \( 20 \leq n < 50 \), correspondingly higher limit values shall be complied with. The fitted limit values are given in Table 3 for a few random sample sizes. If there is agreement on other limit values on the basis of \( n_e \geq 50 \), the corresponding fitted limit values are to be determined according to formulas (3.7) to (3.9). ### Table 3 - Limit Values for Machine Capability for \( 20 \leq n \leq 50 \) | \( n_e \) | \( \bar{C}_m \geq \) | \( \bar{C}_{pk} \geq \) | |-----------|----------------------|--------------------------| | 20 | 2.28 | 1.93 | | 25 | 2.19 | 1.85 | | 30 | 2.13 | 1.79 | | 35 | 2.08 | 1.75 | | 40 | 2.05 | 1.72 | | 45 | 2.02 | 1.69 | | 50 | 2.00 | 1.67 | If a capability index results that is lower than the corresponding limit value, the machine is to be evaluated as incapable. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination of Visual Content #### Localization and Attribution: 1. **Image Location**: The entire content is contained within a single continuous page. 2. **Image Number**: Image 1. #### Text Analysis: 1. **Extracted Text**: - **Title**: "4.6 Results evaluation" - Detailed explanation discussing the evaluation of machine capability, the handling of outliers, and the conditions under which a machine can be considered capable. - Conditions for outliers and distribution-free evaluation. - Requirements for effective random sample sizes, specified capability indexes, and tolerance zones. - **Table**: "Table 3 - Limit values for machine capability for 20 ≤ ne ≤ 50" - **Table Values**: - For [nₑ = 20]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.28, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.93 - For [nₑ = 25]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.19, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.85 - For [nₑ = 30]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.13, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.79 - For [nₑ = 35]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.08, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.75 - For [nₑ = 40]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.05, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.72 - For [nₑ = 45]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.02, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.69 - For [nₑ = 50]: ĉₚ ≥ 2.00, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.67 - Footnotes and references to formulas and paragraphs. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis: 1. **Table Analysis**: - **Title**: "Table 3 - Limit values for machine capability for 20 ≤ nₑ ≤ 50" - Presents the fitted limit values for machine capability indexes (ĉₚ and ĉₚₖ) for different effective sample sizes (nₑ). - **Axes**: No graphical axes as it is a table. - **Key Insights**: - For smaller sample sizes, the required capability indexes are higher. - As the sample size increases, the limit values for ĉₚ and ĉₚₖ decrease. #### Ablaufsprozesse (Process Flows): 1. **Process Flow Description**: - The process flow involves evaluating a machine's production capability considering specific criteria (outliers, production location changes, distribution-free evaluation). - The overall flow hinges on monitoring capability indexes and ensuring that the system meets requirements defined by fit limit values based on sample size. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): 1. **Description**: - **Outliers Evaluation**: Clarify causes and ensure correct measurements. - **Production Location Changes**: Identify and accept changes if they significantly alter the sampling. - **Distribution-free Evaluation**: Address significant deviations and maintain acceptable fit limit values. - **Capability Indexes Determination**: Calculate and evaluate by rounding to two decimal digits under specified conditions. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations): 1. **Types/Categories**: - **Two-sided Tolerance Zones**: Capability index values ĉₚ ≥ 2.20, ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.67 required. - **One-sided Tolerance Zones**: Capability index value ĉₚₖ ≥ 1.67 required. #### Trend and Interpretation: 1. **Identified Trends**: - Higher sample sizes result in slightly relaxed capability index values. 2. **Interpretation**: - Ensuring machine capability through rigorous distribution and outlier checks indicates a gradually stable and reliable production setup with increased sample sizes, leading to relaxation in capability indexes. #### Contextual Significance: 1. **Analysis in Document Context**: - This section is likely part of a larger technical standard (VW 101 30: 2005-02) and provides crucial guidelines for evaluating machine capability. - It ensures uniformity and reliability in production by adhering to the defined capability indexes. #### Anomaly Detection: 1. **Identified Anomalies**: None detected within the provided content. #### Perspective and Composition: 1. **Description**: - The page is laid out in a standard technical document format, with headers, paragraphs, and a table that outlines detailed specifications and guidelines. By analyzing these various aspects of the visual content, the document provides thorough guidelines on evaluating machine capability, emphasizing the importance of outlier analysis, impact of production changes, and maintaining acceptable capability indexes across specific sample sizes. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 32 Context: # Example 3: Shaft diameter with a nominal dimension of 20 mm, a lower limiting value of \( G_e = 19.7 \) mm and an upper limiting value of \( G_u = 20.3 \) mm. From \( n = 50 \) measured values of the random sample, due to the statistical tests, no outliers resulted and no significant location change resulted, but a significant deviation from an expected normal distribution did. Therefore, a distribution-free evaluation is carried out according to Section 3.22. To do so, the following random sample statistics were determined: \[ \bar{x}_{50\%} = \bar{x} = 20.02 \, \text{mm}, \, x_{max} = 20.19 \, \text{mm} \, \text{and} \, x_{min} = 19.85 \, \text{mm} \] Correction factor according to formula (2.38) and Table 1: \[ k = \frac{6}{d_d} = \frac{6}{4.5} = 1.33 \] Range according to formula (2.37): \[ R = x_{max} - x_{min} = 20.19 - 19.85 = 0.34 \, \text{mm} \] According to formula (2.36): \[ x_c = \frac{x_{max} + x_{min}}{2} = \frac{20.19 + 19.85}{2} = 20.02 \, \text{mm} \] Estimated values for dispersion range limits according to formula (2.35): \[ \begin{align*} \hat{x}_{L} &= x_c - k \frac{R}{2} = 20.02 - 1.33 \frac{0.34}{2} = \frac{20.246}{19.794} \, \text{mm} \\ \hat{x}_{U} &= x_c + k \frac{R}{2} = 20.02 + 1.33 \frac{0.34}{2} = \frac{20.246}{19.794} \, \text{mm} \end{align*} \] Thus the formulas (2.29) and (2.30) resulted in the capability indexes: \[ \bar{c}_m = \frac{G_u - G_L}{\bar{x} - \hat{x}_{L}} = \frac{20.3 - 19.7}{20.02 - 20.246} = 1.33 \] \[ \bar{c}_{mk} = \min \left( \frac{G_u - \bar{x}_{50\%}}{\bar{x}_{50\%} - \hat{x}_{L}}, \frac{G_L - \bar{x}_{50\%}}{\bar{x}_{50\%} - \hat{x}_{U}} \right) = \frac{20.3 - 20.02}{20.246 - 20.02} = 1.24 \] Figure 14 illustrates the evaluation result. ## Example 14 - Example of a production without defined distribution model with the capability indexes \( c_{m} = 1.33 \) and \( c_{mk} = 1.24 \) From the capability indexes determined, it can be seen that the machine does not meet the capability requirement with respect to the considered characteristic. The significant deviation from an expected normal distribution supplies interesting information in this context. Because of this, an optimization potential can be recognized, in this case through mixed distribution. Image Analysis: ### Visual Content Analysis #### Image Details: 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image 1**: There is only one image present on the page. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - The image features a histogram chart, several numerical calculations, and statistical data. Key elements include text, a bar graph, and mathematical formulas. 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - The scene depicts a technical/engineering document with a focus on statistical analysis and capability evaluation. The activities involve mathematical and statistical examination related to production measures. 4. **Text Analysis:** - The text in the image provides a detailed explanation of statistical calculations for a shaft diameter. Key excerpts include: - "Example 3:" At the beginning, it describes a problem statement involving various measures and statistical tolerance limits. - Several formulas and calculations are displayed. - Example 14 provides an evaluation result and showcases the graph/histogram. - Annotated text at the bottom explains the significance of capability indexes c_m and c_mk, and provides conclusions based on the analysis. 5. **Chart Analysis:** - The image features a bar graph (Histogram) representing the frequency distribution of measured values. - **Axes**: - X-axis: "Measured value" with intervals ranging from 19.75 to 20.25. - Y-axis: "Frequency". - **Data**: The bar heights represent the frequency of occurrence for each range of measured values. - **Insight**: The chart indicates a normal distribution of measured values around the central value, detailing an evaluation on production capability. 6. **Product Analysis:** - The products in discussion are shaft diameters with specific measurements and tolerance limits. - The primary focus is on the production consistency and statistical evaluation of the shaft dimensions. 7. **Anomaly Detection:** - The statistical analysis shows a deviation from the expected normal distribution, suggesting an area for potential optimization, even indicating mixed distribution as a noticeable anomaly. 8. **Color Analysis:** - The document uses monochrome (black and white), a typical color scheme for technical documents to emphasize on clarity and readability of text and graphs. 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - The document is presented from a straightforward, eye-level perspective, typical for technical manuscripts. The composition is logical, with text leading into formulas and culminating in the graphical representation. 10. **Contextual Significance:** - The image and text collectively contribute to the technical evaluation of production quality and highlight the importance of statistical analysis in assessing manufacturing processes. 11. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - The provided graph emphasizes the distribution of measured shaft diameters. The trend suggests a central tendency but with visible deviations, important for evaluating the machining process capability. 12. **Process Descriptions:** - Detailed process descriptions include calculating correction factors, range, and estimated values for dispersion based on statistical formulas. 13. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Designations like c_m (Process Capability Index) and c_mk (Corrected Capability Index) are particularly highlighted. Their values denote the precision of the manufacturing process. 14. **Trend and Interpretation:** - The general trend in the analysis shows that while the process is centered around the target measurement, there are variations indicating mixed distributions, a critical point for further quality improvement. ### Summary: This page provides an elaborate statistical analysis related to manufacturing shaft diameters, presenting calculated tolerance limits and capability indexes. The supporting histogram visually complements the textual and numerical analysis, reinforcing the critical need for precision in manufacturing processes. Overall, the document embodies a thorough approach to understanding and optimizing production quality. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 34 Context: # 8 Keyword index | Key word | Page | |---------------------------------------|----------| | A | | | Absolute frequency α | 10, 17 | | Absolute cumulative frequency A | 17 | | α-Risk | 20 | | Alternative hypothesis | 20 | | Fitted capability limit values | 19, 28 | | Outlier | 20, 26 | | Confidence level γ | 20, 26 | | B | | | Conditions for the machine capability investigation | 24 | | β-Risk | 20 | | Absolute value distribution, type I | 5, 11 | | Absolute value distribution, type II | 7, 13 | | Machine at operating temperature | 24 | | C | | | Capability | 3 | | Chi-square distribution | 18 | | D | | | Data analysis | 25 | | Density function f(x) | 4 | | Documentation | 27 | | E | | | Restricted machine capability investigation | 25 | | Effective random sample size nₑ | 10, 24 | | Epps-Pulley test | 20, 26 | | Results evaluation | 28 | | Expected value for the w-distribution dₕ | 17 | | Eccentricity z | 7 | | F | | | Determination of capability | 8 | | Capability indexes cₘ and cₜₖ | 3, 9 | | Capability limit values | 18, 28 | | Production location | 3, 28 | | Production variation | 3, 8 | | Production sequence | 24 | | Degree of freedom | 18 | | G | | | Limit values of machine capability | 18, 28 | | H | | | Hampel test | 20 | | Frequency distribution | 10, 17 | | Upper limiting value G₀ | 3, 9 | | I | | | Probability of error α | 20 | Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Position:** Image 1 - **Image Description:** A page from a document titled "Keyword Index." The document appears to be a technical or academic resource with key terms and their corresponding page numbers. **Text Analysis:** - The text is organized into two main columns: - **Key Word:** Lists specific terms or keywords. - **Page:** Indicates the page numbers where each keyword can be found. **Detected Text:** - **Title and Sections:** - "Page 34" - "VW 101 30: 2005-02" - "8 Keyword index" - **Columns:** - Column 1: "Keyword | Page" - Column 2: Lists of key terms and page numbers. - **Keywords and Page Numbers:** - **A:** - Absolute frequency α: 10, 17 - Absolute cumulative frequency A: 17 - α-Risk: 20 - Alternative hypothesis: 20 - Fitted capability limit values: 19, 28 - Outlier: 20, 26 - Confidence level γ: 20, 26 - **B:** - Conditions for the machine capability investigation: 24 - β-Risk: 20 - Absolute value distribution, type I: 5, 11 - Absolute value distribution, type II: 7, 13 - Machine at operating temperature: 24 - **C:** - Capability: 3 - Chi-square distribution: 18 - **D:** - Data analysis: 25 - Density function f(x): 4 - Documentation: 27 - **E:** - Restricted machine capability investigation: 25 - Effective random sample size nₑ: 10, 24 - Epps-Pulley test: 20, 26 - Results evaluation: 28 - Expected value for the w-distribution dn: 17 - Eccentricity z: 7 - **F:** - Determination of capability: 8 - Capability indexes Cm and Cmk: 3, 9 - Capability limit values: 18, 28 - Production location: 3, 28 - Production variation: 3, 8 - Production sequence: 24 - Degree of freedom: 18 - **G:** - Limit values of machine capability: 18, 28 - **H:** - Hampel test: 20 - Frequency distribution: 10, 17 - Upper limiting value Go: 3, 9 - **I:** - Probability of error α: 20 **Color Analysis:** - **Color Composition:** - The image consists of black text on a white background. - This high contrast makes the text easily readable. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - The image is scanned or photographed from a top-down perspective, showing a flat view of a single page. - The text is well-centered and uniformly spaced. - **Composition:** - The page is laid out in a structured format with two main columns. - The header section indicates the page number and a title. - Keywords on the left are aligned flush, with corresponding page numbers uniformly placed on the right. **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Context:** - This page appears to be part of a larger technical document or manual. - The keyword index serves as a reference guide, allowing readers to quickly locate specific topics within the document. **Conclusion:** The image is a page from a technical document titled "Keyword Index," which serves as a glossary or reference guide. It is well-organized with keyword terms and their corresponding page numbers, aiding the reader in navigating the document. The monochromatic color scheme, primarily black text on a white background, enhances readability, and the structured layout ensures easy information retrieval. #################### File: VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf Page: 35 Context: # Key Word Index | Key Word | Page | |-----------------------------------------------|------| | K | | | Class width Δx | 17 | | Classified measured values | 10, 17 | | Correction factor k | 17 | | L | | | Location | 3 | | M | | | Machine optimization | 29 | | Machine malfunctions | 24 | | Median value | 16 | | Characteristic type | 4, 25 | | Characteristic value | 3 | | Measuring method | 24 | | Lower limiting value Gu | 3, 9 | | Mixed distribution | 26, 32 | | Mean value µ | 4, 10 | | N | | | Normal distribution | 4, 10 | | Null hypothesis | 20 | | Zero offset | 6 | | P | | | Parameter of a distribution | 3 | | Test variable | 20 | | Test value | 20 | | Test equipment use | 24 | | Q | | | Quantile | 9 | | - of the standardized normal distribution | 18 | | - of the chi-square distribution | 18 | | R | | | Rayleigh distribution | 7 | | Radial deviation r | 7 | | Blank batch | 24 | | Rounding of capability values | 28 | | Run test | 20 | | S | | | Estimation / estimated value | 8, 9 | | Threshold value | 20 | | Standard production conditions | 24 | | Significant change / deviations | 20 | | Range R | 17 | | Standard deviation σ | 4, 10 | | Standardized normal distribution | 5 | | - U Transformation | 5 | | - Distribution function Φ(μ₁) | 5 | | - Probability density function φ(u) | 5 | | Statistical tests | 20 | | Statistical tolerance calculation | 29 | Image Analysis: ### Analysis of Visual Content #### **1. Localization and Attribution:** - The provided visual content is a single page (Page 35) from a document titled "VW 101 30: 2005-02." - Since there is only one image on the page, we'll denote it as **Image 1**. #### **2. Object Detection and Classification:** - **Image 1** includes a textual index with keywords and corresponding page numbers. #### **3. Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Image 1** is a textual scene showing an index list for a document. It lists various keywords in alphabetical order (K, L, M, N, P, Q, R, S) with corresponding page numbers. This page forms part of an index section used for quickly locating specific topics within the document. #### **4. Text Analysis:** - **Image 1** contains text organized into two columns: 'Key word' and 'Page.' - Key points: - **Keywords:** Terms related to statistical and machine-related concepts like "Class width Δx", "Correction factor k", "Machine optimization", "Measuring method," etc. - **Page Numbers:** Indicating where to find these topics within the document, aiding navigation and quick reference. #### **5. Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - There are no diagrams or charts in **Image 1**. #### **6. Product Analysis:** - No products are depicted. #### **7. Anomaly Detection:** - There are no visible anomalies or unusual elements in **Image 1**. #### **8. Color Analysis:** - The page is predominantly black and white text. #### **9. Perspective and Composition:** - **Image 1** is a straightforward flat view of a textual document page. The text is well-aligned and organized into columns, making it easy to navigate. #### **10. Contextual Significance:** - **Image 1** serves as an index page in a document. Indexes are crucial for quickly locating information within lengthy documents, enhancing user experience and navigation. #### **12. Graph and Trend Analysis:** - No graphs are included in **Image 1**. #### **14. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - There are no specific process flows shown; the document references various topics and terms. #### **16. Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - **Image 1** includes type designations and classifications such as "normal distribution," "standard deviation σ," "quantile," etc., crucial for statistical references and studies. #### **14. Text and Table Analysis:** - **Image 1** comprises a table of contents-style format with categorized keywords and their respective page numbers. - **K:** e.g., "Class width Δx" - Page 17; "Correction factor k" - Page 17. - **M:** e.g., "Machine optimization" - Page 29; "Measuring method" - Page 24. - ...and so forth for the other letters. The keywords listed represent technical terms and concepts typically used in quality management, statistical analysis, and machine operation documentation. This detailed breakdown will aid in understanding the structure and purpose of the content within the provided page from the document. #################### File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf Page: 2 Context: # Projektdaten ## Kunde: Skoda, Mlada Boleslav ## Werkstück: Motorgehäuse (MGH) SSP ## Taktzeit: 75s ## Terminplan: siehe Folgeseite ## RFQ Dokumente: - Skoda Lastenheft - TZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektrophonou SSP v5_DE ## Others: ### Kontakt MAG EK: Sonja Haas; [sonja.haas@mag-ias.com](mailto:sonja.haas@mag-ias.com) ### Kontakt MAG Planung: Ralf Haug; [ralf.haug@mag-ias.com](mailto:ralf.haug@mag-ias.com) Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis: #### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - This image is the only one present and hence will be referred to as **Image 1**. #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Objects Identified:** - Text - Logos - **Key Features:** - The image primarily contains textual information along with two logos positioned at the top-right corner. #### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text:** ``` Projektdaten Kunde: Skoda, Mlada Boleslav Werkstück: Motorgehäuse (MGH) SSP Taktzeit: 75s Terminplan: siehe Folgeseite RFQ Dokumente: Skoda Lastenheft TZ_Linka obrabeni motorove skrine elektropohonu SSP v5_DE Others Kontakt MAG EK Sonja Haas; sonja.haas@mag-ias.com Kontakt MAG Planung Ralf Haug, ralf.haug@mag-ias.com ``` - **Analysis of Text Content:** - **Projektdaten (Project Data):** The content provides detailed information regarding a project related to Skoda. - **Kunde (Customer):** Skoda, located in Mlada Boleslav. - **Werkstück (Workpiece):** A motor housing for MGH SSP. - **Taktzeit (Cycle Time):** 75 seconds. - **Terminplan (Schedule):** Further details are available on the next page. - **RFQ Dokumente (RFQ Documents):** Reference to a specific document regarding Skoda’s requirements and specifications. - **Others Section:** - Contact information for Sonja Haas and Ralf Haug from MAG. #### 6. **Product Analysis:** - **Products Depicted:** - No specific products are shown in the image; it focuses on textual project data. #### 8. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** - Primary colors present are shades of green and blue, giving a professional and clean look. - The red text “vorab” stands out and indicates something preliminary or provisional. #### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - The image is a straightforward, flat view typical of a slide or document. - **Composition:** - Organized in a clean, well-structured layout with headers and detailed segments. #### 10. **Contextual Significance:** - **Contribution:** - The image seems to be part of a presentation or document providing key information about a project for Skoda. It gives an overview of project specifics including customer, workpiece, cycle time, scheduling, and key contacts. #### 12. **Graph and Trend Analysis:** - There are no graphs or trends presented in the image. ### Summary: This analysis focuses on the content displayed in the image, presenting detailed project information about Skoda. Categories such as customer details, workpiece specifics, cycle time, schedule, relevant documents, and contact information for key personnel have been highlighted. This carefully structured layout and the use of color aid in emphasizing key details effectively. #################### File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf Page: 6 Context: # Lieferumfang ## MAG Umfang ### Linie 1 - Portal mit H-Lader und 2 Doppelgreifern - Greifereinheit im Doppelgreifer einzeln ansteuerbar (Transport 1 Teil möglich) - Nassbearbeitung - Kübelablage vor Ablegen WST auf FT-Band - 3 SPC-Schubladen mit DMC-Handlser (1 pro OP) - 2 DMC-Kameras am RT-Band - Zellensteuerung - Schnittstelle zu Kundenleitrechner - Mobile Wartungsbühne, elektrisch abgeschaltet - Keine Testteile bei MAG in EIS - Virtuelle IBN - **Option** - 1 Woche Produktionsbegleitung - Schulungspaket ### Linie 2 - Option als Duplikat - Termin unbekannt ## Skoda Umfang - RT/FT Paletten-Bänder - Schutzhause für Bänder Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Visual Content #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Location**: The single image occupies the full page. - **Image Number**: Image 1. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Objects Identified**: - A diagram depicting machinery and operational processes. - Text elements detailing various operational aspects and specifications. - **Key Features**: The machinery in the diagram is detailed with various components and connections, showing an industrial setup likely for manufacturing or automation. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Scene Description**: The image displays detailed information about an industrial setup or production line, including machinery layout and operational steps. - **Main Actors and Actions**: The main actors are likely industrial machines, such as H-loaders, double grippers, and SPC sliding trays. Actions include handling, processing, and transporting materials within an industrial setting. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Extracted Text**: - **Header (Larger, Key Information)** - "Lieferumfang" - "MAG Umfang" - **Subsection Titles and Bullets** - "Linie 1" - "Portal mit H-Lader und 2 Doppelgreifern" - "Greiferfenster im Doppelgreifer einzeln ansteuerbar (Transport 1 Teil möglich)" - "Nassbearbeitung" - "Kübelachse vor Ablegen WST auf FT-Band" - Etc. (Continued with detailed operational points) - "Linie 2" - "Option als Duplikat" - "Termin unbekannt" - "Skoda Umfang" - "RT/FT Paletten-Bänder" - "Schutzeinhausung für Bänder" - Etc. - **Significance**: The text outlines the scope of delivery for the machinery setup, detailed by line (Linie 1 & Linie 2) and specific equipment (MAG Umfang, Skoda Umfang), providing a comprehensive overview of components and capabilities. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Data and Trends**: The diagram visually represents an operational process flow, highlighting the location and interaction of various machinery components. #### 10. Contextual Significance: - **Overall Contribution**: The image contextualizes the operational capabilities and scope of delivery for an industrial manufacturing setup, serving as an informational guide for stakeholders involved in the implementation and operation of the system. #### 13. Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows): - **Process Flows Described**: The diagram illustrates the process flows within an industrial setup, notably the transfer of materials via H-loaders, double grippers, and specialized conveyors (RT/FT Paletten-Bänder). #### 14. Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - **Detailed Processes**: The processes encompass material handling (Nassbearbeitung, Kübelachse), operational safety (elektrisch abgesichert), and system features (Schnittstelle zu Kundenleitrechner). By analyzing the visual content comprehensively, we've captured the industrial setup's scope and functionality as outlined in the diagram and accompanying text. The image mainly serves as an instructional and descriptive guide for operational processes within an industrial context. #################### File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf Page: 11 Context: ### Additional Aspects #### **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - The document provides detailed process descriptions related to maintaining machining quality attributes, focusing on the permissible depth difference in cross-sectional cuts. #### **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - Specific types or categories related to machining processes are designated in the points listed, such as "exact alignment of the milling head", "play-free and deformation-free spindle guidance", and "monitoring of spindle or bearing damage". #### **Tables:** - There are no tables presented in the visual content. ### Conclusion This analysis of the provided visual content reveals the document is a detailed guideline for ensuring a specific machining quality attribute. Each section is meticulously outlined to guide engineers or machinists in maintaining the cross-sectional quality characteristic, with stringent conditions and requirements listed to ensure precision and consistency in the machining process. #################### File: Anfrage%20Mail.pdf Page: 1 Context: # Haas, Ulrich **Von:** Haug, Ralf **Gesendet:** Freitag, 13. September 2024 14:46 **An:** Haas, Ulrich **Cc:** Ruoff, Andreas; Kuck, Winfried; Haas, Sonja **Betreff:** Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH Hallo Herr Haß, Wie gestern besprochen, anbei vorab unsere Anfrage Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH: - Angebotspräsentation MAG MGH und GGH - Lastenheft Skoda MGH und GGH - Layout - Lastenheft Automation MAG - folgt [Link zum Dokument](https://netfiles.de/8f8adb200fa835316823b5850a55a7b7beef48d7b34e840feca03b49f6d;K319ImMY) Die besprochenen Punkte: - Traceability/Anbindung an Kundenrechner - Mobile Wartungsbühne mit/ohne elektr. Absicherung Versuchen wir mit dem Kunden zu klären. Freundlich grüßt / Best regards, Ralf Haug Projektleiter Verkauf Project Manager Auxiliary Equipment --- FFG Europe & Americas MAG IAS GmbH Salacher Straße 93 73034 Eislingen Germany tel: +49 71 61 805-1281 mobil: +49 1515 1676628 ralf.haug@mag-ias.com [www.mag-ias.com](http://www.mag-ias.com) Follow us on: [Instagram](https://www.instagram.com) | [LinkedIn](https://www.linkedin.com) | [YouTube](https://www.youtube.com) --- MAG IAS GmbH, Salacher Straße 93, DE-73034 Eislingen/Filis Sitz der Gesellschaft / Registered Seat: Eislingen/Filis Registergericht / Registration Court: AG Ulm HRB 720 186 Geschäftsführung / Managing Directors: Dr. Sebastian Schönning, Bin Sun --- ### Show **Summer 2024** 6–10 June | Coimbatore, India 22–26 July | Farnborough, UK 8 August | Sterling Heights, USA 10–14 September | Stuttgart, Germany [www.ffg-qa.com](http://www.ffg-qa.com) Image Analysis: ## Analysis of the Attached Visual Content ### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: The main email content on the page, including the email header, introduction, and body text. - **Image 2**: The section with contact information, company logos, and social media links. - **Image 3**: The footer section, including visit invitations and legal information of the company. ### 2. Text Analysis #### **Image 1** - **Text Detected**: - **Header**: "Haass, Ulrich", "Von: Haup Ralf" - **Main Body**: ``` Hallo Herr Haas, Wie gestern besprochen anbei vorau unsere Anfrage Skoda MB SSP MGH und GGH - Anfragepräsentation MAG MGH und GGH - Lastenheft Skoda MGH und GGH - Layout - Lastenheft Automation MAG - folgt Die besprochenen Punkte: - Traceability/Anbindung an Kundelrecher - Mobile Wartungsbuhne mit/ohne elektr. Absicherung Versuchen wir mit dem Kunden zu klaren Freundlich grusst / Best regards, Ralf Haug Projektleiter Zukauf Project Manager Auxiliary Equipment ``` **Significance**: The email details a business communication, likely concerning project proposals and specific requirements for Skoda. It includes a presentation and various project deliverables such as a "lastenheft" (requirements specification). #### **Image 2** - **Text Detected**: ``` FFG Europe & Americas MAG IAS GmbH Salacher Straße 93 73054 Eislingen Germany Tel: +49 71 61 805-1281 Mobil: +49 1515 1676628 Follow us on Instagram, Linkedin, Youtube ``` **Significance**: This section provides essential contact details and links to social media channels for further engagement or inquiries. #### **Image 3** - **Text Detected**: ``` Show Summer 2024 Visit us 6-10 June Coimbatore, India 22-26 July Farnborough, UK 8 August Sterling Heights, USA 10-14 September Stuttgart, Germany MAG IAS GmbH, Salacher Straße 93, DE-73054 Eislingen/Fils Sitz der Gesellschaft / Registered Seat: Eislingen/Fils Registergericht / Registration Court: AG Ulm HRB 720 186 Geschäftsführung / Managing Directors: Dr. Sebastian Schöning, Bin Sun ``` **Significance**: This section outlines upcoming events and exhibitions where the company will be present, thus encouraging networking and showcasing opportunities. ### 3. Object Detection and Classification #### **Image 1**: - **Objects Found**: - Email header and body text. - Dates and paragraphs detailing a business proposal and the discussed points. #### **Image 2**: - **Objects Found**: - Company logos and icons for social media platforms. - Contact details (phone number, emails). #### **Image 3**: - **Objects Found**: - Invitation for various events with dates and locations. - Legal information about the company structure. ### 4. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene**: The composite scene over these three images represents a professional email and information document targeting business partners or potential customers. - **Activity**: The main activity is the transmission of important business-related information including project specifications, contact details, and event invitations. ### 5. Color Analysis - **Dominant Colors**: - **Email Content (Image 1)**: Primarily black and white, suggesting a focus on readability and professionalism. - **Contact Information Section (Image 2)**: Includes colors from various logos (blue, red, green), indicating brand identification. - **Event Invitation Section (Image 3)**: Uses a combination of green background and white text, making it inviting and attractive. ### 6. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: All images are presented in a straight-on view, typical for textual communication and document presentation. - **Composition**: - **Image 1**: Structured as an email with header, body text, and bullet points for clarity. - **Image 2**: Centrally aligned, providing clear and easy access to contact details. - **Image 3**: Designed with a promotional focus, highlighting events and legal information. ### 7. Contextual Significance - The entire visual content aims to convey professional communication regarding a project between MAG IAS GmbH and Skoda. It highlights the importance of networking, project specifications, and following up on discussed points. The inclusion of company contact details and event information further establishes credibility and invites further interaction. By addressing these key aspects, the analysis offers a detailed comprehension of the visual content and its significance. #################### File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx Page: 1 Context: # Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) Automation **Date:** 2024-09-13 **Author:** Ralf Haug --- ## Overview FFG provides automation solutions tailored for the Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) production. Our approach integrates cutting-edge technology with industry expertise to enhance productivity and efficiency. ## Key Features - **High Precision:** Ensures exact specifications are met. - **Scalability:** Adapts to varying production volumes. - **User-Friendly Interface:** Simplifies operation and monitoring. ## Benefits 1. **Increased Efficiency** 2. **Reduced Downtime** 3. **Cost Savings** 4. **Enhanced Quality Control** ## Technical Specifications | Feature | Specification | |-----------------------|----------------------| | Maximum Production Rate | 1000 units/hour | | Automation Type | Fully Automated | | Control System | PLC based | ## Conclusion Implementing Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) automation will substantially improve operational performance and product quality. For more information, please contact our sales department. ## Contact Us - **Email:** sales@ffg.com - **Phone:** +49 123 456 789 --- **Copyright © 2004-2024 FFG** Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis Report #### Image Localization and Attribution - **Image 1**: This image is a single visual content presented. #### Object Detection and Classification - **Objects Detected**: - **Logos**: Present at the bottom of the image. - **Text**: Various text elements, including titles and descriptions. - **Diagram**: A large, faint background diagram of an industrial layout/plant. #### Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description**: The image appears to be an industrial layout visualization with multiple textual overlays. - **Activities**: The scene depicts a structured and automated industrial process environment, likely related to automation in gear housing manufacturing. #### Text Analysis - **Extracted Text**: - "FFG" (logo) - ". . ." - "Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) Automation" - "2024-09-13, Ralf Haug" - A row of logos at the bottom of the image from various companies (e.g., VDF BOEHRINGER, CORCOM, DMC, FEELER, HESSAPP, IMAS, JOBS, LEADWELL, AG, Meccanodora, MORARA, PPTFFNER, RAMBAUDI, SACKMAN, SIGMA, SMS, SNK, TACCHELLA, Witzig & Frank) - **Text Significance**: - The text elements define the context of the image: it is related to automation in manufacturing processes for Skoda SSP Gear Housing (GGH), and includes a timestamp and author (Ralf Haug). - The multiple logos suggest collaboration or affiliations with numerous companies, indicating a diverse partnership network. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Diagram**: It displays a blueprint of an industrial plant, suggesting a detailed layout of machinery and workflows. #### Product Analysis - **Depicted Products**: Not explicitly described or shown in focus; they are assumed to be related to gear housing automation based on the text. #### Anomaly Detection - **Notable Unusual Elements**: None identified. The image contains typical promotional and industrial layout elements. #### Color Analysis - **Color Composition**: - Dominant Color: Teal/Aquamarine - Impact: The teal color gives a modern, tech-oriented, and professional appeal, emphasizing high-tech industrial automation. #### Perspective and Composition - **Perspective**: The diagram background uses a top-view layout, typical for industrial plant drawings, offering a comprehensive view of the facility. - **Composition**: Centralized text overlays with various logos at the bottom. The background image provides context without overwhelming the textual information. #### Contextual Significance - **Overall Contribution**: - The image introduces or promotes a specific aspect of the Skoda SSP Getriebegehäuse (GGH) automation process and highlights the collaborative nature of the project with multiple partners. ### Summary This image is a high-level overview intended to convey the scope of an industrial automation project related to gear housing for Skoda SSP. It integrates text and visual elements to highlight the role of automation, the collaborative effort involved, and specific details such as the date and author, ensuring a professional and technically focused presentation. #################### File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx Page: 4 Context: # Terminplan ## 7. Terminplan | Activity | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | |--------------------------|-------|-------|-------|-------| | Bestellungen | | | | | | Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe | 01/25 | | 04/26 | | | 1. Nach PX OP - komplette Automatisierung | | | | | | TB-PVs | | | | | | PUFSI | | | | | | SOP | | | | | **MAG TP folgt** Image Analysis: ### Detailed Analysis of the Image: #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - The image is located centrally on the page. - It will be designated as **Image 1**. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Chart Type:** The chart is a Gantt chart showing a project timeline with activities and their durations. - **Axes:** - **Horizontal Axis:** Represents the timeline from 2024 to 2027, labeled by quarters (e.g., Q1/24, Q2/24). - **Vertical Axis:** Lists the different activities involved in the scheduling process. - **Legend:** - Different colored bars represent various activities over the timeline. #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Header:** "Terminplan" (translated: "Schedule/Timeline"). - **Activity Column:** - Key activities listed include: - Bestellungen (Orders) - Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe (Delivery, commissioning, and handover) - 1Bx.ZP OP + komplette Automatisierung (1Bx.ZP OP + complete automation) - TB+PVS - Nußler - Inbetriebnahme Nadelhakenbank (Commissioning of needle hook bank) - 2 Tage Produktion (2 days production) - SOP (Start of Production) - **Timeframes:** - Each activity is marked with specific start and end dates within the timeline. - For instance, "Bestellungen" is marked within H1/24 (First half of 2024) and extends into 01/25 (January 2025). #### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** The chart is viewed from a straight-on angle, making all data clearly visible. - **Composition:** The Gantt chart is centrally aligned, ensuring that the timeline is easy to follow from left to right. #### 10. Contextual Significance: - The image seems to be part of a presentation or a document about project management for "Skoda SSP GGH Automation". - The term "MAG TP folgt" (MAG TP follows) suggests that there will be subsequent detailed plans or timelines associated with MAG. #### 13. Graph Numbers: - **Activity Durations:** - "Bestellungen" spans from H1/24 to 01/25 - "Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe" spans 01/25 to 04/26 - Specific dates are indicated like "TB+PVS" is marked as 1/8/26 - "Nußler" marked 4/26 - 4/27 - SOP is marked around 01/27 ### Summary: - **Image 1** is focused on a Gantt chart displaying various activities over a project timeline from 2024 to 2027. - The chart presents a detailed project schedule relevant to "Skoda SSP GGH Automation." - The perspectives and compositions ensure clarity for readers to understand the timeline at a glance. - Contextually, this visualization is integral for attendees or readers to grasp the phases and scheduling of the project’s key activities. #################### File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx Page: 8 Context: # Werkstücklagen ## WST Lage auf RT-Band - Seite 2 oben - Orientierung auf Palette wie in Vorrichtung OP10 - Werkstückabstand: 810mm ## Beladeposition - Ansicht durch Dachluke - **OP10** ## WST Lage auf FT-Band - Seite 2 oben - Orientierung auf Palette wie in Vorrichtung OP10 - Werkstückabstand: 810mm Image Analysis: ### Analysis of the Attached Visual Content: #### 1. Localization and Attribution: - **Image Identification and Positioning:** - The visual content consists of a single page displaying multiple images, diagrams, and text organized neatly. - **Images Numbering and Positioning:** - **Image 1:** Located towards the top-left (depicts mechanical parts oriented on a RT band). - **Image 2:** Located towards the center (depicts a process flow of mechanical setup). - **Image 3:** Located at the bottom-left (shows the beladeposition through the roof hatch). - **Image 4:** Located towards the top-right (depicts mechanical parts oriented on a FT band). #### 2. Object Detection and Classification: - **Image 1:** Shows what appears to be a mechanical gear or component with various cutouts. - **Key Features:** - Metallic appearance - Circular shape with multiple holes - **Image 2:** Depicts a detailed process flow diagram of a mechanical assembly setup. - **Key Features:** - Industrial machinery and conveyor lines - Various operational points labeled OP10 - **Image 3:** Displays a mechanical setup seen from a hatch perspective. - **Key Features:** - Cross-sectional view showing the interior arrangement - Machine parts and alignment - **Image 4:** Another depiction of a mechanical gear or component similar to Image 1. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis: - **Image 2:** Illustrates a manufacturing or automation process involving mechanical part handling. - **Main Actors and Actions:** - Machines with labeled operation points (OP10) - Conveyor belts transporting mechanical components #### 4. Text Analysis: - **Text Content:** - “Werkstücklagen”: Title indicating the image descriptions related to workpiece positions. - Descriptions for each image include: - “WST Lage auf RT-Band” (Image 1): Describes the orientation and positioning of parts on the RT band. - “Seite 2 oben”: Side 2 up - “Orientierung auf Palette wie in Vorrichtung OP10”: Orientation on the pallet as in fixture OP10 - “Werkstückabstand 810mm”: Workpiece spacing 810mm - “Beladeposition Ansicht durch Dachladeluke” (Image 3): Loading position view through the roof hatch. - “WST Lage auf FT-Band” (Image 4): Similar description as Image 1 but on an FT band. - “Seite 2 oben”: Side 2 up - “Orientierung auf Palette wie in Vorrichtung OP10”: Orientation on the pallet as in fixture OP10 - “Werkstückabstand 810mm”: Workpiece spacing 810mm - The company name and date, “VDF BOEHRINGER NAG” and “18.09.2024”, are displayed at the top right and bottom respectively. #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis: - **Image 2:** - This is a process flow diagram showing the layout and flow of operations for part handling and machining. - **Axes and Legends:** - Horizontal axis represents spatial layout in millimeters. - Labels such as OP10 denote operational points. #### 7. Anomaly Detection: - No noticeable anomalies or unusual elements in the diagrams and images. All elements appear relevant to the mechanical process flow. #### 8. Color Analysis: - **Dominant Colors:** - Blue: Used predominantly in the diagrams to highlight machinery and conveyor belts, providing clarity. - Green: Utilized to illustrate workpiece orientations and labeling guidelines. - Neutral tones: Such as gray and black, used for textual descriptions and part depictions. #### 9. Perspective and Composition: - **Perspective:** - The images are taken from a schematic or technical drawing perspective. - Image 3 presents an internal perspective through a roof hatch. - **Composition:** - Each image is well-organized to focus on specific aspects of the machinery setup and process flow. #### 10. Contextual Significance: - The images collectively contribute to illustrating a complex mechanical automation process, likely instructional for setting up or understanding a specific automation setup in a manufacturing context. #### 13. Graph Numbers: - Not applicable as there are no traditional graphs with data points in this visual content. ### Additional Aspects: #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows): - **Image 2:** Detailed process flow from the input of mechanical parts, through operational points (OP10), clearly indicating the automation stages. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions): - Descriptions in German provide step-by-step guidelines for part orientation, spacing, and loading positions in the automation process. #### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations): - Operational points designated as OP10 to indicate specific process points in the mechanical setup. ### Conclusion: - The visual content provides valuable insights into the detailed process flow and setup instructions for part handling and machining in an industrial automation context. Every image and text contribute to explaining the mechanical assembly's specific orientations, loading positions, and processes, crucial for operational precision. #################### File: 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx Page: 7 Context: # Portal Daten ## Portal Daten **Horizontal** - Vxmin = 3.5 m/s - axmin = 3 m/s² **Vertikal** - Vmaxin = 1.5 m/s - azmin = 3 m/s² ## Werkstückwechselzeiten | Typ | Zeit | |-----------------|---------------------| | OP10 | < 23s - siehe Ref-Wechsel-Video VW KS Perf | | OP20/30 | < 18s | | SPECHT 500 DUO | Spindelstand (Werkstückstand) | - **Überfahrhöhe**: xxx - **Bandhöhe**: ca. 1.000 mm Referenz: VW KS MGH Perf OP10 18.09.2024 Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### Localization and Attribution 1. **Image 1** - Position: Left side of the page - Mainly text-based content with portaldaten, werkstückwechselzeiten, and other data. 2. **Image 2** - Position: Right side of the page - A visual image depicting some mechanical components or parts. #### Object Detection and Classification - **Image 2** - Objects: Mechanical components, possibly parts of a machine or industrial equipment. - Key Features: Metallic appearance, intricate parts (likely components of a larger industrial machine). #### Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1** - Scene: Textual data presentation. - Activities: Presentation of information such as portaldaten and werkstückwechselzeiten. - **Image 2** - Scene: Industrial setting, likely a machinery workshop or manufacturing plant. - Activities: Display of mechanical parts, possibly indicating assembly or engineering processes. #### Text Analysis - **Image 1** - Detected text: - "Portaldaten" Horizontal: Vxmin= 3,5 m/s, azmin= 3 m/s² Vertikal: Vxmin= 1,5 m/s, azmin= 3 m/s² - "Werkstückwechselzeiten" OP10: <23s – siehe Ref-Wechsel-Video VW KS Perf OP20/30: <18s SPECHT 500 DUO: <20s - "Spindelabstand (Werkstückabstand)" xxx Bandhöhe ca. 1.000mm - **Analysis**: - The text presents operational data for machines. It describes portal speeds (both horizontal and vertical) and the times for workpiece changes in different operations. - This data is crucial for understanding the efficiency and capabilities of the machinery depicted. #### Color Analysis - **Image 1** - Dominant Colors: White background with green and blue text. - Impact: Gives a clean, professional appearance suitable for technical data presentation. - **Image 2** - Dominant Colors: Metallic gray and white. - Impact: Highlights the industrial and mechanical nature of the content. #### Perspective and Composition - **Image 1** - Perspective: Front-facing, typical for text presentation. - Composition: Text is left-aligned and followed a clear format highlighting important data points. - **Image 2** - Perspective: Slight angle from the side, focusing on the mechanical parts. - Composition: The mechanical parts are centrally located, drawing attention directly to the machinery. #### Contextual Significance - The overall document appears to be a technical presentation or report, likely focused on machinery automation and performance data. - The image with mechanical components supports the textual data, providing a visual reference to the discussed machinery. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis - No diagrams or charts detected. #### Tables - No tables detected. ### Summary In this particular content: - **Text Analysis** provides critical operational and performance data for machines. - **Object Detection and Classification** emphasize industrial machinery. - **Scene and Activity Analysis** situates the content within a manufacturing or industrial context. - **Color Analysis**, **Perspective and Composition**, and **Contextual Significance** categories collectively showcase an organized, professional approach to presenting technical material. This combined analysis helps convey important technical information effectively, using both textual and visual elements to ensure comprehension from various perspectives. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf Page: 2 Context: # 1. Předmět zadání Obráběcí linka motorové skříně elektroponu SSP. ## 2. Údaje o zpracovávaném dílu - **Název dílu:** Motorgehäuse SSP HA LK3,4 - **Číslo výkresu:** OQA.901.108 - **Hmotnost obrobeného dílu:** 14,975 kg (z toho Lagerhubu 0,369 kg) - **Hmotnost polotovaru:** cca 18 kg - **Materiál:** - Gehäuse OQA 901 108 - EN AC - 460000 - AISi9Cu3 (Fe) - Lagerbusch OQA 901 261 A DIN 30910-SINT-D-11 - **Základní rozměry:** - viz výkres ## 3. Požadované funkce zařízení 3.1 Zajištění zpracování údajů nátisku dle výkresu OQA_901_108-spsha_mg.rw (viz příloha č. 6). 3.2 **Výstupní stav dílu – odtlitek (vysokotlaké těsnění) – viz 3D data (příloha č. 7).** Výkres olit ne nížší tepelné zpracování poze. Obecně se dá počítat s tolerancemi dle ISO 8062-3 – DCTG7 – GCTG3. 3.3 Výstupní stav dílu – opracovaný díl – viz výkres (příloha č. 8). 3.4 Schéma procesu a rozsah dodávky viz příloha č. 5. ## 4. Požadavky na provedení zařízení 4.1 Moduliní linka obráběcích center zřetězených portálem. **Obráběcí centra (moduly) a portály budou stavěny postupně dle harmonogramu – viz bod č. 7.** 4.2 Linka má mít SPC místa, která umožní odběr dílu po merká a vložení zpět do toku po každé operaci. 4.3 Transport dílu k místu předání pod portál pomocí pevného dopravníků. Pro potřebu transportním přípravku dle doporučení dodavatele linky a technických možnosti plochy zařízení. **Rozhraní mezi linkou a zřetězením před a po Škodě.** - **Nakládka** – dodávka dodavatelé linky - **Dopravník** – dodávka od Škoda Auto a.s. 4.4 Obrábění (celý proces) s chladicí kapalinou (emulze) je preferováno a doporučeno – specifikace emulze dle Škoda. 4.4.1 Nacení rozhraní s emulzí centrálu (dodávka emulze centrála ze strany Škoda Auto a.s.). - **Specifikovat požadované množství emulze (l/min)** Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Analysis of the Visual Content #### Localization and Attribution - **Text Segment (1):** Located at the top part of the page, outlining various headings and subheadings numbered 1 to 4. - **Diagram (Image 1):** Located towards the bottom-left of the layout, depicting a process flow. - **Visualization (Image 2):** Positioned right below Diagram (Image 1) and represents machine module arrangement. #### Object Detection and Classification **Text Segment (1):** - Objects: Headings and written content. - Categories: Title headings (e.g., "Předmět zadání"), subheadings (numbered points), and body text. **Diagram (Image 1):** - Objects: Rectangles with labels, arrows and text annotations. - Categories: Process flow elements (e.g., "Nadkladac," "Dopravník"). **Visualization (Image 2):** - Objects: Rectangular modules labeled as "KSS" and "BAZ". - Categories: Machine components, connections between them. #### Scene and Activity Analysis **Text Segment (1):** - Scene: Professional technical document with detailed instructions and specifications. - Activity: Explanation of processes, requirements, and functionalities of a machining line for motor casing of electric drives. **Diagram (Image 1):** - Scene: Schematic representation of logistics and process flow. - Activity: Explanation of material handling (e.g., "Nadkladac–dodávka dodavatele linky," "Dopravník–dodávka Škoda Auto a.s."). **Visualization (Image 2):** - Scene: Diagram of a modular machining/link system labeled. - Activity: Illustration of the emulsion central and specific modules/modules emplacement within the supplier chain. #### Text Analysis **Detected Text:** 1. **Předmět zadání:** Obráběcí linka motové skříně elektropohonu SSP. - Significance: Defines the subject of the document. 2. **Požadované funkce zařízení:** Sections from 3.1 to 3.4 detailing various functionalities required of the machinery. - Significance: Lays out precise operating requirements and stages. 3. **Požadavky na provedení zařízení:** Sections from 4.1 to 4.4 providing operational requirements, process recommendations, and specifications. - Significance: Details setup and material handling prerequisites. #### Diagram and Chart Analysis **Diagram (Image 1):** - Content: Process flowchart involving modules labeled "NAZ" and "BAZ." - Analysis: - “Nadkladac” and “Dopravník” as delivery entities from suppliers. - Shows a step-by-step flow from "Rozhraní mezi linkou a zřetězením" explaining the integration between delivery processes from both supplier and Škoda Auto’s components. **Visualization (Image 2):** - Data: Modular arrangement with emphasis on central emulsion specifics. - Analysis: - Depicts specific emulsion and the quantities needed per the corporate standards. - Spatial distribution of "KSS" central emulsion and "BAZ" machinery alignment within a factory setting. #### Product Analysis **Text Segment:** - Products: Mention of motor housing for electric drive. - Features: - Material specifications (e.g., Gehäuse OQA 901 108, EN AC - 46000 - AlSi9Cu3 (Fe)). - Weight and dimensions specified in the table format. **Visualization (Image 2):** - Main Feature: Emulsion central "KSS". - Comparison: Differences visualized in layout and integration of various modules (e.g., "KSS", "BAZ"). #### Anomaly Detection None detectable from the provided visual elements. #### Color Analysis **Diagram (Image 1):** - Dominant Colors: Shades of green and turquoise. - Impact: Clearly distinguishes between delivery responsibilities, enhancing readability. **Visualization (Image 2):** - Dominant Colors: Light blue shades. - Impact: Highlighting various system components and connections, focusing attention on emulsion delivery specifics. #### Perspective and Composition **Diagram (Image 1):** - Perspective: Top-down technical schematic view. - Composition: Modular, clean arrangement for easy understanding of process flow. **Visualization (Image 2):** - Perspective: Top-down/block layout. - Composition: Simple, segmented blocks with clear labeling for rapid comprehension of module setup. --- This detailed examination of the visual content analyzes multiple facets from localization to manuscript detailing, pointing out the intended purpose and operational context within the document. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf Page: 5 Context: # Návod na základě podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlasení zajistit Škoda - Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí). - Pro získání zakázky je potřebné mít závazek členitosti (NDA smlouva se ŠKODA AUTO a.s.) a odpovídající TISAX certifikáty. - Dodací podmínky DDU DAP (včetně složení, zaměření a ustavení na místě) ## 9. Přílohy 1. **Interní technický standard (ITS)/Betriebsmitteilungsverordnung ŠKODA AUTO a.s.:** [https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin g_new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp](https://lso.volkswagen.de/one-kbp/content/cs/kbp/private/information_1/divisions/procurement/terms_and_conditions_of_purchasin g_new/_koda_auto_a_s_4/_koda_auto_a_s.jsp) 2. **Energie Škoda – separátní příloha** 3. **Umístění v hale** 4. **Evaluace dt. Čísel a rozměry** 5. **Schéma technologického procesu** 6. **Technische Unterlage Solutions for Powertrain Volkswagen Group Components Global Differenzbeschreibung – separátní soubor** 7. **3D data odtisku a obrobeného dílu – budou zaslány Eboxem** 8. **Výkresy obrobeného dílu – separátní soubor** 9. **Interní směrnice komponentů – separátní soubor** 10. **Norma TQS 02.09 – separátní soubor** 11. **Norma VW 101 30** 12. **Norma WSK_016_862_G (Požadavky k technickým plochám)** 13. **Kapacitní požadavky v rocích** 14. **Požadovací schéma upnutí – separátní soubor** ## 10. Kontaktní osoba **Ing. Georgy Komarov, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů** ŠKODA AUTO a.s., třída Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic M +420 730 865 237 [Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Georgy.Komarov@skoda-auto.com) [www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com) **Ing. Roman Tančev, PPK-E – Plánování výroby polotovarů** ŠKODA AUTO a.s., třída Václava Klementa 869, 293 01 Mladá Boleslav, Czech Republic T +420 326 814 752, F +420 326 8 17720, e-f +420 326 8 45848, M +420 604 292 729 [Roman.Tancek@skoda-auto.com](mailto:Roman.Tancek@skoda-auto.com) [www.skoda-auto.com](https://www.skoda-auto.com) Image Analysis: ### 1. Localization and Attribution - This is a single-page document with text content throughout. ### 4. Text Analysis #### Image Description - **Title:** The text at the very top-left corner appears to relate to "Product TZ", "Line for treating the internal surface of the electrical component SSP". - **Key Sections:** The document is composed of numbered sections and highlighted statements. #### Sections Breakdown 1. **Highlighted Texts:** - "Nářadí na základé podkladů od výrobce stroje a vzájemném odsouhlasení zajistí Škoda." - "Dokumentace v českém jazyce podle ITS ŠKODA (2 výtisky + 1 digitální forma + Prohlášení o řádném nabytí softwarových licencí)." - "Pro získání zakázky je potřeba mít závazek mlčenlivosti (NDA smlouva se ŠKODA AUTO a.s.) a odpovídající TISAX certifikát." - "Dodací podmínky DDU DAP (včetně složení, zaměření a ustavení na místě)" 2. **Section 9: Přílohy (Attachments):** - Listed attachments (each marked by a bullet point) with references to specific standards and documentation: - "Interní technický standard (ITS)/Betriebsmittelvorschriften ŠKODA AUTO a.s." - URLs provided for more detailed documentation. - Various norms and technical documents are referenced (e.g., ISO VW 101 30, Norma TQS 02.09, etc.). 3. **Section 10: Kontaktní osoba (Contact Person):** - Contact information for two individuals: - Georgy Komarov: Email, phone numbers, and titles. - Roman Taneček: Email, phone numbers, and titles. #### Analysis: - **Highlights:** The highlighted sections provide essential instructions and requirements for Skoda-related documentation and compliance. - **Attachments (Section 9):** Detailed technical and standard documents are referenced, suggesting the context is highly technical and adheres to specific industry standards. - **Contact Information (Section 10):** This section lists important contact details, facilitating communication regarding the document's content. ### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** The document is viewed from a straight, eye-level angle, typical for reading documents. - **Composition:** The text is organized in a structured manner with sections numbered explicitly, highlighted key points, URL links, and contacts at the end. ### 10. Contextual Significance - This page is likely part of a larger technical or procedural document, perhaps aimed at compliance, legal or tender-related processes for Skoda Auto. - The document's format suggests it is used for formal communication, providing necessary guidelines and contact information for executing specific tasks. ### 13. Graph Numbers - No graphs or numeric data points are present in this image to analyze. ### Additional Aspects **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** There are references to technological processes in the attachments, indicating process flow documentation. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** Several norms and standards are mentioned, which likely detail various processes in their respective documents. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** Specific norms and documents (like Norma TQS 02.09) denote types and technical specifications. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf Page: 6 Context: # Příloha č. 3 – Umístění v hale Projekt: TZ Linka: Obráběcí linka motorové škatule oklepovacího SSP SŠP: SSP Místo: Bolechov Číslo: HBSRBSK/20A Datum: ***DATA*** ## Rozměry linky Modrou barvou je vyznačena obráběcí linka. Předpokládané rozměry obráběcí linky cca 15 m x 40 m. | | | |------------------|------------------| | AF50 | Mechanische Bearbeitung OPTION | | AF55 | Waschen | | AF80 | Leckstein Stoppen Diesmontage | | AF85 | Endkontrolle | | Automatische Palettierung | Verpacken und Entladung | | Automatisches Depalettieren | | - **Rozměry:** - ~15 m - ~40 m 69 INTERNAL. Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Analysis of the Visual Content #### Image Details - **Image Number:** Image 1 #### 1. Localization and Attribution - **Image Position:** The image is located on a single page, with the title and other text components arranged around it. - **Numbering:** This is Image 1. #### 2. Object Detection and Classification The image depicts a detailed floor plan with various sections clearly labeled. Detected objects include: - **Machines:** Represented by icons within blue, green, and yellow shaded areas. - **Pathways/Connections:** These are depicted by black lines connecting different sections. - **Icons and Legend Elements:** Present at the top and bottom of the diagram for quick reference. #### 3. Scene and Activity Analysis - **Scene Description:** The image portrays a floor plan of a mechanical processing line in an industrial context. - **Main Sections:** - **AF50 Mechanische Bearbeitung** (OPTION and the main processing area) - **AF55 Waschen** (Washing area) - **AF80 Lecktesten; Stopfen; Demontage** (Leak testing, plugging, and disassembly) - **AF85 Endkontrolle** (Final inspection) - **Automatische Depalettierung** (Automatic depalletizing) - **Automatische Palettierung* Verpakken und Umreifen** (Automatic palletizing, packaging, and strapping) - **Activities Taking Place:** Indications suggest mechanical processing, washing, testing, depalletizing, inspection, and packaging. #### 4. Text Analysis - **Detected Text and Significance:** - **Top-left section:** Information about the project (e.g., Předmět TZ, Projekt, etc.) - **Mid-section:** Labels for each mechanical area/activity as mentioned above. - **Bottom-section:** "Modrou barvou je vyznačena obráběcí linka. Předpokládané rozměry obráběcí linky cca 15 m x 40 m." (Translation: The machining line is marked in blue. The estimated dimensions of the machining line are approximately 15 m x 40 m.) #### 5. Diagram and Chart Analysis - **Plan Details:** - **Axes and Measurements:** The area designated for each section includes approximate dimensions: 15 m x 40 m. - **Color Legend:** Various shaded regions demarcate different functional areas crucial for understanding the workflow. - **Process Flow Connectivity:** Black lines and green passage paths connect the areas. #### 8. Color Analysis - **Color Composition:** - **Blue Regions:** Indicate key machining areas. - **Green Regions:** Indicate washing area. - **Red Regions:** Indicate the final inspection area. - **Yellow Regions:** Indicate automatic depalletizing and palletizing areas. - **Impact on Perception:** Different colors are used to distinguish between different operations, aiding in visual clarity and compartmentalization. #### 9. Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** The image is a top-down view (bird’s-eye view) of the layout. - **Composition:** The layout is organized with the central machining areas flanked by the washing areas on the right and depalletizing/palletizing areas on the left. This balanced composition aids in understanding the spatial organization and workflow. #### 12. Graph and Trend Analysis - **Trends and Insights:** - **Workflow Optimization:** The flow from machining to inspection, washing, and palletizing is laid out systematically to aid efficient workflow and minimize transit time between stages. - **Space Utilization:** Each area is clearly demarcated and utilized to ensure that all processes are streamlined and easily accessible. #### Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows) - **Description and Significance:** - The layout supports a clear flow from one stage of manufacturing to another, starting with the machining line (marked in blue), moving through washing, testing, and final inspection, and ending with packaging and palletizing. - **Efficiency:** The process flows support efficiency by minimizing bottlenecks and ensuring each process stage is logically connected. #### Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions) - **Details:** - **Machining (AF50):** The main mechanical processing area where initial machining steps are carried out. - **Washing (AF55):** Components are washed and prepared for further processing. - **Leak Testing (AF80):** Ensures no leaks in the components. - **Final Inspection (AF85):** Ensures the overall quality and integrity of the components before packaging. - **Depalletizing and Palletizing:** Automated systems manage the handling of materials for efficiency. #### Trend and Interpretation - **Workflow Trends:** The layout suggests a linear workflow designed to improve efficiency, reduce manual transport, and centralize quality control processes. ### Conclusion This image effectively communicates the layout and process flows of a mechanical processing line. Its structured design enhances understanding and operational planning, significantly contributing to efficiency and clarity in an industrial setup. The use of various colors and clearly labeled sections aids in quickly grasping the workflow and spatial organization, making it an indispensable part of the operational documentation. #################### File: 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf Page: 7 Context: I'm unable to view or analyze images directly. Please provide the text you would like me to format, and I'll assist you with it. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 4 Context: # LHI-Gesamtstand Beauftragte für Montagehilfe für Elektronikmodule SSP SIPK-E. Kainz, volles Personenzeichen Mitarbeiter: Böller HRA: 202480 Datum: 23.03.2024 --- ## 4.6 Die Maschinen sollen für den Anschluss von der oberen Seite an die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage vorbereitet sein. Die Absaug- und Filtrationsanlage gehört nicht zur Lieferung und wird von ŠKODA AUTO AG geliefert. Festlegung erforderlicher Leistung / Menge der Abluft (m³/h) ## 4.7 **OPTION:** die Absaugung und Filtration inkl. Rohrleitung anbieten. ## 4.8 Abnahme nach TGS 02.09 und VwV 101 30 – siehe Anlagen Nr. 10 und 11. ## 4.9 Erforderliches Spannschema siehe Anlage Nr. 14. ## 4.10 Steuerung Siemens – Anforderungen für Steuerung siehe Anlage Nr. 6. ## 4.11 Am Anfang der ML müssen sich 2 stationäre Kameras zur Lesung von DMC-Codes von Teilen befinden, ein manuelles DMC-Lesegerät an jedem SPC Standard. --- ## 5. Weitere Anforderungen ### 5.1 Bestimmen Sie den kürzestmöglichen Liefertermin von 50 bearbeiteten und gemessenen Mustern, die der technischen Dokumentation entsprechen, ab dem Zeitpunkt der Bestellung des Auftragsgegenstandes. Verarbeitung des Terminplans für die Zusendung von Mustern und diese in einem separaten Posten preisgestalten. ### 5.2 **OPTION:** Werkzeug für 1 Maschine/OP nach ITS 3.10. ### 5.3 **OPTION:** Unterstützung nach Übergabe der Inbetriebnahme im Umfang von 1 Arbeiter/1 Woche anbieten. ### 5.4 **OPTION:** Schulung anbieten. ### 5.5 Abschätzung der Standzeit von Werkzeugen und Kosten pro Stück für die Lagerbuchse-Bearbeitungswerkzeuge. --- ## 6. Anforderungen auf die Anlageneistung | Parameter | Wert | |-------------------------|----------------------| | Kapazität | 232 000 Stck./Jahr | | Taktzeit der ML | 75 s | | Tägliche Arbeitszeit | 22,5 Std. | | Arbeitstage pro Jahr | 250 Tage | | Technische Verwendbarkeit| 86% | | Ausschussquote | 0% | | Prozessstabilität | bewertete siehe ITS ŠKODA Auto Standards | | **OPTION** | 2. ML mit gleicher Kapazität, siehe Layout in der Anlage Nr. 3 | --- ## 7. Terminplan | Activity | 2024 | 2025 | 2026 | |--------------------------------------------|-----------|-----------|-----------| | Bestellungen | 01/25 | | | | Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe | 1xABZ OP + komplette Automatisierung | A 14/26 | | | TBT-PVS | | A 18/26 | | | PVS | | A 27/26 | | | Nullisierung | | | 05/27 | | Lieferung, Inbetriebnahme und Übergabe | | 07/27 | | | restliche BAZ für erforderliche Kapazität | 2 Tage PoD | | 11/27 | | SOP | | | | Image Analysis: ### Image Localization and Attribution: 1. **Image Numbering and Identification:** - Image 1: The entire page consists of textual information, a table, and a colored bar chart. ### Object Detection and Classification: 1. **Textual Content:** - Extensive text in German. - Table containing technical data and requirements. - Colored bar chart representing a schedule or timeline. 2. **Table:** - Located in section 6 titled "Forderungen auf die Anlagenleistung." - Contains specifications of machine performance metrics. 3. **Bar Chart:** - Located in section 7 titled "Terminplan." - Showcases different activities over the years from 2024 to 2027. ### Scene and Activity Analysis: 1. **Entire Scene:** - The document appears to be a technical specification or project planning sheet for equipment or machinery. - Structured into sections with headings in bold, indicating different phases and requirements of a project. 2. **Main Activities:** - Describes various options, requirements, and suggestions for equipment (e.g., filtration, camera usage). - Indicates delivery times, workforce planning, and evaluation of equipment life span and cost. ### Text Analysis: 1. **Section Headings:** - "Weitere Anforderungen" (Further Requirements) - "Forderungen auf die Anlagenleistung" (Demands on Plant Performance) - "Terminplan" (Schedule) 2. **Significant Text Content:** - "Optionen" (Options) for various requirements and suggestions. - Technical parameters for machinery such as capacity, operating time, and efficiency. - Timetable with tasks and milestones over the years 2024 to 2027. ### Diagram and Chart Analysis: 1. **Bar Chart in Section 7:** - Activities are listed on the Y-axis. - The timeline extends over the years 2024 to 2027 on the X-axis. - Gantt-style bars represent the duration of each activity. ### Product Analysis: 1. **Not applicable** ### Anomaly Detection: 1. **Not applicable** ### Color Analysis: 1. **Text Color:** - Predominantly black text with some headings and important sections highlighted in yellow for emphasis. 2. **Chart Colors:** - Bars in different colors (green, red) indicating different activities or stages. ### Perspective and Composition: 1. **Perspective:** - The visual content is organized in a standard document layout. 2. **Composition:** - The document is composed of numbered sections and subsections for clarity. - A combination of text, table, and chart to present information. ### Contextual Significance: 1. **Document Purpose:** - The document is likely a project plan or technical requirement sheet for the installation and operation of industrial machinery. 2. **Contribution to Overall Theme:** - Provides detailed specifications, schedules, and requirements, crucial for planning and implementation phases. ### Graph and Trend Analysis: 1. **Gantt Chart Analysis:** - Illustrates the timeline for various activities such as initial setup, ongoing support, tooling, training, and cost estimations. - Shows dependencies and timelines for these activities from 2024 to 2027. 2. **Significance:** - Helps in visualizing project timelines, planning resources, and understanding the sequence of tasks. ### Graph Numbers: 1. **Data Points in the Gantt Chart:** - Activities: Bestellung, Lieferung, Unterstützung, Schulung, Tooling. - Timeline: Specific months and years highlighted (e.g., 01/25, 05/27). ### Summary: The document is a detailed project plan consisting of machine specifications, additional requirements, and a timeline for implementation activities. It includes a table specifying machine capabilities and a Gantt chart outlining the schedule from 2024 to 2027. This comprehensive structure aids in planning and executing the installation, support, training, and cost assessment of the machinery. #################### File: TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf Page: 9 Context: # Anlage Nr. 5 – Schema des technologischen Prozesses ## Gießen | | | |-----|-----------------------| | AF2 | Schmelzen | | AF5 | Gießen inkl. Lagerbuchse | | AF20 | Strahlen | | AF50 | Fertigbearbeitung | ## Endoperationen | | | |-----|--------------------------| | AF5 | Waschen | | AF80| Leketten + Stopfen + Diemontage | | AF85| Endkontrolle | Die Anzahl der Bearbeitungszentren ist schematisch dargestellt. --- **Hinweis**: - Mimo rozsah dodatków (Gray) - Rozsah dodatków dle TZ (Blue) Tel.: +49 7368 62337 +49 123 628 14752 INTERNAL Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis #### Image 1 1. **Localization and Attribution** - There is only one image on the page. - Image number: 1 2. **Object Detection and Classification** - The image is a process flow diagram. - Objects detected: Various gray and blue boxes connected by horizontal lines, labeled with text. 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis** - The scene depicts a technological process flow for metallurgical processing, likely related to electromotor housings as suggested by the heading. - Activities include melting (Schmelzen), casting and bushing (Giessen inkl. Lagerbuchse), blasting (Strahlen), finishing (Fertigbearbeitung), washing (Waschen), and quality control steps such as leak testing and dismantling (Lecktesten/Stopfen/Diesmontage), impregnation (Impraegnierung), and final inspection (Endkontrolle). 4. **Text Analysis** - The header text indicates this is "Anlage Nr. 5 -- Schema des technologischen Prozesses," translating to "Plant No. 5 -- Schematic of the Technological Process." - Specific process steps are labeled as: - AF2 Schmelzen (Melting) - AF5 Giessen inkl. Lagerbuchse (Casting including bushing) - AF20 Strahlen (Blasting) - AF50 Fertigbearbeitung (Finishing) - AF55 Waschen (Washing) - AF80 Impraegnierung (Impregnation) - AF85 Endkontrolle (Final Inspection) 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis** - This process flow chart presents a sequence of stages in the technological processing of a material. - The horizontal layout shows the progression from left to right with input starting on the left side and outward flow on the right. - Grey boxes represent regular process steps while blue boxes indicate areas of significant intervention (labeled "Rozsah dodávky dle TZ"), suggesting some form of quality or technological zones. - A legend is provided at the bottom right: - Grey boxes: "Mimo rozsah dodávky" - Blue boxes: "Rozsah dodávky dle TZ" 6. **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows)** - The diagram depicts a clear sequence of process flows: - Starting from AF2 (Melting), the material passes through AF5 (Casting), AF20 (Blasting), AF50 (Finishing), AF55 (Washing), AF80 (Impregnation), and finally AF85 (Final inspection). - The chart shows a detailed manufacturing process with key operations that ensure the quality and functionality of the electromotor housings. 7. **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions)** - Each labeled step indicates a critical process in the production line: - AF2 Schmelzen: Involves melting the raw materials, likely the initial step. - AF5 Giessen inkl. Lagerbuchse: Casting the molten material into molds and inserting bushings. - AF20 Strahlen: Blasting to remove surface contaminants and prepare for further processing. - AF50 Fertigbearbeitung: Finishing operations to achieve the required precision and quality. - AF55 Waschen: Washing to clean the parts. - AF80 Impraegnierung: Impregnation to enhance materials’ properties. - AF85 Endkontrolle: Final inspection to ensure product quality before dispatch. 8. **Color Analysis** - The image uses a predominantly grey color scheme with some specific blue boxes highlighting important stages. - Dominant colors: - Grey: Represents standard process steps. - Blue: Represents a particular significance or focus as per the legend "Rozsah dodávky dle TZ". - The use of color helps to easily distinguish between different process stages and emphasizes specific zones. 9. **Perspective and Composition** - The diagram is presented from a straight-on perspective. - The layout is linear and horizontal, ensuring a clear understanding of the process flow from start to finish, with critical steps highlighted in detail. 10. **Contextual Significance** - In the context of a document or website, this image provides a clear schematic for the technological process involved in producing electromotor housings. - It gives insight into the complexity and thoroughness of the operations, emphasizing quality control and precise manufacturing steps. - This contributes significantly to the overall theme of manufacturing efficiency and quality assurance. The detailed breakdown should offer a comprehensive understanding of the diagram and the technological process it represents. #################### File: 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf Page: 8 Context: # Anforderungen Dichtflächen ## WSK 016 862 AE ### Version 1.0 ### 4.2. nichtspezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen ![Kreuzschnitt n.i.O. (kein Kreuzschnitt, nur durchgehende Riefen)](path_to_image1) Abbildung 1: Kreuzschnitt n.i.O. (kein Kreuzschnitt, nur durchgehende Riefen) ### 4.3. spezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen ![Kreuzschnitt i.O.](path_to_image2) Abbildung 2: Kreuzschnitt i.O. --- F. Röthlingshöfer, /IEM-514 Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023 Anforderungen Dichtflächen Seite 8 von 13 Image Analysis: ### Localization and Attribution - **Image 1:** - Position: Top left - Number: Image 1 - **Image 2:** - Position: Top right - Number: Image 2 - **Image 3:** - Position: Bottom left - Number: Image 3 - **Image 4:** - Position: Bottom right - Number: Image 4 ### Object Detection and Classification - **Image 1 and Image 2:** - Objects: Surface textures - Key Features: Linear patterns with parallel grooves. Image 1 shows a circular section with visible ribbing. - **Image 3 and Image 4:** - Objects: Surface textures - Key Features: Crosshatch patterns indicative of proper machining. Image 4 includes two circular holes. ### Scene and Activity Analysis - **Image 1 and Image 2:** - Scene: Close-up of surface textures. - Activity: Inspection of surface quality, highlighting non-specification conforming structures. - **Image 3 and Image 4:** - Scene: Close-up of surface textures. - Activity: Inspection of surface quality, focusing on specification conforming structures. ### Text Analysis - **Text Present:** - Extracted Text: - Title: "Anforderung Dichtflächen WSK 016 862 AE Version 1.0" - Section Titles: "4.2. nichtspezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen" and "4.3. spezifikationskonforme Kreuzschnittstrukturen" - Caption for Image 1: "Abbildung 1: Kreuzschnitt n.i.O. (kein Kreuzschnitt, nur durchgehende Riefen)" - Caption for Image 3: "Abbildung 2: Kreuzschnitt i.O." - Footer: "F. Röthlingshöfer, / IEM-514 Version 1.0 vom 02.03.2023 Anforderung Dichtflächen Seite 8 von 13" - Content Explanation: - The text details the specifications for surface textures of sealing surfaces. "n.i.O." indicates non-conforming, while "i.O." signifies conforming structures. The captions label the images as per these criteria. ### Product Analysis - **Image 1 and Image 2:** - Products: Two different surface textures which are non-conforming. - Features: Linear and ribbed patterns. - Materials: Metal (assumed based on texture). - **Image 3 and Image 4:** - Products: Two different surface textures which are conforming. - Features: Crosshatch patterns with a smooth finish and circular holes. - Materials: Metal (assumed based on texture and sheen). ### Color Analysis - **All Images:** - Dominant Colors: Various shades of grey, black. - Impact on Perception: Industrial and technical feel, highlighting precision. ### Perspective and Composition - **Perspective:** - Close-up macro shots of surface textures, focusing on details. - **Composition:** - Each image fills most of the frame with the texture being the central focus. Images 1 and 2 are aligned for direct comparison, as are Images 3 and 4. ### Contextual Significance - **Document:** - The images are part of a technical manual or specification document concerning seal surface requirements. - They illustrate the difference between non-conforming and conforming machining structures to ensure quality standards. ### Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations) - **Non-Conforming Structures:** - Identified as having continuous grooves without crosshatch pattern (Images 1 and 2). - **Conforming Structures:** - Identified as having crosshatch patterns, indicative of proper machining (Images 3 and 4). ### Trend and Interpretation - **Trend:** - Emphasis on the importance of crosshatch patterns for sealing surfaces. - Visual distinction between conforming and non-conforming surfaces. ### Table and Diagram Analysis - **Table:** - The document includes images rather than tables, but the images serve a similar purpose by showing examples for reference. --- This analysis offers a detailed breakdown of each aspect according to the provided specification. Any missing aspects (like metadata, anomalies) are not present and thus not described. #################### File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf Page: 3 Context: # Werkstück ## 2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil | Bauteil | Getriebegehäuse SSP HA LK3.4 | |------------------------|------------------------------| | Gewindebnummer | 0A 951 193 | | Zeichnung des bearbeiteten Teils | 4-480 019 | | Gewicht | 6,630 kg | | Material | EN 1706 (ZAlSi9Cu3 [Al]) | | Grundsätze | siehe Zeichnung | Image Analysis: ### Detailed Examination of the Provided Visual Content #### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image 1:** Located at the top-left of the page, showing a three-dimensional model of a mechanical part. - **Image 2:** Positioned directly below Image 1, displaying another three-dimensional view of the same or similar mechanical part but from a different angle. - **Image 3:** Found at the right side of the page, presenting a detailed line drawing of the mechanical part seen in the first two images. - **Table Image:** Situated below Images 1 and 2, presenting specific details about the part. #### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Image 1:** - **Objects:** A mechanical part with distinct circular openings, bolts, and a complex surface structure. - **Key Features:** Multiple purple and orange highlighted areas, indicating key points or sections. - **Image 2:** - **Objects:** Another view of the same or similar mechanical part with several prominent circular regions. - **Key Features:** Red outline around the edge, purple highlighted inner sections. - **Image 3:** - **Objects:** Line drawing of the mechanical part. - **Key Features:** Labels and arrows pointing to different sections. #### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Image 1:** Depicts a close-up of a gear housing's internal structure, likely highlighting critical points for machining or assembly. - **Image 2:** Provides an alternate view focusing on the interior surface of the housing, fulfilling similar purposes as Image 1. - **Image 3:** Presents technical documentation with detailed annotations and labels, likely to be used for engineering or manufacturing purposes. #### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text:** - Title: "Werkstück" - Table Title: "2. Angaben über das zu bearbeitende Bauteil" (Translation: 2. Information about the part to be processed) - Table Contents: - **Bauteil:** Getriebegehäuse SSP HA L/K3.4 - **Gewichtausführung:** 5,430 kg - **Zeichnungsnummer:** 5,430 kg - **Zeichnungsnummer des bearbeitenden Teils:** 6400.136 - **Material:** EN 1706 (226-DIN AC-45500-G AlSiCu3 Fe) - **Grundmässig:** Siehe Zeichnung - **Significance:** The table provides crucial specifications and part numbers necessary for manufacturing and quality control. #### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Image 3:** The line drawing acts as a schematic to understand the part's assembly, including the direction for viewing on different sides (Seite 1, Seite 2, etc.). #### 7. **Anomaly Detection:** - No anomalies detected. All elements appear consistent with technical documentation standards. #### 8. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** - Image 1: Black (part base), Purple (highlighted points), Orange (highlighted section) - Image 2: Grey (part base), Purple (highlighted interior sections), Red (outline) - Image 3: Black (line drawing on white background) - **Impact on Perception:** The colors highlight essential features and areas, guiding the user's focus to critical points. #### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Image 1 and Image 2:** Isometric views showing different angles of a mechanical part, providing a comprehensive understanding of its geometry. - **Image 3:** Orthogonal projection with annotations, offering a clear technical perspective. #### 10. **Contextual Significance:** - The images and accompanying table seem to be part of a technical manual or a presentation for an engineering project, specifically focused on the gearbox housing part. They illustrate necessary details for manufacturing, assembly, and inspection processes. #### 11. **Metadata Analysis:** - **Footer Information:** - "Skoda SSP GGH Automation" - Date: "13.09.2024" ### Summary: The visual content consists of detailed technical illustrations and specifications for a mechanical part, specifically a gearbox housing (Getriebegehäuse SSP HA L/K3.4). It serves as a key resource for engineers and manufacturers, providing necessary information for the part's production and quality assurance. The use of different perspectives and color-coded highlights aids in understanding the intricate details of the part. #################### File: 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf Page: 5 Context: # Layout ## Manufacturing Line for VW SSP GGH **Basis - WET - Central coolant filtration** **OPT DOT RED LMD** **AG - A** - **MAG Content** - **NAG C**: Supplied by customer ### Extension #### Workbench / Workshop: - **Workplace no.**: 101 - **Machines**: 2 x 180 #### Time & Cycle Time: - **Step 1**: [*Details not specified*] - **Production Volume**: 2016 pcs/h --- **Date**: 13.09.2024 **Source**: Skoda SSP GGH Automation Image Analysis: ### Comprehensive Examination ## Image Description: **Image 1** ### 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Number**: 1 - **Position**: Single image on the page. ### 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Objects Detected**: - Industrial machinery and equipment within a manufacturing plant. - Structural elements such as beams and platforms. - Pipelines and mechanical systems. ### 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Scene Description**: - The image depicts a manufacturing line for VW SSP GGH. - It showcases the layout and various logistics of a production line, emphasizing the machinery arrangement. - **Activities**: - No direct human activities visible, but it implies industrial processes related to manufacturing and coolant filtration. ### 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Extracted Text**: - Main header: "Manufacturing Line for VW SSP GGH" - Subtitle: "Basis - WET - Central coolant filtration" - Details such as "OPT DF TOO BOO LMD", "A-B-C-D", "MAG Content", "Supplied by customer", "Taktzeit / Cycle Time: Stop 11" - Date: "13.09.2024" - **Significance**: - The text describes the type of manufacturing line and the function (central coolant filtration). - Provides technical details and specifications useful for engineers or project managers. ### 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Diagram Details**: - Schematic representation of a production line layout. - **Axes**: Not explicitly labeled, but represent spatial dimensions. - **Components and Flow**: Identifies the different sections and components of the manufacturing process. - **Legend and Colors**: - MAG Content in various colors differentiating between supplied parts and other elements. - **Key Insights**: - Visualizing the extension of the line and critical components in the flow. - It emphasizes areas where the customer-supplied elements and MAG-supplied components integrate. ### 6. **Process Flow:** - **Depicted Processes**: - Shows a systematic flow of machinery and operations in an assembly line setting. - Detailed depiction of equipment locations and their connections, streamlining the understanding of where materials and products move through the process. ### 7. **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - **Designations**: - The "Basis - WET - Central coolant filtration". - Types related to the extension and cleanly partitioned sections for supplied components. ### 8. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors**: - Green, blue, and black are used predominantly. - Other colors used to highlight certain areas for distinction between machine parts and extensions. - **Impact**: - Clear visual differentiation between various elements, aiding in readability and quick comprehension of the schematic. ### 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective**: - Top-down view or plan view of the manufacturing line. - **Composition**: - Systematic with a focus on demonstrating the logical and spatial arrangement of equipment. - Assists with visualizing the spatial orientation and integration of the machinery. ### 10. **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Contribution**: - Provides a visual layout crucial for understanding the manufacturing line's functionality and setup. - Acts as an essential blueprint for assembly, installation, or at a conceptual approval stage in project management. ### 13. **Tables:** - **Content Analysis**: - Contains a small table with labels "Taktzeit / Cycle Time" and production volume, dates. - Column labels and specific data pertaining to production metrics. ### 14. **Trend and Interpretation:** - **Trends**: - The emphasis on "Extension" suggests ongoing or future expansions. - Indicates active consideration of efficiency through cycle time metrics. In summary, the image is a highly technical visual representation of a manufacturing setup intended for detailed planning and effective communication among engineering teams. It integrates various technical aspects, formulaic designations, and logistical considerations for operational efficiency and project execution. #################### File: Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf Page: 4 Context: # Škoda Auto a.s. **Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků** **Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG** **Datum vydán: 28.01.2020** **1 - H - 20 CZ** | Poř. | Výrobní zařízení/komponenty | Uvolněný dodavatelé | Potenciální dodavatelé | Poznámky | |------|----------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|------------------------------------------|--------------------------------------| | 21 | Indukční senzory, polohové spínače a koncové spínače | Balluff, IFM Electronic | Sick | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 22 | Svorky a svorkové příslušenství | Phoenix Contact, Wago | Siemens | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 23 | Průtokoměry a teploměry | IFM Electronic, Hydac | Parker, Bosch Rexroth | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 24 | Instalace senzorů a koncových spínačů | Balluff - Lumberg | Pepperl+Fuchs | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | | kabely, konektory a příslušenství snímačů | Mur elektronki | | | | 25 | Konektory - těžké a lehké | Harting, Phoenix Contact, Weidmüller | Murrelektronik | | | 26 | Světelná signalizace - majáky a signální světla | Murrelektronik | Siemens | | | 27 | Výsoké bezpečnostní spínače | Schmersal | Balluff | | | 28 | Bezpečnostní spínače - ochranných zařízení, okén, atd. | Pilz, Schmersal | Euchner | | | 29 | Bezpečnostní systém a bezp. moduly | Pilz, Siemens | Schneider Electric | Pilz (PNOZsigma) | | 30 | Mechanické koncové spínače | Balluff, Siemens | Euchner | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 31 | Instalční kabely | LAPP Kabel | Hellu kabel | | | 32 | Vysoké flexibilní kabely | LAPP Kabel | Hellu kabel | | | 33 | Přepínací obvody | Hakel | ABB | | | 34 | Kabelové kanály a žlaby | OBO-Betterman, Niedax | Kopos Kolin | | | 35 | Energetické případy kabelové trasy | Murphysit, Brevett | Kableschlepp | | | 36 | Optické snímače | IFM, Keyence | Sick | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 37 | Kamejnzové svítilny, údržba | Cognex, Keyence, Sick | Specifikace Škoda Auto a.s. | | 38 | HEIDENHAIN | | | | **Stránka 4 z 5** Image Analysis: **Text Analysis:** 1. **Primary Header:** - Text: "Škoda Auto a.s." - Context: Indicates the branding of the document, relating to Škoda Auto. 2. **Sub-headers:** - Text: "PSZ/1 - Metodika a standardizace" and "Směrnice pro sjednocení prvků Projekt Obnova výrobních zařízení provozu PKG" - Context: Details the methodology and standardization for an element unification project for the renovation of production facilities in PKG. 3. **Date Information:** - Text: "Datum vydání: 28.01.2020" - Context: Shows the issue date of the document, important for version control and relevance. 4. **Column Headers and Table Content:** - Column 1: "Poř." - Item number in the list, providing a sequence. - Column 2: "Výrobní zařízení/komponenty" - Manufacturing equipment/components, listing various technical items. - Column 3: "Uvolnění dodavatelé" - Released suppliers, listing approved suppliers for each item. - Column 4: "Potenciální dodavatelé" - Potential suppliers, listing additional suppliers that could be considered. - Column 5: "Poznámky" - Notes, providing additional information or specifications for each item. 5. **Rows from 21 to 38:** - The table includes specific components such as "Indukční senzory, polohové spínače a koncové spínače" (Inductive sensors, position switches, and limit switches). - Indicates approved suppliers like "Balluff, IFM Electronic" and potential suppliers like "Sick." - Notes specify adherence to "Specificace Škoda Auto a.s." for many items, ensuring they meet Škoda's standards. **Structure and Layout Analysis:** 1. **Document Layout:** - The visual content is organized as a structured table spanning rows 21 to 38, with clear column headers and slight coloring for rows to enhance readability. 2. **Branding and Design:** - Contains the Škoda logo, reinforcing the brand. - Consistent use of fonts and colors within the table for professional appearance. **Table Analysis:** 1. **Contents Overview:** - Lists various industrial components and equipment essential for manufacturing. - Specifies suppliers both currently approved ("Uvolnění dodavatelé") and potential options ("Potenciální dodavatelé"). 2. **Detailed Data:** - Each row provides comprehensive details about a specific component, emphasizing compatibility and standards specific to Škoda Auto. - Notes offer insightful commentary enabling quick understanding of compliance requirements. **Anomaly Detection:** - **Uniformity and Structure:** - No evident anomalies; the table follows a consistent structure and presents data clearly. **Color Analysis:** - **Dominant Colors:** - Predominantly white background with black text for readability. - Light yellow and gray shades highlight alternate rows, aiding in differentiating between lines. **Conclusion:** The provided visual content is a well-organized table from Škoda Auto detailing component suppliers and specifications. It primarily serves as a reference for standardizing equipment and components in their manufacturing processes. #################### File: MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf Page: 4 Context: # Clamping MGH ## OP20 and following | Index | Description | |-------|------------------------------------------------| | 1 | Anbringeliste Teilnahme Bohrung | | 2 | Rohrflansch Detail Sillflans | | 3 | Gehäuseschraube Routinierung | | 4 | Druckpunktbohrung | | 5 | Öl Dichtungswechsel | | 6 | Beffestigung Rahmeneck | | 7 | Anbringeliste obere Schale | | 8 | Anbringeliste mittlere Schale | | 9 | Außenmutter Zylinderkopf | ### Additional Information - The figures marked as **T** and **S** correspond to specific assembly locations on the component. Image Analysis: **Image Analysis** 1. **Localization and Attribution:** - The image is single and occupies the entire page. - It will be referred to as **Image 1**. 2. **Object Detection and Classification:** - **Object Detected:** An engineering drawing of a mechanical part, likely an automotive component, possibly a gear housing or engine part. - **Classification:** Mechanical/Engineering drawing, highlighting various parts. 3. **Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Scene Description:** The image depicts an exploded view of a mechanical part with multiple annotations pointing to specific components. - **Activities:** No specific activities are visible as it's a technical drawing. 4. **Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text:** - Title: "Clamping MGH" - Subtitle: "OP20 and following" - Description List (column format with numbers and descriptions): - 1. Rückholfeder Bohrrung - 2. Rollenlager Bolz Stiftaufnahme - 3. Getriebeputzen Drosselklappenaufnahmen - 4. Getriebeputzen Roeachauffnahmen - 5. Öl Rücklauf Getriebeputze - 6. Getriebeputzen Paddelhubung - 7. Achse und Lager Töpfe - 8. Rückhaltfeder Passstift/Führung - 9. Kugellagerbohrung - 10. Kugellager Dichtungsflansch - 11. Druckstift Bohrung - 12. Leerlauf Knopf Lagerbohrung - 13. Drossel Kugellagerbohrung - 14. Ölniveaustand Bolzen - 15. Öl Vettel Aufnahmebrücke - 16. Maximalen Zündblitzlage fest Sitz - **Text Significance:** The text provides detailed descriptions of the components and parts of the mechanical drawing, useful for understanding assembly or maintenance procedures. 5. **Diagram and Chart Analysis:** - **Type of Diagram:** Annotated mechanical drawing - **Components Labeled:** Various parts are labeled with letters and numbers correlating to descriptions in the text box. These include E, F, P, T, S, etc. 6. **Product Analysis:** - **Product Depiction:** The mechanical part likely belongs to an internal component of a vehicle, such as a transmission or engine housing. - **Key Features:** Multiple bolt holes, complex internal pathways for fluids or air, mounting points for bearings or other parts. - **Materials:** Likely metal, typically aluminum or cast iron for such components. 7. **Anomaly Detection:** - **Possible Anomalies:** No apparent anomalies in the technical drawing as it follows standard conventions for mechanical engineering schematics. 8. **Color Analysis:** - **Color Composition:** The image is primarily black and white, typical for technical schematics to ensure clarity. - **Impact:** The monochrome scheme focuses attention on structural details without distraction from colors. 9. **Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** The drawing has a detailed perspective view, showing depth and contours. - **Composition:** The mechanical part is centrally placed with annotations clearly indicating key sections and features on the drawing. 10. **Contextual Significance:** - **Overall Document Context:** Likely part of a technical manual or engineering specifications document, crucial for automotive repair or assembly processes. - **Contribution:** Provides detailed insights into the assembly and components of the mechanical part, essential for technicians or engineers. 11. **Metadata Analysis:** - **Caption Information:** - "S3 | 05.08.2024 | Clamping MGH | PPK-E | Georgy Komarov" - **Significance:** Indicates the version (S3), date (05.08.2024), component type (Clamping MGH), document type (PPK-E), and possibly the creator (Georgy Komarov). 13. **Graph Numbers:** - **Column Breakdown:** - Data rows from 1 to 16, each corresponding to a specific component listed in the text analysis. **Additional Aspects:** - **Ablaufprozesse (Process Flows):** - The text and drawing suggest a sequential clamping or assembly process. - **Prozessbeschreibungen (Process Descriptions):** - Detailed process descriptions are provided in the text beside the numbers, likely for assembly or quality checks. - **Typen Bezeichnung (Type Designations):** - The text provides type designations for various mechanical components such as "Rückholfeder Bohrrung" and "Rollenlager Bolz Stiftaufnahme". - **Tables:** - The text list acts much like a table, matching numbered descriptions to parts on the drawing. Overall, **Image 1** serves as an intricate and detailed guide for understanding and working with a mechanical component, likely aimed at individuals in technical fields such as automotive engineering and maintenance. #################### File: MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf Page: 8 Context: # Clamping MGH ## New clamping points for OP10 ### Clamping surfaces and projections of rest pads | Image | Status | |-------------|--------| | ![Clamping MGH Image 1](path_to_image1) | OK | | ![Clamping MGH Image 2](path_to_image2) | OK | | ![Clamping MGH Image 3](path_to_image3) | OK | **Note:** Replace `path_to_image1`, `path_to_image2`, and `path_to_image3` with the actual image paths. Image Analysis: ### Image Analysis **1. Localization and Attribution:** - **Image Numbering:** - Image 1: First image on the left - Image 2: Middle image - Image 3: First image on the right **2. Object Detection and Classification:** - **Image 1:** - Objects: Car part components, highlighting the clamping points. - Key Features: The clamping points on the car part are highlighted in green with red arrows indicating specific locations. - **Image 2:** - Objects: Similar car part components with additional clamping points. - Key Features: Similar depiction with clamping points highlighted in green and focused areas indicated by red arrows. - **Image 3:** - Objects: Car part components, emphasizing another set of clamping points. - Key Features: The same pattern of highlighting in green and red arrows showing precise points. **3. Scene and Activity Analysis:** - **Overall Scene:** All three images focus on different sections of a car component system, highlighting new clamping points relevant for OP10 (Operation 10). - **Activities:** - Highlighting and verifying new clamping points and rest pad surfaces. - Ensuring the identified points are appropriate for the given operation stage as indicated by “OK.” **4. Text Analysis:** - **Detected Text:** - "Clamping MGH" - "New clamping points for OP10" - "Clamping surfaces and projections of rest pads" - "OK" (under each image) - Additional footer text implying internal use and a specific date and author. - **Text Significance:** - The primary text informs about new clamping points designed for a specific operational code (OP10). - The consistent "OK" under each image suggests verification and approval of the highlighted clamping points. **9. Perspective and Composition:** - **Perspective:** - All images are close-up views, providing detailed insights into particular parts of the car components. - Angled views focusing on non-linear components suggesting a 3-dimensional analysis standard. - **Composition:** - The images are arranged side by side to allow comparison. - Each image has internal highlighting that guides the viewer's attention towards the critical points relevant to the operational process. **10. Contextual Significance:** - The images and text collectively detail a technical update or modification for a car manufacturing/engineering process. - They serve the purpose of demonstrating and verifying new clamping points effectiveness in practical scenarios (Operation 10). **13. Graph Numbers and Additional Aspects:** - **Process Descriptions:** - This is a technical document presenting process improvements, specifically adding new clamping points for operational efficiency. - **Type Designations:** - OP10 refers to a specific task or operation in the assembly or manufacturing process. ### Summary In the analyzed visuals, we focused on the technical aspects of incorporating new clamping points in car components for a designated operation (OP10). The consistent use of highlighting and arrow indicators draws attention towards key functional points. The overall structure, including perspectives and text descriptions, enhance the understanding and verification of these modifications for internal operational assurance. ########## """QUERY: Give me a small summary""" Consider the chat history for relevant information. Use all information included. Use as much tokens as needed. Important: If you find information separated by a | in the context, it is a table formatted in Markdown.Important: Take a look at the QUERY and only the QUERY. If this is vague or unclear, please ignore everything and ask a follow-up question instead! Final Files Sources: VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 1, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 2, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 6, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 8, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 10, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 11, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 19, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 20, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 23, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 26, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 27, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 28, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 31, VW%2010130_CS.pdf - Page 34, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz.pdf - Page 7, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 10, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 23, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 24, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 26, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 31, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 39, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 45, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 50, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 74, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 103, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 106, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 107, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 109, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 114, Differenzbeschreibung_Volkswagen_Group_Comp_Global_01-2024.DE.pdf - Page 118, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 1, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 5, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 7, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 16, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 20, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 21, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 25, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 30, VW%2010130_DE.pdf - Page 34, Standardanschreiben%281%29.pdf - Page 2, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf - Page 2, MGH%20Anlage%2014%281%29.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 1, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 3, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 7, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE.pdf - Page 10, 12533161829500_tra___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_1%281%29.pdf - Page 3, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 3, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 6, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 8, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 11, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 13, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 14, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 15, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 17, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 18, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 29, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 34, VW%2010130_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 35, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 2, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 3, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 4, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 5, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 6, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 10, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 13, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 17, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 19, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 23, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 24, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 26, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 28, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 32, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 34, VW%2010130_EN%281%29.pdf - Page 35, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf - Page 2, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt%281%29.pdf - Page 6, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11%281%29.pdf - Page 11, Anfrage%20Mail.pdf - Page 1, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 1, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 4, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 8, 240910_Skoda_Automation_MGH_Portal_direkt.pptx - Page 7, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf - Page 2, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf - Page 5, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5%281%29.pdf - Page 6, 0qa_901_108-sspha_mg_ftz%281%29.pdf - Page 7, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 4, TZ_Linka%20obrabeni%20motorove%20skrine%20elektropohonu%20SSP%20v5_DE%281%29.pdf - Page 9, 22121726223700_lah___wsk_016_862_ae_1_v1_11.pdf - Page 8, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf - Page 3, 240911_Skoda_Automation_GGH_Portal_direkt.pdf - Page 5, Interni%20smernice%20-%20komponenty%20SZ_CZ.pdf - Page 4, MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf - Page 4, MGH%20Anlage%2014.pdf - Page 8 ================================================== **Elapsed Time: 0.00 seconds** ================================================== FINAL ANSWER Answer: test ================================================== **Elapsed Time: 7.59 seconds** ==================================================